Home

IOLAN SDS/SCS/STS User's Guide

1. support VENDOR Perle 1966 Perle Extensions ATTRIBUTE Perle User Level 100 integer Perle ATTRIBUTE Perle Line Access Port 1 101 integer Perle ATTRIBUTE Perle Line Access Port 2 102 integer Perle ATTRIBUTE Perle Line Access Port 3 103 integer Perle ATTRIBUTE Perle Line Access Port 4 104 integer Perle ATTRIBUTE Perle Line Access Port 5 105 integer Perle ATTRIBUTE Perle Line Access Port 6 106 integer Perle ATTRIBUTE Perle Line Access Port 7 107 integer Perle ATTRIBUTE Perle Line Access Port 8 108 integer Perle ATTRIBUTE Perle Line Access Port 9 109 integer Perle ATTRIBUTE Perle Line Access Port 10 110 integer Perle ATTRIBUTE Perle Line Access Port 11 111 integer Perle ATTRIBUTE Perle Line Access Port 12 112 integer Perle ATTRIBUTE Perle Line Access Port 13 113 integer Perle ATTRIBUTE Perle Line Access Port 14 114 integer Perle ATTRIBUTE Perle Line Access Port 15 115 integer Perle ATTRIBUTE Perle Line Access Port 16 116 integer Perle ATTRIBUTE Perle Line Access Port 17 117 integer Perle ATTRIBUTE Perle Line Access Port 18 118 integer Perle ATTRIBUTE Perle Line Access Port 19 119 integer Perle ATTRIBUTE Perle Line Access Port 20 120 integer Perle ATTRIBUTE Perle Line Access Port 21 121 integer Perle ATTRIBUTE Perle Line Access Port 22 122 integer Perle ATTRIBUTE Perle Line Access Port 23 123 integer Perle ATTRIBUTE Perle Line Access Port 24 124 integer Perle ATTRIBUTE Perle Line Access Port 25 125 integer Perle
2. Screw D o SC o og 5 ur Power ar 2 DIP OO Switch AT d Reset O O ad S Ni RJ45 Q OO Lot 3 oO Screw 3 To change the power pin out locate J4 For the fixed 5V DC output jumper pins 1 and 2 For the output to equal the external adapter input jumper pins 2 and 3 4 To turn line termination on locate and jumper both J7 and J8 5 Close the IOLAN case by replacing the case lid and the two screws You can now power it on with the new settings Setting Jumpers 343 Introduction 2 Port IOLAN To change the settings do the following 1 Unplug the IOLAN from the electrical outlet and disconnect everything from the box 2 Open the case by unscrewing the two side screws one on each side and lifting off the top of the case You should see the following Screw DO Kook Pin1 Power DIP eet s amp Switch R S eset GE yolo 05 x RJ45 O N Ka Screw 3 To change the power pin out locate the set of three pins associated with the line you want to set Line 1 is J4 Line 2 is the set the three pins just to the left of port 2 For the fixed 5V DC output jumper pins 1 and 2 For the output to equal the external adapter input jumper pins 2 and 3 4 To tum line termination on for Line 1 locate and jumper both J7 and J8 as shown in the diagram To turn line termination on for Line 2 locate and jumper both J11 and J9 5
3. Screw Q oo S 0 Power gt 7 DIP F Switch A d Reset si SE RJ45 cog O Screw 3 To change the power pin out locate J4 For the fixed 5V DC output jumper pins 1 and 2 For the output to equal the external adapter input jumper pins 2 and 3 4 To tum line termination on locate and jumper both J7 and J8 5 Close the IOLAN case by replacing the case lid and the two screws You can now power it on with the new settings 342 IOLAN SDS SCS STS User s Guide Version 3 4 Introduction 1 Port IOLAN DB9 To change the settings do the following 1 Unplug the IOLAN from the electrical outlet and disconnect everything from the box 2 Open the case by unscrewing the two side screws one on each side and lifting off the top of the case You should see the following Screw Q Power de Dr AAS Switch Reset Rd ioo BIS z RJ45 oO Screw 3 To turn line termination on locate and jumper both J1 and J9 4 Close the IOLAN case by replacing the case lid and the two screws You can now power it on with the new settings 2 Port IOLAN SDS1M Modem To change the settings do the following 1 Unplug the IOLAN from the electrical outlet and disconnect everything from the box 2 Open the case by unscrewing the two side screws one on each side and lifting off the top of the case You should see the following
4. OK Cancel The following buttons are available on the Cipher Suite window Add Button Adds a cipher to the cipher list Edit Button Edits a cipher in the cipher list Delete Button Deletes a cipher to the cipher list Move Up Button Moves a cipher up in preference in the cipher list Move Down Button Moves a cipher down in preference in the cipher list IOLAN SDS SCS STS User s Guide Version 3 4 SSL TLS Adding Editing a Cipher See Appendix B SSL TLS Ciphers on page 327 for a list of valid SSL TLS ciphers Cipher Suite Edit Encryption Min Key Size Max Key Size Key Exchange HMAC Configure the following parameters Encryption Min Key Size Max Key Size Key Exchange Select the type of encryption that will be used for the SSL connection Data Options Any Will use the first encryption format that can be negotiated AES 3DES DES ARCFOUR ARCTWO Default Any The minimum key size value that will be used for the specified encryption type Data Options 40 56 64 128 168 256 Default 40 The maximum key size value that will be used for the specified encryption type Data Options 40 56 64 128 168 256 Default 256 The type of key to exchange for the encryption format Data Options e Any Any key exchange that is valid is used this does not however include ADH keys RSA This is an RSA key exchange using an RSA key and certificate EDH RSA This is an
5. ees kk ee RR RR Ee 43 Teil E ei d EE 43 Configuration Methods Overview esse ee RR RR KEER RE RE EE EE RR RE 44 Configures an IP Address 2 uuuuuu0r00000nnnnnnnnnnnannnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnn 44 Requires a Configured IP Address esse ee ER ER ERGER EE RR RR EER na 44 Easy Gong Wald ee 45 4 IOLAN SDS SCS STS User s Guide Version 3 4 Table of Contents AE OE EE EE aiaa 46 dk een 46 Access Platforms oe Ge einstein ie N N ee ei NG 46 Unique Features SPRNRRERRRRRREHERENERERRNEEERFERFEREIAEEREENPERREESEEFFEFPFEBEREEEREFERFRREBEREREFERER 46 Connecting to the IOLAN Using DeviceManager sees seeks 46 Using DeviceManader ss ses ese ds RA EN we es N eo Rd ek An de N 48 is En OE N EE EI 49 OVOP VIC AE AE EE AE N nee 49 Access Platforms sissies se es N EG N NA Ke re id end ke dd did die 49 Unique E 49 Connecting to the IOLAN Using WebManager esse esse ee 50 Using WebManager nungen 51 Command Line Interlace a ne 52 OMT WAG nee 52 Access Platforms osse sk N N N EE AE anna nn 52 Unique Features a ee eN We ee ie nnmnnn nnmnnn 52 Connecting to the IOLAN Using the CLI uuuuuuuuuunnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnn 52 Through the ENEE geegent ee RENE Re Ke Se ee ee ge EE BEE 52 Throudh the Serial POU RE Ene ee une 53 Using ode N ER EE na aaa an man 53 JI REEDE EE EE AANA aaaai 53 OTAN ARE EE N N EE EEN 53 Access Platforms EE EE EE N Ee 53 Unique Features osse eds Kos EEN EN AA RR Ed eN Wa ee dk
6. tou A mm a AN TT l 202 238 I I TE shield If you have the positive negative wires reversed the polarity of the voltage will be reversed VO Wiring Diagrams 351 Wiring VO Diagrams Temperature Input If you are using RTD sensors a short detected status will be displayed if the wires are connected improperly RTD or thermocouple sensors will display an open detection status when the circuit is broken Thermocouple To connect to Channel Al with a 2 wire cable connect the positive wire to Al and the negative wire to Al you will not be using the Als connection A2 A2s A3 A3 A3s A4 A4 Ads 1 n 1 on N L lt lt RTD 2 Wire In a 2 wire RTD configuration connect the excite wire to Al the return wire to Al and jumper the sense wire from Als with a insulated wire going to Al u E ee ay d 2 A Z lt lt lt lt lt lt lt lt lt d d t 2 sense oO al fs D x Ki RTD 3 Wire In a 3 wire RTD configuration connect the return wire to Al the excite wire to Al and the sense wire to Als une sod EL TT MT d lt lt lt d d Eh ol a sl sl E ER N 352 IOLAN SDS SCS STS User s Guide Version 3 4 Wiring VO Diagrams RTD 4 Wire In a 4 wire RTD configuration connect the return wire to Al th
7. A4D2 A4R2 Registers The following coils and registers are supported by the IOLAN A4D2 and A4R2 I O models 252 Data Model Al Ai A3 A4 D1 R1 D2 R2 R W Coils MB REG DI SENSOR Ian 6149 6150 JR MB_REG_DI_SENSOR_ALARM_STATE Je 6213 16214 R W MB REG DO SENSOR Je 2 6661 6662 R W Holding Registers MB REG HR DI SENSOR LATCH Ion Iron 4 6149 6150 R W MB REG HR DO SENSOR PULSE IW ree 6213 16214 R W MB_REG_HR_DO_SENSOR_PULSE_ASW neen Iron 6277 16278 R W MB REG HR DO SENSOR PULSE COUNT Leon 6341 6342 R W MB REG HR AI CLEAR ALARM LATCH 12049 12050 2051 12052 W MB REG HR AI CLEAR MAX 2113 12114 2115 2116 W MB REG HR AI CLEAR MIN 2177 12178 2179 2180 W Input Registers MB REG IR CURR ENG 2080 12112 2144 2176 R MB REG IR MIN ENG 2082 2114 2146 2178 R MB_REG_IR_MAX_ENG 2084 2116 2148 2180 Lon R MB_REG_IR_CURR_RAW 2086 2118 2150 2182 R MB_REG_IR_MIN_RAW 2087 2119 2151 2183 R MB_REG_IR_MAX_RAW 2088 2120 2152 2184 ln R MB_REG_IR_ALARM_LEVEL 2089 2121 2153 2185 R For DI alarm state read will get state write will clear alarm IOLAN SDS SCS STS User s Guide Version 3
8. Default 1 How long the channel will remain inactive during pulse mode Range 1 9999 x 100 ms Default 1 100 ms How long the channel will be active during the pulse mode Range 1 9999 x 100 ms Default 1 100 ms How long to delay an active to inactive or inactive to active setting after it is manually started Range 1 9999 x 100 ms Default 1 100 ms When there has been no VO activity within the specified time set in the I O Interfaces Settings on the Failsafe Timer tab and the Failsafe Timer is triggered Data Options e None The state of the Digital Relay output remains the same no change e Activate Output Activates the channel e Deactivate Output Deactivates the channel Default None 237 Channels Relay 238 Overview Relay channels can open or close a contact for a higher voltage circuit using a lower level control voltage The Relay output channels work as a physical on off switch and are used to drive higher voltage devices with a lower controlling voltage You can configure the following Relay output channel options You can choose to manually activate deactivate the Relay output You can choose to manually activate deactivate the Relay output and then specify that the Relay output will either pulse you get to specify the active and inactive pulse times continuously or for a specified number of pulse counts You can choose to manually activate deactivate the Relay output and th
9. General Services Advanced Sessions Serial Port Access Predefined Outbound Sessions Sexson 1 v C Connect Automatically Host Session 2 Session 3 Session 4 None v TCP Pot 23 Configure the following parameters Session 1 2 3 4 Settings Button Connect Automatically Host TCP Port You can configure up to four 4 sessions that the user can select from to connect to a specific host after that user has successfully logged into the IOLAN used only on serial ports configured for the Terminal profile Data Options e None No connection is configured for this session e Telnet For information on the Telnet connection window see Telnet Settings on page 136 e SSH For information on the SSH connection window see SSH Settings on page 138 e RLogin For information on the RLogin connection window see Rlogin Settings on page 137 Default None Click this button to configure the connection parameters for this session Specify whether or not the session s will start automatically when the user logs into the IOLAN Default Disabled The host that the user will connect to in this predefined session Default None The TCP port that the IOLAN will use to connect to the host in this predefined session Default Telnet 23 SSH 22 Rlogin 513 194 IOLAN SDS SCS STS User s Guide Version 3 4 Adding Editing Users Serial Port Access Tab Overview The Ser
10. Limit Connection Makes the serial port dedicated to the specified user The user won t need to to User enter their login name just their password Initial Mode Specifies the initial interface a user navigates when logging into the serial port Data Options Menu Command Line Default Command Line Terminal Pages The number of video pages the terminal supports Range 1 7 Default 5 pages 135 Serial Port Profiles 136 Telnet Settings The Telnet settings apply when the User Service is set to Telnet or the Terminal profile specifies a Telnet connection to a host Login Telnet Rlogin SSH Terminal Type C Enable Local Echo Enable Line Mode C Map CR To CRLF SUP PPP SSL TLS Control Characters Interrupt d Quit Ic EOF 4 Erase 8 Echo 5 Escape 1d Configure the following parameters Terminal Type Enable Local Echo Enable Line Mode Map CR to CRLF Interrupt Quit EOF Erase Echo Type of terminal attached to this serial port for example ANSI or WYSE60 Toggles between local echo of entered characters and suppressing local echo Local echo is used for normal processing while suppressing the echo is convenient for entering text that should not be displayed on the screen such as passwords This parameter can be used only when Enable Line Mode is enabled Default Disabled When enabled keyboard input is not sent to the remote host until Enter is presse
11. Default Disabled When a client SSH session requests RSA authentication the IOLAN s SSH server will authenticate the user via RSA Default Enabled When a client SSH session requests DSA authentication the IOLAN s SSH server will authenticate the user via DSA Default Enabled The user types in a password for authentication Default Enabled The user types in a password for authentication Default Enabled The IOLAN SSH server s 3DES encryption is enabled disabled Default Enabled The IOLAN SSH server s CAST encryption is enabled disabled Default Enabled The IOLAN SSH server s Blowfish encryption is enabled disabled Default Enabled The IOLAN SSH server s Arcfour encryption is enabled disabled Default Enabled The IOLAN SSH server s AES encryption is enabled disabled Default Enabled 207 SSL TLS Break String The break string used for inband SSH break signal processing A break signal is generated on a specific serial port only when the server s break option is enabled and the user currently connected using reverse SSH has typed the break string exactly Field Format maximum 8 characters Default break where is tilde Enable Verbose Displays debug messages on the terminal Output Default Disabled Allow Compression Requests compression of all data Compression is desirable on modem lines and other slow connections but will only slow down things on fast networks Default Dis
12. GI I Serial Device IOLAN gt Modem Application _ ep Raw TCP Dat System Device em TCP Socket 149 Serial Port Profiles 150 General Tab Field Descriptions General Advanced Hardware Email Alert Packet Forwarding SSL TLS Virtual Modem Settings Session Connection 6 Connect Automatically At Startup Host Name TCP Port None v 0 Connect Manually Via AT Command Connection Status Send Connection Status as O Verbose String Numerical Code Configure the following parameters Connect Automatically At Startup Host Name TCP Port Connect Manually Via AT Command Phone Number to Host Mapping Button Send Connection Status As Verbose String Success String Failure String When enabled automatically establishes the virtual modem connection when the serial port becomes active Default Enabled The preconfigured target host name The port number the target host is listening on for messages Default 0 zero When enabled the virtual modem requires an AT command before it establishes a connection Specify this option when your modem application sends a phone number or other AT command to a modem The serial device can supply an IP address directly or it can provide a phone number that will be translated into an IP address by the IOLAN using the mapping table Default Disabled When your modem application provides a phone number in an AT command st
13. IP Address Samu External IP Address Next Hop 0 0 0 0 Host Network 172 16 45 23 Address IPv4 Subnet 255 255 Mask BZ IPv6 Subnet Bits 255 255 255 defaultroute is entered for the Local IP Address because the IP address is DHCP assigned and is therefore subject to change any is entered for the Remote IP Address to indicate that it will accept a VPN connection from any host network this is necessary because the Left IOLAN VPN gateway is DHCP assigned and cannot be known Also note that Boot Action on the Left IOLAN VPN gateway is set to Start meaning that it will try to initiate the VPN connection while the Boot Action on the Right IOLAN VPN gateway is set to Add which will listen for a VPN connection request IOLAN Device Server User s Guide Version 3 4 Configuring a Virtual Private Network VPN Client to Network The following example shows how to configure a VPN client to network IPsec tunnel In this example the IOLAN will accept VPN connections from multiple VPN clients on private networks that want to access the public 199 24 0 0 subnetwork through the VPN gateway NAT Traversal NAT_T is disabled in this example on both sides because the VPN tunnel is going private network to public network m Initiate Communication m FI gt Broadband H Router fo 199 24 10 10 VPN Client Router Right 172164545 172 16 45 99 199 24 10 1 IPsec Tunnel Encrypted Data
14. MB_REG_DI_CTS_ALARM_STATE The alarm state of CTS input signal 1 is Alarm 0 is Not in Alarm A write of any value clears the alarm state MB_REG_DO_DTR The status of DTR output signal 1 is Active 0 is Inactive MB_REG_DO_RTS The status of RTS output signal 1 is Active 0 is Inactive section contains descriptions of serial port holding registers MB_REG_HR_DI_DSR_LATCH The latched status for the DSR signal 1 is Latched 0 is Not Latched A write any value will clear the latch MB_REG_HR_DI_DCD_LATCH The latched status for the DCD signal 1 is Latched 0 is Not Latched A write any value will clear the latch MB REG HR DI CTS LATCH The latched status for the CTS signal 1 is Latched 0 is Not Latched A write any value will clear the latch A4 T4 Registers The following registers are supported by the IOLAN A4 and T4 Input models Data Model A1 T1 A2 T2 A3 T3 A4 T4 R W Holding Registers MB_REG_HR_AI_CLEAR_ALARM_LATCH 2049 2050 2051 2052 W MB REG HR AI CLEAR MAX 2113 2114 2115 2116 W MB REG HR AI CLEAR MIN 2177 2178 2179 2180 W Input Registers MB REG IR CURR ENG 2080 2112 2144 2176 R MB REG IR MIN ENG 2082 2114 2146 2178 R MB REG IR MAX ENG 2084 2116 2148 2180 R MB REG IR CURR RAW 2086 2118 2150 2182 R MB REG IR MIN RAW 2087 2119 2151 2183 R MB REG IR MAX RAW 2088 2120 2152 2184 R MB REG IR ALARM LEVEL 2089 2121 2153 2185 R 251 Modbus VO Access
15. Protocol Modbus RTU Modbus ASCII Configure the following parameters Mode Destination Slave IP Mappings Button Advanced Slave Settings Button UID Range Modbus RTU Modbus ASCII Append CR LF Specify how the Modbus Gateway is defined on the serial port Data Options e Modbus Master Typically the Modbus Master is connected to the Serial Port and is communicating to Modbus Slaves on the network e Modbus Slave Typically the Modbus Master is accessing the IOLAN through the network to communicated to Modbus Slaves connected to the IOLAN s Serial Ports Default Modbus Master Gateway Click this button to launch the Destination Slave IP Settings window where you can configure the TCP Ethernet Modbus Slaves that the Modbus Master on the Serial Port will communicate with Click this button to configure global Modbus Slave settings You can specify a range of UIDs 1 247 in addition to individual UIDs Field Format Comma delimited for example 2 35 50 100 103 Select this option when the Modbus RTU protocol is being used for communication between the Modbus Master and Slave Default Enabled Select this option when Modbus ASCII protocol is being used for communication between the Modbus Master and Slave Default Disabled When Modbus ASCII is selected adds a CR LF to the end of the transmission most Modbus devices require this option Default Enabled 158 IOLAN SDS SCS STS User
16. Remote Access SLIP Profile Overview The Remote Access SLIP profile configures a serial port to allow a remote user to establish a SLIP connection to the IOLAN s serial port This is typically used with a modem for dial in or dial out access to the network DEREN E Modem Modem IOLAN Dial In Connection Server Application 173 Serial Port Profiles 174 General Tab Field Descriptions n General Advanced Hardware Email Alert Packet Forwarding SLIP Settings Local IP Address Remote IP Address Subnet Mask Configure the following parameters Local IP Address Remote IP Address Subnet Mask The IPv4 address of the IOLAN end of the SLIP link For routing to work you must enter an IP address in this field Choose an address that is part of the same network or subnetwork as the remote end for example if the remote end is address 192 101 34 146 your local IP address can be 192 101 34 145 Do not use the IOLAN s main IP address in this field if you do so routing will not take place correctly The IPv4 address of the remote end of the SLIP link Choose an address that is part of the same network or subnetwork as the IOLAN If your user is authenticated by the IOLAN this remote IP address will be overridden if you have set a Framed IP Address for the user If your user is authenticated by RADIUS and the RADIUS parameter Framed Address is set in the RADIUS file the IOLAN will use the value
17. The first host IP address in the range of IP addresses for IPV4 or IPV6 that the IOLAN will listen for messages from and or send messages to The last host IP address in the range of IP addresses for IPV4 not required for IPV6 that the IOLAN will listen for messages from and or send messages to The IOLAN will only listen to the first port that it receives a UDP packet from Applicable when Direction is set to LAN to Serial or Both 129 Serial Port Profiles Any Port The IOLAN will receive messages from any port sending UDP packets Applicable when Direction is set to LAN to Serial Port The port that the IOLAN will use to relay messages to servers hosts This option works with any Direction except Disabled The IOLAN will listen for UDP packets on the port configured by the Listen for connections on UDP port parameter Default 0 zero Terminal Profile 130 Overview The Terminal profile allows network access from a terminal connected to the IOLAN s serial port This profile is used to access pre defined hosts on the network from the terminal Functionality This profile can be setup in two ways 1 The user can be required to log into the IOLAN and then a connection to a host can be established 2 The user connecting to the serial port will be directly connected a host IOLAN SDS SCS STS User s Guide Version 3 4 Serial Port Profiles General Tab Field Descriptions General Advanced Hardware
18. Unencrypted Data D z 7 199 24 45 87 199 24 45 12 Configure the IPsec tunnel in the IOLAN IPsec Tunnel IPsec Tunnel Authentication Method Shared Secret Secret je Local Device IOLAN O Left Right Local Remote IP Address 199 24 10 10 IP Address any ExtemallP External IP Address Address Hei Hop 499 24 10 1 Ne Hop 0 0 0 0 Host Network 1909 24 0 0 Host Network 9 9 0 0 Address ddress IPv4 Subnet 255 ee 0 0 IPv4 Subnet 255 255 255 255 Mask Mask IPv6 Subnet IPv6 Subnet Bits Bits Boot Action Cancel The Remote IP Address field is sany to allow any VPN client to communicate in the IPsec tunnel that can validate the Secret Also the Remote Host Network field is configured for 0 0 0 0 to allow any remote peer private IP address RFC 1918 10 0 0 0 8 172 16 0 0 12 192 168 0 0 16 access to the IPsec tunnel Lastly the Boot Action is set to Add to listen for an IPsec tunnel connection 313 Configuring a Virtual Private Network 314 IOLAN Device Server User s Guide Version 3 4 RADIUS and TACACS Introduction This chapter describes the parameters that can be passed to the IOLAN when a user logs into the IOLAN serial port set to profile Terminal from external authentication RADIUS and TACACS servers RADIUS Although RADIUS can be used strictly for external authentication it can also be used to configure line and user parameters Theref
19. specified host using the specified protocol With this option user authentication will not be performed by the IOLAN Default Disabled Specify the protocol that will be used to connect to the specified host Data Options Telnet SSH Rlogin Default Telnet Click this button to define the settings for the protocol that will be used to connect the user to the specified host The configured host that the IOLAN will connect to The TCP Port that the IOLAN will use to connect to the host Default Telnet 23 SSH 22 Rlogin 513 If the serial port hardware parameters have been setup to monitor DSR or DCD the host session will be started once the signals are detected If no hardware signals are being monitored the IOLAN will initiate the session immediately after being powered up Default Enabled Initiates a connection to the specified host when any data is received on the serial port Default Disabled Initiates a connection to the specified host only when the specified character is received on the serial port Default Disabled IOLAN SDS SCS STS User s Guide Version 3 4 Serial Port Profiles Advanced Tab Field Descriptions General Advanced Hardware Email Alert Packet Forwarding Advanced Teminal Settings C Enable Message of the Day MOTD C Reset Teminal on disconnect C Allow Port Locking Hotkey Prefix Bu 1 Idle Timeout 0 seconds Session Timeout 0 seconds Dial Opti
20. Activates and deactivates the channel output activity in intervals after it is manually activated e Inactive to Active Delay tThe channel output will remain inactive for the specified time interval after it is manually started Active to Inactive Delay The channel output will go inactive after the specified time interval after it is manually started Default Manual When Output is set to Pulse you can specify the manner of the pulse Data Options e Continuous Continuously pulses active and inactive e Count Pulses an active inactive sequence for the specified number of times Default Continuous The channel output will pulse for the specified number of times each count consists of an active inactive sequence Default 1 How long the channel will remain inactive during pulse mode Range 1 9999 x 100 ms Default 1 100 ms 239 Channels 240 Active Signal Width Delay Failsafe Action How long the channel will be active during the pulse mode Range 1 9999 x 100 ms Default 1 100 ms How long to delay an active to inactive or inactive to active setting after it is manually started Range 1 9999 x 100 ms Default 1 100 ms When there has been no VO activity within the specified time set in the UO Interfaces Settings on the Failsafe Timer tab and the Failsafe Timer is triggered Data Options e None The state of the Digital Relay output remains the same no change e Activate
21. Add WINS Button Adds a WINS server Edit WINS Button Edits an existing WINS server Delete WINS Deletes a WINS server Button 90 IOLAN SDS SCS STS User s Guide Version 3 4 Advanced RIP Editing Adding DNS WINS Servers IP Address 0 0 0 0 IP Address 0 0 0 0 Configure the parameter IP Address You can configure up to four DNS and four WINS servers Field Format IPv4 or IPv6 Address Overview The Routing Information Protocol RIP is a routing protocol used with almost every TCP IP implementation Its function is to pass routing information from a router or gateway to a neighboring router s or gateway s RIP messages contain information about destinations which can be reached and the number of hops which are reguired The hop count is the basic metric of RIP and so RIP is referred to as a distance vector protocol RIP messages are carried in UDP datagrams Functionality RIP for Clients Configuration and Operation The administrator can selectively advertise networks remotely connected via a SLIP PPP link on the Ethernet connection and pass RIP routing information to remotely connected clients As this can be undesirable in some environments this behavior can be configured and is defaulted to the non routing behavior Additional PPP and SLIP Functionality RIP Packet Exchange Transmission and reception of Routing Information Protocol RIP packets over PPP and SLIP connections can be configured on a per u
22. Advanced Hardware Settings Ethernet Speed and Duplex Ethernet2 Speed and Duplex Interface 2 sl Auto Auto v Configure the appropriate parameters Register Address in When this parameter is set the IOLAN will provide the DHCP Server with a DNS Domain Prefix Enable Active Standby fully qualified domain name FODN so that the DHCP server can update the network s DNS server with the newly assigned IP address Default Disabled SCS models only A domain prefix to uniquely identify the Ethernet interface to the DNS when the IOLAN has two Ethernet interfaces Text Characteristics lt Server Name gt lt Domain Prefix gt lt Domain Name gt or lt Server Name gt lt Domain Prefix gt depending on what is configured SCS models only Active Standby permits the grouping of Ethernet LAN connections to provide for link failover Both Ethernet connections will have the same Ethernet MAC address Active standby refers to the process by which a failure of one interface can be automatically overcome by having its traffic routed to the other interface Default Disabled Monitoring Interval SCS only The interval in which the active interface is checked to see if it is Recovery Delay still communicating Default 100 ms SCS only The time that the IOLAN will wait to make the secondary interface Ethernet 2 active after it has been detected as up Default 200 ms IOLAN SDS SCS STS User s Gui
23. Define a primary When this option is enabled you need to define a primary host that the serial host and backup device connected to this serial port will communicate to and a backup host in the event that the IOLAN looses communication to the primary host The IOLAN will first establish a connection to the primary host Should the connection to the primary host be lost or never established the IOLAN will establish a connection the backup host Once connected to the backup the IOLAN will attempt to re establish a connection to the Primary host once this is successfully done it gracefully shuts down the backup connection Default Disabled Primary Host Specify a preconfigured host that the serial device will communicate to through the IOLAN Default None TCP Port Specify the TCP port that the IOLAN will use to communicate to the Primary Host Default 0 Backup Host Specify a preconfigured host that the serial device will communicate to through the IOLAN ifthe IOLAN cannot communicate with the Primary Host Default None TCP Port Specify the TCP port that the IOLAN will use to communicate to the Backup Host Default 10000 Adding Editing a Multihost Entry When you click the Add or Edit button the Host Entry window appears The hosts in the multihost list must already be defined see Host Table on page 86 to learn how to create a host If you add a host that was defined with its fully qualified domain name FODN it must be
24. Disables RIP over the SLIP interface e Send Sends RIP over the SLIP interface e Listen Listens for RIP over the SLIP interface e Send and Listen Sends RIP and listens for RIP over the SLIP interface This is the same function as the Framed Routing attribute for RADIUS authenticated users Default None When enabled Van Jacobson compression is used on this link When enabled C SLIP or compressed SLIP is used When disabled plain SLIP is used C SLIP greatly improves the performance of interactive traffic such as Telnet or Rlogin If your user is authenticated by the IOLAN this VJ compression value will be overridden if you have set a Framed Compression value for a user If your user is authenticated by RADIUS and the RADIUS parameter Framed Compression is set in the RADIUS file the IOLAN will use the value in the RADIUS file in preference to the value configured here Default Enabled If the device is remote and will be dialing in via modem or ISDN TA enable this parameter Default Disabled 175 Serial Port Profiles Dial In Dial Out Dial Timeout Dial Retry Modem Phone If the device is remote and will be dialing in via modem or ISDN TA enable this parameter Default Disabled If you want the modem to dial a number when the serial port is started enable this parameter Default Disabled The number of seconds the IOLAN will wait to establish a connection to a remote modem Range
25. Strips out the EOF1 EOF1 EOF2 Triggerl or Trigger 1 Trigger2 depending on your settings e Trigger lIncludes the EOF1 EOF1 EOF2 Trigger or Trigger 1 Trigger2 depending on your settings e Trigger 1 Includes the EOF1 EOF1 EOF2 Triggerl or Trigger 1 Trigger2 depending on your settings plus the first byte that follows the trigger e Trigger 2 Includes the EOF1 EOF1 EOF2 Triggerl or Trigger 1 Trigger2 depending on your settings plus the next two bytes received after the trigger Default Trigger IOLAN SDS SCS STS User s Guide Version 3 4 Serial Port Profiles SSL TLS Setting Tab Field Descriptions You can create an encrypted connection using SSL TLS for any profile that accesses the IOLAN from the network You can set up the IOLAN to act as an SSL TLS client or server There is an extensive selection of SSL TLS ciphers that you can configure for your SSL TLS connection Appendix B SSL TLS Ciphers on page 327 for a list of SSL TLS ciphers You can also enable peer certificate validation for which you must supply the validation criteria that was used when creating the peer certificate this is case sensitive so keep that in mind when enabling and configuring this option See Keys and Certificates on page 221 for information about SSL TLS support documents General Advanced Hardware Email Alert Packet Forwarding SSL TLS Enable SSL TLS C Use global settings Security gt SSL TLS SSL TLS
26. x number to callback on service ssh addr x x x X ipv4 or ipv6 addr port x tcp port service ssl_raw addr x x x X ipv4 or ipv6 addr port x tcp port Accessing the IOLAN from the Network Users This section describes the attributes which will be accepted by the IOLAN from a TACACS server in response to an authentication request for Reverse Users The TACACS service needs to be set to EXEC raccess or just raccess on the well known port Name Value s Description priv lvl 12 15 Admin The IOLAN privilege level 8 11 Normal 4 7 Restricted 0 3 Menu Perle_Line_Access_ port number For the specified line provides the User s 0 Disabled Line Access rights 1 ReadWrite 2 ReadInput 3 ReadInputWrite 4 ReadOuptut 5 ReadOutputWrite 6 ReadOutputInput 7 ReadOuputWrite timeout 0 4294967 Session timeout in seconds idletime 0 4294967 Idle timeout in seconds RADIUS and TACACS 325 TACACS Accessing the IOLAN from the Network User Example Settings The following example shows the parameters that can be set for users who are accessing the IOLAN from the Ethernet side These settings should be included in the TACACS user configuration file service raccess priv lvl x x 12 15 Admin x 8 11 Normal Xx 4 7 Restricted x 0 3 Menu Perle_Line_Access_i x i port number x 0 Diasabled x
27. 1 Connect to the device on that serial port by Telnet or SSH the serial port s must be set to the Console Management profile to support this type of connection 2 Once you have established a connection to a device you can enter the View Buffer String at any time to switch the display to the content of the port buffer for that particular serial port 3 To return to communicating to the device press the ESC key and the communication session will continue from where you left off To navigate through the port buffer data the following chart illustrates the keyboard keys or hot keys that can be used to view the port buffer data Press the ESC key and to continue to communicate with the device on that particular serial port Keyboard Buttons Hot Keys Direction Page Up lt CTRL gt B Up Page Down lt CTRL gt F Down Home lt CTRL gt T Top of the buffer data oldest data End lt CTRL gt E Bottom of the buffer latest data ESC Exit viewing port buffer data 177 Port Buffering Remote Port Buffers The Remote Port Buffering feature allows data received from serial ports on the IOLAN to be sent to a remote server on the LAN The remote server supporting Network File System NFS allows administrators to capture and analyze data and messages from the serial device connected to the IOLAN serial port Remote Port Buffering data can be encrypted or raw and or time stamped The data is transmitted to an NFS serv
28. 1 99 Default 45 seconds The number of times the IOLAN will attempt to re establish a connection with a remote modem Range 0 99 Default 2 The name of the predefined modem that is used on this line The phone number to use when Dial Out is enabled Custom Application Profile Overview The Custom App Plugin profile is used in conjunction with custom applications created for the IOLAN by using the Perle SDK See the SDK Programmer e Guide the SDK and guide are found on the Perle website at www perle com downloads index shtml for information about the functions that are supported You must download the program and any ancillary files to the IOLAN and set the serial port to the Custom App Plugin profile to actually run a custom application You must also specify the program executable and any parameters you want to pass to the program in the Command Line field General Tab Field Description General Hardware Packet Forwarding Custom Application Plugin Settings To install a custom application 1 Download the application files to the IOLAN using Tools gt Advaced gt Custom Files gt Download Custom App to IOLAN 2 Set the command line below Command Line Configure the following parameter Command Line 176 The name of the SDK program executable that has been already been downloaded to the IOLAN plus any parameters you want to pass to the program Use the shell CLI command as described in the SDK Programm
29. ATTRIBUTE Perle Line Access Port 26 126 integer Perle ATTRIBUTE Perle Line Access Port 27 127 integer Perle ATTRIBUTE Perle Line Access Port 28 128 integer Perle ATTRIBUTE Perle Line Access Port 29 129 integer Perle ATTRIBUTE Perle Line Access Port 30 130 integer Perle ATTRIBUTE Perle Line Access Port 31 131 integer Perle 320 IOLAN SDS SCS STS User s Guide Version 3 4 RADIUS ATTRIBUTE Perle Line Access Port 32 132 integer Perle ATTRIBUTE Perle Line Access Port 33 133 integer Perle ATTRIBUTE Perle Line Access Port 34 134 integer Perle ATTRIBUTE Perle Line Access Port 35 135 integer Perle ATTRIBUTE Perle Line Access Port 36 136 integer Perle ATTRIBUTE Perle Line Access Port 37 137 integer Perle ATTRIBUTE Perle Line Access Port 38 138 integer Perle ATTRIBUTE Perle Line Access Port 39 139 integer Perle ATTRIBUTE Perle Line Access Port 40 140 integer Perle ATTRIBUTE Perle Line Access Port 41 141 integer Perle ATTRIBUTE Perle Line Access Port 42 142 integer Perle ATTRIBUTE Perle Line Access Port 43 143 integer Perle ATTRIBUTE Perle Line Access Port 44 144 integer Perle ATTRIBUTE
30. Add Button Click this button to add a new IPsec VPN tunnel Edit Button Select an existing IPsec VPN tunnel and click the button to edit the tunnel s parameters Delete Button Select an existing IPsec VPN tunnel and click the button to remove the tunnel Use NAT Traversal NAT Traversal should be enabled when the IOLAN is communicating through NAT_T a router gateway to a remote VPN that also has NAT Traversal enabled Default Enabled IOLAN SDS SCS STS User s Guide Version 3 4 VPN Adding Editing the IPsec Tunnel When you click the Add button or select an IPsec tunnel and click the Edit button the following window is displayed IPsec Tunnel IPsec Tunnel Name von Authentication Method Shared Secret 5j Secret Local Device IOLAN Left Right Local Remote IP Address IP Address ExtemallP External IP Address L Address NextHop 0 0 0 0 Net Hop 0 0 0 0 Host Network 9 0 0 0 Host Network 9 9 0 0 Address Address IPv4 Subnet 255 255 IPv4 Subnet 255 255 255 255 Mask Mask IPv6 Subnet IPvB Subnet Bits Bits Boot Action Start Cancel Configure the following parameters Name Provide a name for the IPsec VPN tunnel to make it easy to identify Text Characteristics Maximum of 16 characters spaces not allowed Authentication Specify the authentication method that will be used between VPN peers to Method authenticate the VPN tunnel Data Options e Sha
31. Close the IOLAN case by replacing the case lid and the two screws You can now power it on with the new settings 344 IOLAN SDS SCS STS User s Guide Version 3 4 Introduction 4 Port Desktop IOLAN To change the settings do the following 1 Unplug the IOLAN from the electrical outlet and disconnect everything from the box 2 Open the case by unscrewing the two side screws one on each side and lifting off the top of the case You should see the following Screw Q Di Power sid O DIP OE Flo O Switch O N 3b O Reset g0 0 amp D e e lies The pin with the NI w lolols square represents Blo Pin 1 gt O solo O RJ45 lo O ses Go CH Screw 3 The following table describes how to jumper the pins for line termination fixed 5V output and for output equal to the external adapter input Port Line Line Termination 5V Output input Volt Output 1 Jumper J7 and J8 J4 jumper pins 1 amp 2 J4 jumper pins 2 amp 3 2 Jumper J9 and J11 J5 jumper pins 1 amp 2 J5 jumper pins 2 amp 3 3 Jumper J22 and J24 J10 jumper pins 1 amp 2 J10 jumper pins 2 amp 3 4 Jumper J23 and J25 J6 jumper pins 1 amp 2 J6 jumper pins 2 amp 3 4 Close the IOLAN case by replacing the case lid and the two screws You can now power it on with the new settings Sett
32. DCD 2 RxD 3 TxD 4 DTR 5 GND 6 DSR 7 RTS 8 CTS Modem DB25 DCE 8 DCD 3 TxD 2 RxD 20 DTR 7 GND 6 DSR 4 CTS 5 RTS Pinouts and Cabling Diagrams 339 EIA 232 Cabling Diagrams 340 IOLAN SDS SCS STS User s Guide Version 3 4 Setting Jumpers Introduction The IOLAN contains jumpers that you might need to set before you configure it and put it into production You can set the power out pin pin 9 to a fixed 5V DC output or to the external adapter output this can range from 9 30V DC if an external adapter is shipped with the IOLAN ithas a 12V DC output maximum output power is 1 one watt per a serial port By default the power out pin is set to no power You can set the IOLAN line termination to on or off this is o by default if you are using EIA 422 485 not applicable for VO models 1 Port IOLAN DB25 Male Female To change the settings do the following 1 Unplug the IOLAN from the electrical outlet and disconnect everything from the box 2 Open the case by unscrewing the two side screws one on each side and lifting off the top of the case You should see the following Screw Q a gt Power g z2 ogo DIP 000 witch SIS S Smig d Reset 5 Ga 5 E 9 5 RJ45 sy Screw 3 To change the power pin out locate J4 For the fixed 5V DC output jumper pins 1 and 2 For the output to
33. Data Options Two characters An entry for the state province for example IL This field is case sensitive in order to successfully match the information in the peer SSL TLS certificate Data Options Maximum 128 characters An entry for the location for example Chicago This field is case sensitive in order to successfully match the information in the peer SSL TLS certificate Data Options Maximum 128 characters An entry for the organization for example Accounting This field is case sensitive in order to successfully match the information in the peer SSL TLS certificate Data Options Maximum 64 characters An entry for the unit in the organization for example Payroll This field is case sensitive in order to successfully match the information in the peer SSL TLS certificate Data Options Maximum 64 characters 112 IOLAN SDS SCS STS User s Guide Version 3 4 Serial Port Profiles Common Name An entry for common name for example the host name or fully gualified domain name This field is case sensitive in order to successfully match the information in the peer SSL TLS certificate Data Options Maximum 64 characters Email An entry for an email address for example acct anycompany com This field is case sensitive in order to successfully match the information in the peer SSL TLS certificate Data Options Maximum 64 characters Console Management Profile Overview The Console Management profile provides
34. Delete Button Deletes a cipher to the cipher list Move Up Button Moves a cipher up in preference in the cipher list Move Down Button Moves a cipher down in preference in the cipher list 95 Advanced Adding Editing a Cipher Suite To see a list of valid cipher suite combinations see Appendix B SSL TLS Ciphers on page 327 Cipher Suite Edit Encryption Min Key Size Max Key Size Key Exchange HMAC Cancel Configure the following parameters Encryption Min Key Size Max Key Size Key Exchange 96 Select the type of encryption that will be used for the SSL connection Data Options Any Will use the first encryption format that can be negotiated AES 3DES DES ARCFOUR ARCTWO Default Any The minimum key size value that will be used for the specified encryption type Data Options 40 56 64 128 168 256 Default 40 The maximum key size value that will be used for the specified encryption type Data Options 40 56 64 128 168 256 Default 256 The type of key to exchange for the encryption format Data Options e Any Any key exchange that is valid is used this does not however include ADH keys RSA This is an RSA key exchange using an RSA key and certificate EDH RSA This is an EDH key exchange using an RSA key and certificate e EDH DSS This is an EDH key exchange using a DSA key and certificate e ADH This is an anonymous key exchange which does not re
35. Disables RIP over the Ethernet interface e Send Sends RIP over the Ethernet interface e Listen Listens for RIP over the Ethernet interface e Send and Listen Sends RIP and listens for RIP over the Ethernet interface Default None Specify the type of RIP authentication Data Options e None No authentication for RIP e Password Simple RIP password authentication e MD5 Use MDS RIP authentication Default None Specify the password that allows the router tables to be updated Retype in the password to verify that you typed in it correctly The MD5 identification key The start date that the MD5 key becomes valid The date format is dependent on your system s settings The time that the MD5 key becomes valid The time format is dependent on your system s settings The last day that the MDS key is valid The date format is dependent on your system s settings IOLAN SDS SCS STS User s Guide Version 3 4 Advanced End Time The time that the MD5 key becomes invalid The time format is dependent on your system s settings Key The MDS key that is being used by your routers Confirm Key Retype the MDS key that is being used by your routers to verify that it was typed correctly Dynamic DNS Overview Dynamic DNS Service providers enable users to access a server connected to the internet that has been assigned a dynamic IP address The IOLAN product line has built in support for the DynDNS co
36. Discrete Input Not used Coils Digital Input DI Alarm state for DI Digital Output DO All coils are Boolean values and are 1 byte Input Registers IR Analog Input AJ Alarm state for AI All Input Registers are 2 bytes Holding Registers Status R Control value R W or W Holding Registers with _ENG long registers are 4 bytes long all other Holding Registers are 2 bytes long All coil register values are in decimal VO Coil Register Descriptions This section contains descriptions of UO coils MB REG DI SENSOR Status of Digital input 1 is Active 0 is Inactive If Invert Signal is configured on 0 is Active is Inactive If input is Latched returns latched status MB REG DI SENSOR ALARM STATE Indication if input is in alarm state 1 is In Alarm state 0 is Not in Alarm state A write of any value clears the alarm state MB REG DO SENSOR Status of Digital output 1 is Active 0 is Inactive If Invert Signal is configured on 0 is Active is Inactive This section contains descriptions of I O holding registers MB_REG_HR_DI_SENSOR_LATCH The latch status of the Digital input 1 is Latched 0 is Not latched A write of any value will clear the latch MB REG HR DO SENSOR PULSE ISW Inactive Signal Width This is how long the channel will remain inactive during pulse mode in increments of 100ms Valid values are 1 9999 The default is 1 100 ms MB REG HR DO SENSOR PULSE ASW Acti
37. For routing to work you must enter a local IP address Choose an address that is part of the same network or subnetwork as the remote end for example if the remote end is address 192 101 34 146 your local IP address can be 192 101 34 145 Do not use the IOLAN s main IP address in this field if you do so routing will not take place correctly The IPV4 IP address of the remote end of the PPP link Choose an address that is part of the same network or subnetwork as the IOLAN If you set the PPP parameter IP Address Negotiation to On the IOLAN will ignore the remote IP address value you enter here and will allow the remote end to specify its IP address If your user is authenticated by RADIUS and the RADIUS parameter Framed Address is set in the RADIUS file the IOLAN will use the value in the RADIUS file in preference to the value configured here The exception to this rule is a Framed Address value in the RADIUS file of 255 255 255 254 this value allows the IOLAN to use the remote IP address value configured here The network subnet mask For example 255 255 0 0 If your user is authenticated by RADIUS and the RADIUS parameter Framed Netmask is set in the RADIUS file the IOLAN will use the value in the RADIUS file in preference to the value configured here Specifies whether or not IP address negotiation will take place IP address negotiation is where the IOLAN allows the remote end to specify its IP address When On the IP address
38. If you click the Retrieve Port Names button the DeviceManager will connect to the clustering slave IOLAN and download all the serial port names you can change the names and other settings when you click the Edit button Editing Clustering Slave Settings Change the individual serial port settings Slave Port Settings window Slave Port Settings Port 1 Port Name Slave TCP Port 10001 Master TCP Por 1024 Protocol Telnet OK Cancel Configure the following parameters Port Name Specify a name for the port Default A combination of the port number the symbol and the IP address for example port1 172 22 23 101 263 Clustering Slave List Slave TCP Port Specify the TCP Port number configured on the Slave IOLAN that is associated to the port number you are configuring Range 1 99999 Master TCP Port Specify the TCP port number you want to map to the Slave IOLAN TCP Port User s will use this TCP port number to access the Slave IOLAN s port Default 1024 and then increments by one for each new slave entry Protocol Specify the protocol that will be used to access the port Data Options SSH Telnet Default Telnet 264 IOLAN SDS SCS STS User s Guide Version 3 4 Configuring the Option Card Introduction SCS models have a built in option card slot that supports either a Perle E Configuration IOLAN modem card purchased separately or Perle PCI Adapter card CO Network
39. Subject From Reply To Configure the following parameters Enable Email Alert Enables disables a global email alerts setting Even if this option is disabled Level To Subject From Reply To Outgoing Mail Server you can still configure individual serial port email alerts When this option is enabled individual serial ports can inherit these email alerts settings Default Disabled Choose the event level that triggers an email notification Data Options Emergency Alert Critical Error Warning Notice Info Debug Default Emergency An email address or list of email addresses that will receive the email notification A text string which can contain spaces that will display in the Subject field of the email notification This field can contain an email address that might identify the IOLAN name or some other value The email address to whom all replies to the email notification should go The SMTP host email server that will process the email notification request This can be either a host name defined in the IOLAN host table or the SMTP host IP address IOLAN SDS SCS STS User s Guide Version 3 4 Alerts Syslog Overview The IOLAN can be configured to send system log messages to a syslog daemon running on a remote host if the Syslog service is activated You can configure a primary and secondary host for the syslog information and specify the level for which you
40. Termina Termina Termina Termina Termina Termina Termina Termina Termina Termina Termina Termina Termina Termina Termina Details Termina v When the default serial port profile Terminal displays click the Change Profile button and select the appropriate profile for the serial port See Chapter 7 Configuring Serial Ports on page 99 for more information on the serial port profiles and their configuration parameters Getting Started 71 Setting Up Users Setting Up Users When you have a user who is accessing a device connected to a serial port from the network or who is accessing the network from a device connected to a serial port through the IOLAN you can create a user account and configure the user s access privileges Notice that there is a Default user the Default user s parameters are inherited by users logging into the IOLAN who are being authenticated by an external authentication method see Authentication on page 197 for more information or are accessing the IOLAN as a Guest see Local on page 198 for more information To add a user account click on the Users page in the navigation pane amp 4 Configuration Gy Network Users D IP Settings EE Ee r S EE D Advanced Name Level Access to Clustered Ports Rea Serial admin Admin Yes DN Serial Ports Default Normal Yes B Port Buffering ecurity 3 Clustering A Option Card HG System
41. sessies kk kk ee e ee Gee EE EE RE ER RR RR ee 341 Part IOLAN BJAS E 342 1 Port IOLAN RJ45 P Power Over Ethernet ss see ee ee ee 342 1 Pait IOLAN DES iis iese EE ee ed WA GER en dd ee Re EG 343 2 Port IOLAN SDS1M Modem 2222u000n020000000000nnnnnnnnnnn 343 2 Port OM AM nn 344 4 Port Desktop IOLAN ss sesse ss seke sk Ka AN N AN AN AR ee AE SE AE dd Ka 345 Digital VO Mode see ds si ee es me ee a 346 Analog Input Modul sis sous sa ss sk dee SE RA EA ke Ad N ee NE NAN ke 347 20 IOLAN SDS SCS STS User s Guide Version 3 4 Table of Contents Appendix F VO Wiring Diagrams ees ee 349 Wiring e DAU ANS EREGAS EREGAS rennen 349 Digital MO ss NE ke EER ke ee ee eg ee oe n 349 Digital Input Wet ones ss Ed ea 349 Digital Input Ree TE 349 BE SN GEES gr 350 Biere 350 Analog MIT sessie ss eN ke Hi ke AN GR N Ed GN N GN WE NEG N dk Ad 351 RUE N EE OO EE 351 ie le EE EE EL Ne 351 Temperature Input sesse ek Sa Ne naeh 352 le date ele 352 UBS Wine se sa ee ee n ee DO EK ee Ee 352 RTD E 352 AIDA WIE ee Renee 353 Relay Output issie Ke ske NE eu N ed AR Ge N ke NG N KA ee Ke RAK 353 Normally Open Conlaol sis ES eek 353 Normally Closed Contact AEN 353 Appendix Ca UE 355 Tu dee IT E 355 HUEFOR ME ee EE ea 355 API VO Access Over TruePort u ss sesse EER EER EE ER EER Ee 356 API Request Format ss eN SN ee ke Ke ee NR Re ee ek eg 356 API Response Formal isi sn idees ide des N Ne Res EN Ns
42. Advanced 8 D Users Serial Ports on page 99 for more information ra SEA Security 2 Clustering B Option Card HE System e Port Buffering This window configures serial port data buffering preferences See Port Buffering on page 177 for more information e Advanced This window configures those parameters that are applicable to specific environments You will find modem and TruePort configuration options in addition to others here See Advanced on page 180 for more information Serial Ports Overview Each IOLAN serial port can be connected to serial device Each serial port can then be configured according to a serial port profile that coincides with the serial device attached to that serial port and how the serial device is accessed used Functionality When you select the Serial Ports navigation option you will see a list with the number of serial ports on your IOLAN As you configure the serial ports the information for each serial port is displayed Serial Ports Enable Name Profile Details Iv 1 SUN Console Port Console Management Telnet Listen TCP 10001 Iv 2 Linux Console Port Console Management SSH Listen TCP 10002 8 3 Terminal Login Required O 4 PPP To configure change a serial port click the Edit button IOLAN SDS SCS STS User s Guide Version 3 4 99 Serial Ports Editing a Serial Port In the Serial Port Settings window click on a serial port and then click the Edit button the
43. CTS CTS 7 _ 7 RTS Accessories 365 Starter Kit Adapters Cable RJ45F to DB9F DTE Crossover Adapter The following diagram shows the IOLAN RJ45F gt DBOF crossover adapter pinouts This is model number DBA0020 l O Gg L S Be 5 dd 6 S 1 O 7 RJ45F DB9F RJ45F DBOF TxD 4 2 RxD RxD 5 3 TxD GND 6 5 GND DTR 8 1 DCD 6 DSR DSR 3 4 DTR RTS 2 8 CTS CTS 7 _ 7 RTS Sun Cisco RJ45M Connector Cable for Rack Mount Models This is a 3 meter RJ45M gt RJ45M 8 wire Sun Cisco modular cable The following diagram shows how the IOLAN RJ45M cable is configured when connecting to the supplied Sun Cisco RJ45 cable This model number is CABOO30 IOLAN Sun Cisco RJ45M RJ45M RTS 2 _ 8 CTS DSR 3 2 DTR TxD 4 6 RxD RxD 5 3 TxD GND 6 4 GND CTS 7 1 RTS DTR 8 7 DSR 366 IOLAN SDS SCS STS User s Guide Version 3 4 SCS48C SCS32C SCS16C SCS8C Starter Kit Adapters Cable SCS48C SCS32C SCS16C SCS8C Starter Kit Adapters Cable The IOLAN Starter Kit includes the following for the SCS48C SCS32C SCS16C SCS8C Cisco models RJ45F to DB25M DTE Crossover Adapter RJ45F to DB25M DCE Modem Adapter RJ45F to DB25F DTE Crossover Adapter RJ45F to DB9M DTE Crossover Adapter RJ45F to DB9F DTE Crossover Adapter Su
44. Custom Files from the menu bar From the File Type drop down select Download Terminal Definition Select the terminal definition option 1 2 or 3 and then browse to the terminal definition file that is being downloaded to the IOLAN In the Terminal profile select the Terminal Type Termx that you custom defined Creating Terminal Definition Files To create new terminal definition files you need to copy and edit the information from the terminfo database 1 On a UNIX host change directory to usr lib terminfo x where x is the first letter of the required terminal type For a Wyse60 for example you would enter the command cd usr lib terminfo w The termcap files are compiled so use the command infocmp termfile to read the required file for example infocmp wy60 Check the file for the attribute xmc n where n is greater than or equal to 1 This attribute will corrupt menu and form displays making the terminal type unsuitable for using Menu mode If the terminal definition is suitable change to a directory of your choice Rename and copy the file to the directory specified at step 4 using the command infocmp termfile gt termn where nis greater than or equal to 1 for example infocmp wy50 gt terml Make sure the file has global read and execute permission for its entire path Edit the file to include the following capabilities in this format terms acsc bold civis clear cnorm cup rev rmacs rms
45. Download es Configuration Serial Tunneling For more advanced configurations use WebManager or DeviceManager e Console Management Allows users on the network to connect to a serial device that is connected to a serial port on the IOLAN IOLAN SDS SCS STS User s Guide Version 3 4 65 Setting Up the Network e TruePort Virtual COM Port Allows a networked system to communicate with your serial device through a virtual COM or TTY port using the Perle TruePort software e TCP Sockets Raw TCP Allows hosts on the network to communicate with a serial device that requires raw data throughput such as a printer or card reader connected to the IOLAN serial port e Terminal Allows a terminal device to connect to a specified host on the network through a serial port on the IOLAN Printer Allows hosts on the network to talk to a printer using LPD connected to the IOLAN Serial Tunneling Allows IOL AN on the network to establish a virtual link between their serial ports Typically one IOLAN s serial port is configured as a Tunnel Server and the other IOLAN s serial port is configured as a Tunnel Client Setting Up the Network The most important part of setting up the network is assigning an IP address to the IOLAN whether this is a static IP address or enabling a DHCP BOOTP assigned IP address You should also assign a name the IOLAN to make it easier to recognize This section deals primarily with setting th
46. EDH key exchange using an RSA key and certificate e EDH DSS This is an EDH key exchange using a DSA key and certificate e ADH This is an anonymous key exchange which does not require a private key or certificate Choose this key if you do not want to authenticate the peer device but you want the data encrypted on the SSL TLS connection Default Any 211 SSL TLS HMAC Select the key hashing for message authentication method for your encryption type Data Options Any e MDS e SHAI Default Any Validation Criteria Field Descriptions If you choose to configure validation criteria then the information in the peer SSL TLS certificate must match exactly the information configured in this window in order to pass peer authentication and create a valid SSL TLS connection SSL Validation Criteria C Country CO State Province CO Locality C Organization C Organization Unit C Common Name C Email Configure the following parameters Country State Province Locality Organization Organization Unit A country code for example US This field is case sensitive in order to successfully match the information in the peer SSL TLS certificate Data Options Two characters An entry for the state province for example IL This field is case sensitive in order to successfully match the information in the peer SSL TLS certificate Data Options Maximum 128 characters An entry
47. EE EE EE 180 COVEN nieder 180 eil WR e de 180 Modems Tab nn 182 ENE EE E E E a a rA AEGEE TGE 182 PUIG ei SE OE EE OE EE EE 182 Adding Editind a Modem nenne 182 TruePort Baud Rate Tab es ee 183 VENEN een AA RE ME 183 F RCHTE ea EE N ID 183 Field DelnilGns eo een 183 Chapter 8 Configuring Users eiers ee ee nn nn nnnnnnnnnn 185 Idee ie die EE EE N N EE AE errr 185 User Setlings EE EE ke 186 B Ed een 186 Functionality sasie sk ske eN NN Ke We Wi ge GR ba ed N eN KG AN ek ki Ee ww NA 186 AddinaEditing LSers He 187 General TAD ah iara 187 Ro RE EL nee 187 Functionality aeisi par aae iiaae EEEa EEN EEN EEE 187 Field Descriptions sis ee 187 SEM EE EE EE 189 Eeer ee 189 PUG TOY tis es EE OE N EE EE ND 189 Field Ree 189 Advanced Tab ee RE RR Ee se ee ke ge bee Ged se 191 OEE N OR EE RO EE Oe N 191 Field RT el den 191 GT CC E 193 Ro IE AR EE N 193 F nctionality RE EE EN 193 elle Helene 194 Serial Port Access Tab sessie se sake ke NN id N NAAK ak Aa GROEN NEK N 195 RIM TM AE EE ER N EE EE EE 195 Field DESCH MONG N RE eehervelacsunceucetibesy eeeduuce 195 Table of Contents Chapter 9 Configuring Security ees EE 197 idea ed is ARE N ee ee 197 Authentiealion nee 197 LOCA EN 198 ON nenne remis 198 Field Deep Ons ik ee EER EE ee EE EED BEES es ED Roe EE 198 ta UR EE N EE een 199 AE EE EE EE 199 Field Descriptions u EE EE EE N 199 ere 200 Field Wee del e 200 rt 201 EE eege 201 Fiel
48. Email Alert Packet Forwarding Terminal Settings Terminal Type Dumb E Require Login User Service Settings Connect to remote system Configure the following parameters Terminal Type Require Login User Service Settings Button Specifies the type of terminal connected to the line Data Options Dumb WYSE60 VT100 ANSI TVI925 IBM3151TE VT320 specifically supporting VT320 7 HP700 specifically supporting HP700 44 Terml Term2 Term3 user defined terminals Default Dumb When users access the IOLAN through the serial port they must be authenticated using either the local user database or an external authentication server Default Enabled After a user has been successfully authenticated the IOLAN will connect to the specified host using the specified protocol according to e the User Service parameter for locally configured users e the Default User Service parameter for users who are externally authenticated e TACACS RADIUS for externally authenticated users where the target host is passed to the IOLAN See User Service Settings on page 135 for field descriptions of the various User Service Settings 131 Serial Port Profiles 132 Connect to Remote When the serial port is started the IOLAN will initiate a connection to the System Protocol Settings Button Host Name TCP Port Automatically When any data is received When lt hex value gt is received
49. Enable SSL TLS When enabled Modbus Slave Gateway messages to remote TCP Modbus using global Masters are encrypted via SSL TLS settings Default Disabled IOLAN SDS SCS STS User s Guide Version 3 4 Serial Port Profiles Power Management Profile Overview The Power Management profile applies when there is a Perle Remote Power Switch RPS connected to the serial port This profile is used to configure the RPS See RPS Control on page 283 for information on how to actively management the RPS Functionality The Power Management profile configures a serial port to communicate with a Remote Power Switch s RPS administration port This allows network access to the RPS and permits access to statistics and control of the RPS s power plugs 1e IOLAN Remote Power Remote System Switch RPS u General Tab Field Descriptions General Email Alet Power Management Settings These settings determine the operation of the Remote Power Switch RPS connected to this serial port RPS Name RPS Model RPS820 ze Plug Name Power Up Interval Default State Mapped Port 1 Of None 2 5 Of None 3 5 Of None 4 5 Of None 5 5 Off None 6 5 Of None 7 5 Of None 8 5 OF None Configure the following parameters RPS Name Specify a name for the RPS RPS Model Specify the RPS model Data Options RSP820 RPS830 RPS1620 RPS1630 Default RSP820 Edit Button Highlight a plug and then click the Edit button to configure t
50. Host Public Key RSA is used with SSH 2 RSA1 is used with SSH 1 User Name The name of the user for whom you are downloading the SSH User Public or Private Key to the IOLAN Host Name The name of the host for which you are downloading the SSH Host Public or Private Key to the IOLAN IPsec Tunnel Name Select the IPsec tunnel that the RSA public key is being used to authenticate 222 IOLAN SDS SCS STS User s Guide Version 3 4 Configuring VO Interfaces Introduction 4 Configuration There is a line of I O IOLANs that can control monitor the following H Network types of I O Serial e Analog Input Users a yj Security e Digital Input Output Gy 1 0 Interfaces e Relay Output Settings e Temperature Input is Channels Some of the models are I O combinations and some of the models support one I O type although all of the VO models are extensions of the feature rich extended temperature SDS IOLAN IOLAN SDS SCS STS User s Guide Version 3 4 223 Settings Settings Overview The VO Interfaces Settings window configures the parameters that are global to all VO channels VO Access Functionality Field Descriptions VO Access Failsafe Timer UDP Temperature Choose the method in which the 1 0 interfaces are accessed via network by an external application DM Enable 1 0 Access via Modbus protocol Up 1255 Advanced Slave Settings Available Network Access Allow Modbus TCP A
51. IOLAN Analog input for RTD you will need a resistor that is better than 05 Ohms accuracy When you calibrate one channel all RTD channels are automatically calibrated for that range if another channel is set for a different range you will need to calibrate that channel separately but all channels that use that range are automatically calibrated Calibrating Analog Channels Analog Input can be calibrated for Analog and Temperature IOLAN models Calibrate VO Channel Choose the 1 0 channel to calibrate Ok Cancel Select the channel you want to calibrate This example uses an A4 model that has channel A1 set to Current with a Range of 0 to 20mA If you have not disabled confirmation messages Tools Options in DeviceManager only you will get prompted to verify channel calibration DeviceManager 2 Are you sure you want to calibrate the channel Yes Click Yes to proceed with calibration You are now prompted to apply 0 mA to the positive and negative terminals Once that is done click Yes to proceed DeviceManager A Apply 0 mA to Al terminals Proceed You are now prompted to apply 20 mA to the positive and negative terminals Once that is done click Yes to proceed DeviceManager N Apply 20 mA to Al terminals Proceed Yes Once calibration is successfully completed click OK to finish the process DeviceManager N Channel successfully calibrated 293 Setting th
52. IOLAN from any application that supports Telnet or SSH e For existing IOLAN customers the native IOLAN menu interface can be used by entering the iolan command to display and use the native IOLAN menu interface See your IOLAN User e Guide for information on using the IOLAN interface See JOLAN Interface on page 59 for more information about IOLAN interface Connecting to the IOLAN Using the Menu To connect the IOLAN using the Menu follow the directions for Connecting to the IOLAN Using the CLI on page 52 Configuration Methods 53 Menu Using the Menu After you have successfully logged in type screen at the prompt and press Enter You will be asked to enter a terminal type and then you will see the following Menu User admin IOLAN SDS2 v3 1 G8 Telnet 5 Server Configuration Line Configuration Network Configuration Authentication Configuration Time Configuration Modem Configuration Statistics Command Line Mode Move Enter Select To navigate through the Menu options do the following 1 Highlight a Menu option by using the keyboard up and down arrows to navigate the list 2 When the Menu item you want to access is highlighted press the Enter key to either get to the next list of options or to get the configuration screen depending on what you select 3 When you are done configuring parameters in a screen press the Enter key and then the Enter key again to Accept and exit the form 4 If yo
53. IP address of the IOLAN end of the PPP link For routing to work you must enter a local IP address Choose an address that is part of the same network or subnetwork as the remote end for example if the remote end is address 192 101 34 146 your local IP address can be 192 101 34 145 Do not use the IOLAN s main IP address in this field if you do so routing will not take place correctly The IPV4 IP address of the remote end of the PPP link Choose an address that is part of the same network or subnetwork as the IOLAN If you set the PPP parameter IP Address Negotiation to On the IOLAN will ignore the remote IP address value you enter here and will allow the remote end to specify its IP address If your user is authenticated by RADIUS and the RADIUS parameter Framed Address is set in the RADIUS file the IOLAN will use the value in the RADIUS file in preference to the value configured here The exception to this rule is a Framed Address value in the RADIUS file of 255 255 255 254 this value allows the IOLAN to use the remote IP address value configured here The network subnet mask For example 255 255 0 0 If your user is authenticated by RADIUS and the RADIUS parameter Framed Netmask is set in the RADIUS file the IOLAN will use the value in the RADIUS file in preference to the value configured here The local IPv6 interface identifier of the IOLAN end of the PPP link For routing to work you must enter a local IP address Choose an a
54. RSA Au RSA Enc RC4 128 Mac SHA1 RC4 MD5 SSLv3 Kx RSA Au RSA Enc RC4 128 Mac MD5 RC4 MD5 SSLv2 Kx RSA Au RSA Enc RC4 128 Mac MD5 RC4 64 MD5 SSLv2 Kx RSA Au RSA Enc RC4 64 Mac MD5 EDH RSA DES CBC SHA SSLv3 Kx DH Au RSA Enc DES 56 Mac SHA1 EDH DSS DES CBC SHA SSLv3 Kx DH Au DSS Enc DES 56 Mac SHA1 DES CBC SHA SSLv3 Kx RSA Au RSA Enc DES 56 Mac SHA1 IOLAN SDS SCS STS User s Guide Version 3 4 327 Valid SSL TLS Ciphers SSL Key Key Full Name Ver Exchange Authentication Encryption Size HMAC DES CBC MD5 SSLv2 Kx RSA Au RSA Enc DES 56 Mac MD5 EXP EDH RSA DES CBC SHA SSLv3 Kx DH 512 Au RSA Enc DES 40 Mac SHA1 EXP EDH DSS DES CBC SHA SSLv3 Kx DH 512 Au DSS Enc DES 40 Mac SHA1 EXP DES CBC SHA SSLv3 Kx RSA 512 Au RSA Enc DES 40 Mac SHA1 EXP RC2 CBC MDS SSLv3 Kx RSA 512 Au RSA Enc RC2 40 Mac MD5 ADH DES CBC3 SHA SSLv3 Kx DH Au None Enc 3DES 168 Mac SHA1 ADH DES CBC SHA SSLv3 Kx DH Au None Enc DES 56 Mac SHA1 EXP ADH DES CBC SHA SSLv3 Kx DH 512 Au None Enc DES 40 Mac SHA1 ADH RC4 MD5 SSLv3 Kx DH Au None Enc RC4 128 Mac MD5 EXP ADH RC4 MD5 SSLv3 Kx DH 512 Au None Enc RC4 40 Mac MD5 EXP RC2 CBC MDS SSLv2 Kx RSA 512 Au RSA Enc RC2 40 Mac MD5 EXP RC4 MD5 SSLv3 Kx RSA 512 Au RSA Enc RC4 40 Mac MD5 EXP RC4 MD5 SSLv2 Kx RSA 512 Au RSA Enc RC4 40 Mac MD5 328 IOLAN SDS SCS STS User s Guide Version 3 4 Virtual Modem AT Commands Virtual Modem Initialization Commands You can initialize t
55. SSH Public Key used for Console Management serial ports set to SSH connections e Download SSH User Public Key used for Console Management serial ports set to SSH connections e Download SSH User Private Key used for IOLAN Users on serial ports set to the Terminal profile using SSH connections e Download SSH Host Public Key used for IOLAN Users on serial ports set to the Terminal profile using SSH connections e Download SSL TLS Private Key required if using HTTPS and or SSL TLS e Download SSL TLS Certificate required if using HTTPS and or SSL TLS e Download SSL TLS CA required if using LDAP with TLS SSL TLS and or X 509 certificate authentication for an IPsec tunnel e Upload IPsec RSA Public Key must be installed on the remote VPN gateway when the RSA Signature is the IPsec tunnel authentication method e Download IPsec RSA Public Key from the remote VPN gateway when RSA Signature is the IPsec tunnel authentication method File Name The file that you are going to download upload to from the IOLAN via TFTP 221 Keys and Certificates Key Type Specify the type of authentication that will be used for the SSH session The following list details the keys that support each key type Data Options e RSA Server SSH Public Key SSH User Public Key SSH User Private Key SSH Host Public Key e DSA Server SSH Public Key SSH User Public Key SSH User Private Key SSH Host Public Key e RSAI SSH User Private Key SSH
56. Serial mode but the IOLAN will not display all the messages information you will get in Console mode Dedicated Console Port Rack Mount Models 38 The rack mount IOLAN models have a dedicated Console port located on the LED side of the IOLAN You can use the supplied Administration cable with the supplied RJ45 2 DBOF adapter if needed to connect a terminal to the Console Admin port to view diagnostic information and or configure the IOLAN using the Menu or Command Line Interface CLI You can configure the baud rate and flow control of the dedicated Console port IOLAN SDS SCS STS User s Guide Version 3 4 Powering Up the IOLAN Powering Up the IOLAN Desktop Rack Mount Models VO Models To power up the IOLAN perform the following steps 1 Rack Mount Models only Using the rack mount brackets included with your IOLAN you can rack mount the IOLAN from the front or the back of the chassis depending on your environment Make sure you don t block the IOLAN s side air vents Each IOLAN is 1U in height and does not require any extra space between units therefore you can rack mount up to five IOLANs in a 5U rack 2 Plug the external power supply into the IOLAN and then into the electrical outlet Connect it to the PSE if you have a P series Power over Ethernet model 3 You will see the LEDs cycle for several seconds and then remain a solid green indicating that it is ready to configure use Before you start to
57. Service to Printer Print jobs will not print when the line service is set incorrectly When using RCP the network host receives a rejection message from the IOLAN The result is that the print job does not take place e Print using LPD or e Modify the printer interface scripts on the network host to overcome this weakness of RCP The modification will force the network host to continue trying to send the print job when the IOLAN s printer port is busy Long Reboot Cycle Rebooting the IOLAN takes a long time If you are not using DHCP BOOTP disable this within the Server Services otherwise the IOLAN waits to timeout for a request to DHCP BOOTP 378 IOLAN SDS SCS STS User s Guide Version 3 4 SSL TLS SSL TLS If you are experiencing problems obtaining a successful SSL TLS connection you can set your Syslog Level to Notice and view the syslog for the following messages Line not SSL enabled Abort connection when a user who is configured for Service SSL_RAW tries to login on the serial port The user has been configured for an SSL_RAW connection but the line has not been configured to enable SSL To resolve this either enable the line for SSL or change the user s Service to TCP_CLEAR if SSL is not wanted Could not obtain peer s certificate e User has selected a cipher key exchange of ADH anonymous Diffie Hellman and enabled Peer verification ADH does not use certificates so they will not be sent in an SSL TL
58. The Failsafe Timer is enabled on a global basis and provides a trigger mechanism that can be configured for each channel when no I O traffic management has occurred for the specified amount of time A Failsafe Action can be configured for each Digital Output channel each Serial Signal Output channel DTR and RTS and each Relay channel to either Activate or Deactivate the output Field Descriptions VO Access Failsafe Timer UDP C Enable 1 0 Failsafe Timer Configure the following parameters Enable I O Failsafe Enables disables the Failsafe Timer This is the global setting that must be Timer enabled to set the Failsafe Action on the channel for digital outputs and relays When this timer expires because of no I O activity within the specified time interval the Failsafe Action set for the channel determines the action on the output Default Disabled Timeout The number of seconds that must elapse with no I O activity before the channel Failsafe Action is triggered Range 1 9999 Default 30 seconds 227 Settings UDP Functionality 228 Overview The UDP tab configures the I O UDP broadcast settings The I O UDP broadcast feature periodically broadcasts the I O channel status in a UDP message You can configure up to four sets of IP address entries each entry consisting of a start and end IP address range to broadcast I O status data The data depends on the I O model Analog Digital Serial Signals and con
59. User s Guide Version 3 4 331 Serial Pinouts EIA 485 EIA 485 Pinout EIA 232 EIA 422 Full Duplex Half Duplex 18 RTS 19 RTS 20 out DTR 21 RxD RxD 22 RxD RxD 25 CTS The power in pin pin 12 can be 9 30V DC DB25 Female This section defines the pinouts for the DB25 female connection used on the 1 port IOLAN The power out pin Pin 9 is available in the SDS model only 332 Pin 13 Pin 25 The following table provides pinout information Pinout EIA 232 1 Shield 2 in RxD 3 out TxD 4 in CTS S out RTS 6 out DTR 7 GND 8 in DCD 9 Power out 12 Power in 13 14 ElA 422 Shield GND Power out Power in RTS RxD EIA 485 Full Duplex Shield GND Power out Power in RxD IOLAN SDS SCS STS User s Guide Version 3 4 EIA 485 Half Duplex Shield GND Power out Power in Serial Pinouts RJ45 EIA 485 EIA 485 Pinout EIA 232 EIA 422 Full Duplex Half Duplex 15 RxD RxD 18 CTS 19 CTS 20 in DSR 21 TxD TxD DATA 22 TxD TxD DATA 25 RTS The power in pin pin 12 can be 9 30V DC This section defines the pinouts for the RJ45 connection see RJ45 SCS48C SCS32C SCS 16C SCS8C on page 334 for the SCS48C model 1 port 2 port and 4 port desktop IOLAN models have a 10 pin RJ45 connector and all rack mount IOLAN models have an 8 pin RJ45 connector These pinouts do not apply to VO models 8 ep u The following table provides pino
60. Write Allow Access to When enabled allows the user access to IOLANSs that have been configured in Clustered Ports the clustering group Default Enabled 195 Adding Editing Users 196 IOLAN SDS SCS STS User s Guide Version 3 4 Configuring Security Introduction The Security group includes the following configuration options E Ab Configuration SN H Network e Authentication When a serial port is configured for the H Serial Console Management or TCP Sockets profile the user can 2 Users be authenticated either locally in the IOLAN user profile or 2y Security externally This option configures the external 2 Authentication authentication server See Authentication on page 197 for D SSH more information 2 SSL TLS e SSH This configuration window sets up the SSH server in aii the IOLAN See SSH on page 205 for more information la Services e SSL TLS This configuration window sets up global SSL TLS settings which can be overridden on the serial port level See SSL TLS on page 208 for more information e VPN This configuration window sets up the Virtual Personal Network VPN IPsec parameters See VPN on page 213 for more information e Services This configuration window is used to enable disabled client and daemon services that run in the IOLAN See Services on page 219 for more information Authentication Authentication can be handled by the IOLAN or through an external authentic
61. access through the network to a console or administrative port of a server or router attached to the IOLAN s serial port This profile configures the IOLAN s serial port to set up a TCP socket that will listen for a Telnet or SSH connection from the network Functionality Use the Console Management profile when you are configuring users who need to access a serial console port from the network Serial Connect Console Port Server IOLAN Router Administrator 113 Serial Port Profiles 114 General Tab Field Descriptions The Console Management General tab configures how the serial port will be accessed by the user through the network o General Advanced Hardware Email Alet Packet Forwarding Console Management Settings Protocol Telnet v Listen for connections on TCP Port 10001 Enable IP Aliasing Configure the following parameters Protocol Listen for Connections on TCP Port Enable IP Aliasing IP Address Specify the connection method that users will use to communicate with a serial device connected to the IOLAN through the network Data Options Telnet SSH Default Telnet The port number that the IOLAN will listen on for incoming TCP connections Default 10001 depending on the serial port number Enables disables the ability to access a serial device connected to the serial port by an IP address or host name that can be resolved to the Internet Address in a DNS ne
62. address IP address association for BOOTP use the following directions for BOOTP or DHCP You can connect to the IOLAN using a PC with a terminal emulation package such as HyperTerminal or a dumb terminal 1 Connect the IOLAN to your PC or dumb terminal Make sure the DIP switch is in Console mode desktop models this sets the IOLAN serial port to EIA 232 or that you are connected to the dedicated Console port rack mount models When connecting a terminal or PC directly without modems the E1A 232 signals need to be crossed over null modem cable See Appendix D E1A 232 Cabling Diagrams on page 336 for cabling diagrams 2 Using a PC emulation application such as HyperTerminal or from a dumb terminal set the Port settings to 9600 Baud 8 Data bits No Parity 1 Stop Bits and No Hardware Flow control to connect to the IOLAN You can change these settings for future connections on the rack mount models the IOLAN must be rebooted for these changes to take place 3 When prompted type admin for the User and superuser for the Password You should now see the a prompt that displays the model type and port number for example SCS16 4 You are now logged into the IOLAN and can set the IP address by typing from the command line using the Command Line Interface CLI Type the following command set server internet dhcp bootp on 5 Type the following command Save 6 The the following command reboot 7 When the I
63. and Certificates on page 221 for more information SSH daemon process in the IOLAN listening on TCP port 22 Default Enabled SNTP client process in the IOLAN Default Enabled Dynamic Routing daemon process in the IOLAN listening on port 520 Default Enabled IPsec daemon process in the IOLAN listening and sending on UDP port 500 Default Disabled IOLAN SDS SCS STS User s Guide Version 3 4 Keys and Certificates Keys and Certificates When you are using SSH SSL TLS LDAP or HTTPS you will need to install keys and or certificates or get server keys in order to make those options work properly All certificates need to be created and all keys need to be generated outside of the IOLAN with the exception of the IOLAN SSH Public keys which already exist in the IOLAN SSH keys must be generated using the OpenSSH format Certificate Authorities CAs such as Verisign COST GTE CyberTrust etc can issue certificates Or you can create a self signed certificate using a utility such as OpenSSL To download or keys a certificate or a CA list or to upload the IOLAN public SSH key select Tools Advanced Keys and Certificates Keys and Certificates Key Certificate Upload Server SSH Public Key File Name Key Type The following fields are available Key Certificate Select the key or certificate that you want to download to the IOLAN or upload the IOLAN SSH Public Key Data Options e Upload Server
64. are already using a language translated from an earlier version you probably want to amend your translation When a language file is updated we will try to maintain the following convention 1 New text strings will be added to the bottom of the file not inserted into the body of the existing file 2 Existing text strings if altered will be altered in sequence that is in their current position in the file 3 The existing sequence of lines will be unchanged 4 Until you have the changes translated new text strings will appear in the Menu or CLI in English 296 IOLAN SDS SCS STS User s Guide Version 3 4 Downloading Terminal Definitions Downloading Terminal Definitions All terminal types can be used on the IOLAN Some terminal types which are not already defined in the IOLAN however are unable to use Full Screen mode menus and may not be able to page through sessions properly When installed the IOLAN has several defined terminal types Dumb WYSE60 VT100 ANSI TVI925 IBM3151 VT320 and HP700 If you are not using or cannot emulate any of these terminal types you can add up to three additional terminal definitions to the IOLAN The terminal definitions can be downloaded from a TCP IP host To download terminal definitions follow these steps 1 2 3 4 Decide which TCP IP host you are going to use It must be a machine with enabled Configure TFTP in the IOLAN as necessary Select Tools Advanced
65. bit format 1 meaning On and 0 zero meaning Off Each channel has its own bit in the following order Length Data Data 1 Byte for each port one bit for each signal Exists 2 Bytes 1 Byte RTS DTR CTS DCD DSR in bits Data Exits Field The Data Exists field is 1 byte in least significant bit order for each channel If data exists for a channel the bit will be 1 if no data exists for a channel it is not configured the bit will be 0 zero Data Exists 1 Byte one bit for each channel Channel4 Channel3 Channel 2 Channel 1 UDP Unicast Example For an example of the I O UDP unicast see the sample program ioudpbcast c found on your CD ROM VO Modbus Slave If you have a Modbus serial or TCP application it can access I O connected to the IOLAN when the VO Global Modbus Slave is enabled You must supply a unique UID for the IOLAN as it will act as a Modbus Slave VO Access Failsafe Timer UDP Choose the method in which the 1 0 interfaces are accessed via network by an external application Enable 1 0 Access via Modbus protocol UID 255 Advanced Modbus Settings Available Network Access Allow Modbus TCP Application API v Allows Modbus RTU ASCI via TruePort Enable 1 0 Access via TruePort C Enable SSL Encryption Listen TCP Port 33816 Available Network Access Allow 1 0 Access via API through TruePort There are three ways your Modbus Application can
66. click the Add button in the Destination Slave IP Mappings window 4 Configure the Destination Slave IP Mappings window as follows Destination Modbus Slave IP Settings UID Start 22 Destination Type Host O Gateway IP Address Start 10 10 10 11 End 10 10 10 12 Protocol UDP TCP Port 502 The IOLAN will send a request and expect a response from the Modbus Slave with an IP Address of 10 10 10 11 on Port 502 with UID 22 and from the Modbus Slave with and IP Address of 10 10 10 12 on Port 502 with UID 23 remember when Type is set to Host the IOLAN increments the last octet of the IP address for each UID specified in the range 303 Configuring Modbus 304 Modbus Slave Settings When you have Modbus Slaves on the serial side of the IOLAN configure the serial port to the Modbus Gateway profile acting as a Modbus Slave There is only one Slave Gateway in the IOLAN so all Modbus serial Slaves must be configured uniquely for that one Slave Gateway all serial Modbus Slaves must have unique UIDs even if they reside on different serial ports because they all must be configured to communicate through the one Slave Gateway Modbus Master i EE Slave Gateway TCP Serial Port 1 mg EIA 422 485 IOLAN ro IP 10 10 10 10 e EEN eS Modbus Slave odbus Master Modbus Slave UID 7 UID 6 Modbus Slave UID 8 To configure the Modbus Gateway on serial port 1 do the following 1 Select
67. configure the IOLAN you should set the desktop IOLAN jumpers if you want to terminate the line or use the power in pin feature instead of an external power supply if your desktop IOLAN model supports it In some circumstances the setting of jumpers may be required e TITOLAN DS and SDS models where EIA 422 485 line termination is required e IOLAN VO models with Digital I O for setting the channels as input or output e IOLAN VO models with Analog VO for setting Voltage Current See Appendix E Setting Jumpers on page 341 to see how to set the jumpers for your IOLAN desktop model To power up the IOLAN perform the following steps 1 Unplug the power plugable terminal block from the IOLAN 2 Loosen the screws and then insert your positive wire into the left terminal and screw it down Insert the negative wire into the right terminal and screw it down as shown below 9 30 VDC 3 Plug the power terminal block back into the IOLAN Plug the power supply into the electrical outlet 5 You will see the LEDs cycle for several seconds and then remain a solid green indicating that it is ready to configure use Before you start to configure the IOLAN you should set the IOLAN jumpers for Digital I O see Digital I O Module on page 346 or Analog Input Analog Input Module on page 347 channels Hardware and Connectivity 39 Powering Up the IOLAN DC Power Models To power up the IOLAN with DC power re
68. de des N EE SN 31 What You Need to Supply ss sae seks AN Rd GER REK Ne Es GEANKER ESE 31 EUR nee 32 IOLAN SDS SCS STS User s Guide Version 3 4 Table of Contents Power Supply Specifications ees EER RR RR RR RARR RR KREE EEN 32 DESKIOD Models sis se een 32 Sellal Only Eelere ee 32 Power Over Ethernet PoE Models sesse ee ee ee es ee ee ee ee ee ee ee 32 VO Model 33 Rack Mount Models esse ee ee RE RR ee REG KERE RR EER Re GR KEE RR ee RR ee RR ee ee 33 DC Power Heouements ee 33 AC Power Requirements i iese ee ee RA ee ee ee ee ee ee 33 Getting to Know Your IOLAN un 33 6 EE Ee N OE OO N N OE N 33 EED EE ENG N Ge ESERE N ee Ee Ge ee GE Re Ge ki 34 Da P OM RR EE EER EE EE EE OE OR 35 RO EE 35 Le ke Ge ee N ed NER Ge Ge N 36 TOP VIEW EE RE OE ER OE EE EE 36 End VIEW en ee ee de ER EE nee ne Ee ee en nee ee 36 Rack Mount EE EE EE Eege 37 Console Port LED View 37 Serial Ethernet View 37 Console Serial Switch sees ee Ee KEER RR Ge RR ee RR AGE Rae RR ee nun RR ae ee ee 38 Console Mode 38 Serial Mode 38 Dedicated Console Port Rack Mount Models ss esse ees eek ee 38 Powering Up the TOL BIN una 39 Desktop Rack Mount Models unuunnuuun00000nnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnn 39 VO ele nnmnnn nnmnnn 39 DC Power Model ER GE KEEN KEEN KEEN KEEN KEN KEEN KEN KEEN A0 Disconnecting 48V Power Supplies from the IOLAN 41 Chapter 3 Configuration Methods
69. different from the Default user profile When users are connecting to the IOLAN from a network connection the user database can be used to e Provide authentication on the IOLAN prior to establishing a serial connection via PPP or SLIP e Authenticate users prior to providing access to a serially attached console port such as a Unix server or router IOLAN SDS SCS STS User s Guide Version 3 4 185 User Settings User Settings Overview The Users window allows you to add edit and delete users from the IOLAN Functionality The Users window displays the users who have been configured You can add users edit existing users or delete users from this window See Adding Editing Users on page 187 for information on the parameters available when adding or editing a user Users Name Level admin Admin Default Normal Add 186 IOLAN SDS SCS STS User s Guide Version 3 4 Adding Editing Users Adding Editing Users General Tab Overview The General tab configures the basic user information Functionality You must minimally provide a User Name and Level for a user Field Descriptions User Settings Em General Services Advanced Sessions Serial Port Access User Name Password Confirm Password Level Configure the following parameters User Name The name of the user Restrictions Do not use spaces Password The password the user will need to
70. digital output DO2 on a D4 unit DO2 Inactive Signal Width is a holding register with the decimal value of 6210 hex 0x1842 Request 0x03 0x18 0x42 0x00 0x03 Response 0x03 0x06 0x00 0x0A 0x00 0x11 0x00 OXOF Inactive 10 100ms Active 17 100ms and Pulse count 15 Example 3 Read the raw current minimum and maximum values of the third Analog input A3 on an A4D2 unit A3 current raw value is an input register with the decimal value of 2150 hex 0x0866 Request 0x04 0x08 0x86 0x00 0x03 Response 0x04 0x06 0x10 0x03 OxOF 0x30 0x10 0x20 Current 0x1003 Minimum 0x0F30 and Maximum 0x1020 Set Commands 258 The following tables show the general structure to be used for set commands Command Format Bytes ofBytes Value 1 1 Command Code in hex e OxOF Set Boolean registers R W coils e 0x10 Set holding registers read write registers 2 3 2 Starting register number see A4 T4 Registers on page 251 A4D2 A4R2 Registers on page 252 or D4 D2R2 Registers on page 253 for this value 4 5 2 Number of registers to set If this value is greater than 1 the response will contain the values of multiple consecutive registers 6 1 The length of the data in bytes to be written to the registers 7 n n Data to be written to the registers If accessing registers which are 2 or 4 bytes the data is in Network order Big endian format that is MSB LSB For Boolean registers the value fie
71. egual the external adapter input jumper pins 2 and 3 4 To turn line termination on locate and jumper both J1 and J9 5 Close the IOLAN case by replacing the case lid and the two screws You can now power it on with the new settings IOLAN SDS SCS STS User s Guide Version 3 4 341 Introduction 1 Port IOLAN RJ45 To change the settings do the following 1 Unplug the IOLAN from the electrical outlet and disconnect everything from the box 2 Open the case by unscrewing the two side screws one on each side and lifting off the top of the case You should see the following Screw GC gt Q O o Power aPin1 2 Sih T a we d Reset ON 2 2 RJ45 O O o O cc O O Screw 3 To change the power pin out locate J4 For the fixed 5V DC output jumper pins 1 and 2 For the output to equal the external adapter input jumper pins 2 and 3 4 To tum line termination on locate and jumper both J1 and J9 5 Close the IOLAN case by replacing the case lid and the two screws You can now power it on with the new settings 1 Port IOLAN RJ45 P Power Over Ethernet To change the settings do the following 1 Unplug the IOLAN from the electrical outlet and disconnect everything from the box 2 Open the case by unscrewing the two side screws one on each side and lifting off the top of the case You should see the following
72. exchange for the encryption format Data Options e Any Any key exchange that is valid is used this does not however include ADH keys RSA This is an RSA key exchange using an RSA key and certificate EDH RSA This is an EDH key exchange using an RSA key and certificate e EDH DSS This is an EDH key exchange using a DSA key and certificate e ADH This is an anonymous key exchange which does not require a private key or certificate Choose this key if you do not want to authenticate the peer device but you want the data encrypted on the SSL TLS connection Default Any 111 Serial Port Profiles HMAC Select the key hashing for message authentication method for your encryption type Data Options Any e MDS e SHAI Default Any Validation Criteria Field Descriptions If you choose to configure validation criteria the information in the peer SSL TLS certificate must match exactly the information configured in this window in order to pass peer authentication and create a valid SSL TLS connection SSL Validation Criteria C Country CO State Province CO Locality C Organization C Organization Unit C Common Name C Email Configure the following parameters Country State Province Locality Organization Organization Unit A country code for example US This field is case sensitive in order to successfully match the information in the peer SSL TLS certificate
73. for the location for example Chicago This field is case sensitive in order to successfully match the information in the peer SSL TLS certificate Data Options Maximum 128 characters An entry for the organization for example Accounting This field is case sensitive in order to successfully match the information in the peer SSL TLS certificate Data Options Maximum 64 characters An entry for the unit in the organization for example Payroll This field is case sensitive in order to successfully match the information in the peer SSL TLS certificate Data Options Maximum 64 characters 212 IOLAN SDS SCS STS User s Guide Version 3 4 VPN VPN Common Name An entry for common name for example the host name or fully qualified domain name This field is case sensitive in order to successfully match the information in the peer SSL TLS certificate Data Options Maximum 64 characters Email An entry for an email address for example acct anycompany com This field is case sensitive in order to successfully match the information in the peer SSL TLS certificate Data Options Maximum 64 characters Overview You can configure the IOLAN for a host to host Virtual Private Network VPN connection a host to network VPN connection or a network to network VPN connection or host network to IOLAN VPN connection allowing serial devices connected to the IOLAN to communicate data to a host network You can configure up to 64 VPN t
74. from the menu bar Notice that you can save the file as either a dme ora txt file Either file format can be imported into the DeviceManager and downloaded to the IOLAN in the future The dme is a binary file and the txt file is a text file that can be viewed in any text editor e In WebManager select under the Administration option select Backup Restore Click the Backup button Downloading Configuration Files You can download a configuration file to the IOLAN by doing the following e In DeviceManager 1 Connect to the IOLAN to retrieve the current configuration file 2 Open the configuration file you want to download to the IOLAN by selecting File Import Configuration from a File and then browsing to the configuration file This will replace the retrieved configuration file 3 Select Tools Download Configuration to IOLAN or click the Download All Changes button 4 Reboot the IOLAN In WebManager 1 Under the Administration option select Backup Restore 2 Browse to the configuration file that you want to download to the IOLAN 3 Click the Restore button 4 Reboot the IOLAN IOLAN SDS SCS STS User s Guide Version 3 4 289 Managing Configuration Files Downloading Configuration Files to Multiple IOLANs You can download a configuration file to multiple IOLANs at the same time by doing the following in DeviceManager DeviceManager is the only configurator that does this function 1 Select Tools Download C
75. get a temporary IP address option This will turn on DHCP BOOTP so the IOLAN will attempt to get its IP address from your DHCP BOOTP server If you don t have aDHCP BOOTP server DeviceManager will temporarily assign an IP address in the range of 169 254 0 1 169 254 255 255 that will be used only for the duration of the DeviceManager IOLAN communication Click the Assign IP button 9 You are now ready to configure the IOLAN Double click the IOLAN you just configured IP address for to open a configuration session Type superuser the factory default Admin user password in the Login window and click OK IOLAN SDS SCS STS User s Guide Version 3 4 Setting Up the Network 10 11 12 Expand the Server Configuration folder and select Server Verify the IP address configuration You should also enter a name in the Server Name field to make the IOLAN easily identifiable To make your edits take effect you need to download the new configuration file and then reboot the IOLAN Download the configuration file to the IOLAN by selecting Tools Download Configuration to Unit or click the Download All Changes button Reboot the IOLAN by selecting Tools Reboot Server or click the Reboot IOLAN button For more information on configuring the IOLAN using DeviceManager see Chapter 5 Using DeviceManager and WebManager on page 73 Using WebManager To use the WebManager as your configurator you must first assign an IP address to the IOLA
76. handled by the hardware e None There is no data flow control Default None 281 Management 282 IOLAN SDS SCS STS User s Guide Version 3 4 Controlling the RPS VO Channels and IPsec Tunnels Introduction The Control section appears when the IOLAN is connected to a Remote Power Switch and or an I O model or you want to control the IPsec tunnel RPS Control Overview When a Remote Power Switch s RPS console port is attached to the IOLAN s serial port and the serial port is configured for the Power Management profile you will be able to control the RPS s power plugs either universally or individually power on off the whole RPS or individual plugs Field Descriptions RPS Control Control the RPS product and it s associated power plugs Serial Port RPS Model RPS Name Plug Control All Plugs On l D Cycle Reset to Default State Plug Control The following buttons are available On Button Turns all the RPS plugs on Off Button Turns all the RPS plugs off Cycle Button Turns all the RPS plugs off and then on Reset to Default Resets all the RPS plugs to the default state as configured in the Power State Button Management profile settings Plug Control Button Displays a window that allows you to manage the individual plugs on the RPS IOLAN SDS SCS STS User s Guide Version 3 4 283 284 RPS Control Plug Control Overview When you click the Plug Control button
77. is particularly useful for a mobile user Roaming callback can only work when the User Enable Callback parameter is enabled Enable Roaming Callback therefore overrides fixed User Enable Callback To use Enable Roaming Callback the remote end must be a Microsoft Windows OS that supports Microsoft s Callback Control Protocol CBCP The user is allowed 30 seconds to enter a telephone number after which the IOLAN ends the call Default Disabled The interval in minutes for which the IOLAN will issue a CHAP re challenge to the remote end During CHAP authentication an initial CHAP challenge takes place and is unrelated to CHAP re challenges The initial challenge takes place even if re challenges are disabled Some PPP client software does not work with CHAP re challenges so you might want to leave the parameter disabled in the IOLAN Range 0 255 Default 0 zero meaning CHAP re challenge is disabled This determines whether compression of the PPP Address and Control fields take place on the link For most applications this should be enabled Default Enabled This determines whether compression of the PPP Protocol field takes place on this link Default Enabled When enabled Van Jacobson Compression is used on this link If your user is authenticated by the IOLAN this VJ compression value will be overridden if you have enabled the User Enable VJ Compression parameter If the user is authenticated by RADIUS and the RADIUS pa
78. it easier to identify Data Options Maximum 20 characters including spaces Failsafe Action When there has been no I O activity within the specified time set in the I O Interfaces Settings on the Failsafe Timer tab and the Failsafe Timer is triggered Data Options e None The state of the Digital Relay output remains the same no change e Activate Output Activates the channel e Deactivate Output Deactivates the channel Default None IOLAN SDS SCS STS User s Guide Version 3 4 Serial Port Profiles Modbus Gateway Profile Overview Each serial port can be configured as either a Modbus Master gateway or a Modbus Slave gateway depending on your configuration and requirements If your model supports VO see Modbus VO Access on page 249 for more information on using the Modbus protocol to access I O data Functionality The Modbus Gateway profile configures a serial port to act as a Modbus Master Gateway or a Modbus Slave Gateway Modbus RTU ASCII Data Modbus IOLAN Slave 4 Modbus Modbus TCP Modbus Modbus Master Gateway 7 Slave Master Modbus RTU ASCII Data _ _ Modbus IOLAN 4 S E Slave 4 rd N Modbus Modbus TCP TCP Slave gt Slave Gateway 157 Serial Port Profiles General Tab Field Descriptions General Advanced Settings Hardware Email Alert Packet Forwarding SSL TLS Modbus Settings Mode Modbus Master Destination Slave IP Mappings Modbus Slave
79. mask For example 255 255 0 0 If your user is authenticated by RADIUS and the RADIUS parameter Framed Netmask is set in the RADIUS file the IOLAN will use the value in the RADIUS file in preference to the value configured here 139 Serial Port Profiles 140 MTU Routing VJ Compression The Maximum Transmission Unit MTU parameter restricts the size of individual SLIP packets being sent by the IOLAN Enter a value between 256 and 1006 bytes for example 512 The default value is 256 If your user is authenticated by the IOLAN this MTU value will be overridden when you have set a Framed MTU value for the user If your user is authenticated by RADIUS and the RADIUS parameter Framed MTU is set in the RADIUS file the IOLAN will use the value in the RADIUS file in preference to the value configured here Default 256 Determines the routing mode RIP Routing Information Protocol used on the SLIP interface as one of the following options e None Disables RIP over the SLIP interface e Send Sends RIP over the SLIP interface e Listen Listens for RIP over the SLIP interface e Send and Listen Sends RIP and listens for RIP over the SLIP interface This is the same function as the Framed Routing attribute for RADIUS authenticated users Default None When enabled Van Jacobson compression is used on this link When enabled C SLIP or compressed SLIP is used When disabled plain SLIP is used C SLIP greatly improv
80. model comes in several rack mount configurations All models support EIA 232 only and have an internal PCI card interface The SCS model has the advanced secure IOLAN feature set in addition to the general IOLAN functionality See Hardware on page 28 for information about the hardware specifications for your IOLAN model See Software on page 29 for a list of the basic and advanced software features IOLAN SDS SCS STS User s Guide Version 3 4 27 IOLAN Features IOLAN Features The IOLAN is a communications server used for making serial network connections It attaches to your TCP IP network and allows serial devices such as modems terminals or printers to access the LAN It also allows LAN devices to access devices or equipment attached to IOLAN serial ports This section highlights the hardware and software components you can expect to find in your IOLAN model Hardware Hardware Features IOLAN Models Desktop Rack Mount S x A 2 lg le 16 18 la IE 12 Ie 1 DB25F e e DB25M e e Serial Connectors RJ45 e o e e e DB9M e D e e EIA 232 e e e e e e o e e Serial Interface EIA 422 u s s EIA 485 o o e DB25F e e Serial Power In Pin DB25M RJ45 e e DB25F e e Serial Power Out Pin DB25M e s RJ45 e Auto Sensing 10 100 H e e e e e Ethernet Interface 10 100 1000 e e PCI Interfac
81. on the serial port If you want to force a parity type you can specify Mark for lor Space for 0 Data Options Even Odd Mark Space None Default None Specifies the number of stop bits that follow a byte Data Options 1 1 5 2 1 5 is only available on the 1 port and 2 port models but not on the modem line Serial Port 2 of the SDS1M model Default 1 Used with a EIA 485 serial interface specify whether the serial port is Full Duplex communication both ways at the same time or Half Duplex communication in one direction at a time Default Full 103 Serial Port Profiles TX Driver Control Used with a EIA 485 serial interface if your application supports RTS Flow Control Enable Inbound Flow Control Enable Outbound Flow Control Monitor DSR Monitor DCD Enable Line Termination Enable Echo Suppression Request To Send select this option Otherwise select Auto Default Auto Defines whether the data flow is handled by the software Soft hardware Hard Both or None If you are using SLIP set to Hard only If you are using PPP set to either Soft or Hard Hard is recommended If you select Soft with PPP you must set the ACCM parameter when you configure PPP for the Serial Port Data Options Soft Hard Both None Default None Determines if input flow control is to be used Default Enabled Determines if output flow control is to be used Default Enabled Specifies whether t
82. only the file is specified no host or the file cannot be found on the specified host TFTP Tab Field Descriptions You must have a TFTP server running on any host that you are uploading or downloading files to from Login Bootup Files Message of the Day MOTD TFTP Console Port Retry Timeout seconds Configure the following parameters Retry The number of times the IOLAN will retry to transmit a TPFT packet to from a host when no response is received A value of 0 zero means that the IOLAN will not attempt a retry should TFTP fail Range 0 5 Default 5 Timeout The time in seconds that the IOLAN will wait for a successful transmit or receipt of TFTP packets before retrying a TFTP transfer Range 3 10 Default 3 seconds IOLAN SDS SCS STS User s Guide Version 3 4 Management Console Port Tab Field Descriptions This tab is found on rack mount models and is used to configure the Admin Console port Login Bootup Files Message of the Day MOTD TFTP Console Port Baud Rate Flow Control Configure the following parameters Baud Rate Flow Control Specifies the baud rate of the line connected to the dedicated console port Data Options 9600 19200 38400 57600 115200 Default 9600 For IOLAN models that have a dedicated console port defines how the data flow is handled Data Options e Soft Data flow control is handled by the software e Hard Data flow control is
83. page 252 D4 D4 D2R2 Registers on page 253 D2 R2 D4 D2R2 Registers on page 253 Get Commands The following tables show the general structure to be used for Get commands Command Format Byte s of Bytes 1 1 2 3 2 4 5 2 Value Command Code e 0x01 Get coils Boolean register e 0x03 Get holding registers R W registers e 0x04 Get input registers R only register Starting register number see A4 T4 Registers on page 251 A4D2 A4R2 Registers on page 252 or D4 D2R2 Registers on page 253 for this value Number of registers to read If this value is greater than 1 the response will contain the values of multiple consecutive registers Response Format Byte s of Bytes Value 1 1 2 1 3 n n Command that this is a response to If an error has been detected the command value will have the high bit set OR with 0x80 For example The command is 0x04 so the command field in the response would be 0x84 Length of data in bytes starting in next byte Requested register values 257 Accessing VO Data Via TruePort Example 1 Read the status of the first digital input DI1 on a D2R2 unit DII sensor is a coil register with the decimal value of 6145 hex 0x1801 Request 0x01 0x18 0x01 0x00 0x01 Response 0x01 0x01 0x01 Digital input 1 is active Example 2 Read the values for the Inactive Signal Width Active Signal Width and Pulse count for the second
84. resolvable by your configured DNS server Host Entry Host None TCP Port 0 Configure the following parameters Host Name Specify the preconfigured host that will be in the multihost list Default None TCP Port Specify the TCP port that the IOLAN will use to communicate to the Host Default 0 125 Serial Port Profiles 126 Advanced Tab Field Descriptions General Advanced Hardware Email Alert Packet Forwarding SSL TLS Advanced TCP Socket Settings C Authenticate User C Enable TCP Keepalive C Enable MOTD die Timeout Session Timeout Dial Options Dial In Dial Out Dial Timeout Dial Retry 0 U seconds 0 U seconds 45 seconds 2 Modem pci_modem v Phone Configure the following parameters Authenticate User Enable TCP Keepalive Enable Message of the Day MOTD Idle Timeout Session Timeout Dial In Enables disables login password authentication for users connecting from the network Default Disabled Enables a per connection TCP keepalive feature After the configured number of seconds the connection will send a gratuitous ACK to the network peer thus either ensuring the connection stays active OR causing a dropped connection condition to be recognized This parameter needs to be used in conjunction with Monitor Connection Status Interval parameter found in the Serial Advanced Advanced Settings t
85. s Guide Version 3 4 Serial Port Profiles Advanced Field Descriptions General Advanced Hardware Email Alert Packet Forwarding SSL TLS A Modbus Gateway Advanced Modbus Settings These settings are global and apply to all serial ports configured as a Idle Timerout 10 seconds Character Timeout 30 miliseconds Enable Modbus Exceptions Message Timeout 1000 milliseconds Configure the following parameters Idle Timeout Enable Modbus Exceptions Use this timer to close a connection because of inactivity When the Idle Timeout expires the IOLAN will end the connection Range 0 4294967 seconds about 49 days Default 0 zero which does not timeout so the connection is permanently open Click this button to launch the Destination Slave IP Settings window where you can configure the TCP Ethernet Modbus Slaves that the Modbus Master on the Serial Port will communicate with Character Timeout Used in conjunction with the Modbus RTU protocol specifies how long to Message Timeout wait in milliseconds after a character to determine the end of frame Range 10 10000 Default 30 ms Time to wait in milliseconds for a response message from a Modbus TCP or serial slave depending if the Modbus Gateway is a Master Gateway or Slave Gateway respectively before sending a Modbus exception Range 10 10000 Default 1000 ms 159 Serial Port Profiles Modbus Slave IP Settings Field Descript
86. s IP address should it change Put in the full name for example mydeviceserver dyndns org 93 Advanced 94 User Name Specify the user name used to access the account set up on the DynDNS org server Password Specify the password used to access the account set up on the DynDNS org server Account Settings Click this button to configure the Dynamic DNS DynDNS org account Button information Account Settings Enter the information about your DynDNS com account so the IOLAN can communicate IP address updates These settings are global and apply to all Dynamic DNS settings Dynamic DNS Account Settings Ay These Dynamic DNS Account settings are global and apply to all interfaces System Type xj Wildcard Enable E Connection Method HTTP v HTTPS Configuration Configure the appropriate parameters System Type Specify how your account IP address schema was set up with DynDNS org Refer to www DynDNS org for information about this parameter Data Options Dynamic Static Custom Default Dynamic Wildcard Adds an alias to yourcompanySCS dyndns org pointing to the same IP address as entered for yourcompanySCS dyndns org Connection Method Specify how the IOLAN is going to connect to the DynDNS org server Data Options e HTTP e HTTP through Port 8245 e HTTPS for a secure connection to the DynDNS server Default Disabled Cipher Suite Button Launches the cipher information window so you can specify the t
87. the IOLAN s time is actually three hours ahead of your PC s time Therefore if you set the IOLAN s time to 2 30 pm in the DeviceManager the IOLAN s actual internal clock time is 5 30 pm This is the only configuration method that interprets the time and converts it between time Zones as necessary IOLAN SDS SCS STS User s Guide Version 3 4 Management Network Time Tab Field Descriptions You can configure your SNTP client in the IOLAN to automatically synchronize the IOLAN s time Network Time Time Zone Summer Time SNTP Settings SNTP Mode None v Configure the following parameters SNTP Mode SNTP Version Primary Host Secondary Host The SNTP mode Data Options e None SNTP is turned off e Unicast Sends a request packet periodically to the Primary host If communication with the Primary host fails the request will be sent to the Secondary host e Multicast Listen for any broadcasts from an SNTP server and then synchronizes its internal clock to the message Anycast Sends a request packet as a broadcast on the LAN to get a response from any SNTP server The first response that is received is used to synchronize its internal clock and then operates in Unicast mode with that SNTP server Default None Version of SNTP Range 1 4 Default 4 The name of the primary SNTP server from the IOLAN host table Valid with Unicast and Multicast modes although in Multicast mode the IOLA
88. the person who administers the IOLAN might not be the same person who administers the serial device s attached to the IOLAN port Therefore email notification can be sent to the proper person s responsible for the hardware Functionality Email notification requires an SMTP host that is accessible by the IOLAN to process the email messages sent by the IOLAN When you enable email notification at the Server level you can also use those settings at the serial port level or you can configure email notification specifically for each serial port When you choose an event Level you are selecting the lowest notification level for example if you select Level Error you will get notifications for all events that trigger Error Critical Alert and Emergency messages The level order from most inclusive to least inclusive is as follows Debug Info Notice Warning Error Critical Alert Emergency The following events trigger an email notification on the System for the specified Level e Reboot Alert Level e IOLAN System Failure Error Level e Authentication Failure Notice Level D Successful Login Downloads all Configuration Save Commands Info Level IOLAN SDS SCS STS User s Guide Version 3 4 269 Alerts 270 Field Descriptions v Enable Email Alert Level Send More Debug Info Notice Waring Error Critical Alert L gt Emergency Send Less Outgoing Mail Server SMTP Addressing
89. these hosts Configure the appropriate parameters IP Filtering Data Options e Allow all traffic Allows any host to connect to the IOLAN e Allow traffic only to from hosts defined with IP addresses A security feature that when enabled the IOLAN will only accept data from or send data to hosts configured in the IOLAN s Host Table Default Allow all traffic Add Button Adds a host to the host table Edit Button Changes a host that already exists in the host table Delete Button Deletes a host from the host table 86 IOLAN SDS SCS STS User s Guide Version 3 4 Advanced Adding Editing a Host Host Entry Host Name IP Address Fully Qualified Domain Name resolved by DNS server Configure the appropriate parameters Host Name The name of the host This is used only for the IOLAN configuration Text Characteristics Up to 14 characters no spaces IP Address The host s IP address Text Characteristics IPv4 or IPv6 Address Fully Qualified When you have DNS defined in the IOLAN you can enter a DNS resolvable Domain Name fully qualified domain name note FQDN s are excluded as accessible hosts when IP Filtering is enabled 87 Advanced Route List 88 Overview Entering routes in the routing list enables the identification of gateways to be used for accessing specific hosts or external networks from the IOLAN s local network Functionality There are three types of routes
90. to accept a VPN connection from any VPN peer you can enter any in this field Field Format IPv4 IPv6 FQDN any Remote External IP When NAT Traversal NAT_T is enabled the remote VPN s public external IP Address address or FQDN Field Format IPv4 IPv6 FODN IOLAN SDS SCS STS User s Guide Version 3 4 VPN Remote Next Hop Remote Host Network Address Remote IPv4 Subnet Mask Remote IPv6 Subnet Bits Boot Action The IP address of the router gateway that will forward data packets to the IOLAN if required The router gateway must reside on the same subnet at the remote VPN Field Format IPv4 or IPv6 address Default 0 0 0 0 The IP address of a specific host or the network address that the IOLAN will provide a VPN connection to If the IPsec tunnel is listening for connections Boot Action set to Add and the field value is left at 0 0 0 0 any VPN peer with a private remote network host that conforms to RFC 1918 10 0 0 0 8 172 16 0 0 12 192 168 0 0 16 will be allowed to use this tunnel if it successfully authenticates Field Format IPv4 or IPv6 address Default 0 0 0 0 The subnet mask of the remote IPv4 network Keep the default value when you are configuring a host to host VPN connection Default 255 255 255 255 The subnet bits of the remote IPv6 network Keep the default value when you are configuring a host to host VPN connection Default 0 Determines the state of the VPN networ
91. v None v 7 None w None v Users Version 3 Read write Read Only User User Security Level None w Security Level None v Auth Algorithm Auth Algorithm Auth Password Auth Password Confirm Password Confirm Password Privacy Algorithm Privacy Algorithm Privacy Password Privacy Password a Confim Password EZ Confirm Password Traps Trap Internet Address L f Configure the following parameters Contact The name and contract information of the person who manages this SMNP node Location The physical location of the SNMP node Community The name of the group that devices and management stations running SNMP belong to 272 IOLAN SDS SCS STS User s Guide Version 3 4 Management Internet Address Permissions V3 Read Write User V3 Read Write Security Level V3 Read Write Auth Algorithm V3 Read Write Auth Password V3 Read Write Confirm Password V3 Read Write Privacy Algorithm V3 Read Write Privacy Password V3 Read Write Confirm Password The IP address of the SNMP manager that will send requests to the IOLAN If the address is 0 0 0 0 any SNMP manager with the Community Name can access the IOLAN Permits the IOLAN to respond to SNMP requests Data Options e None There is no response to requests from SNMP e Readonly Responds only to Read requests from SNMP e Readwrite Responds to both Read and Write requests from SNMP Default None Specified user can
92. will receive the email notification Subject A text string which can contain spaces that will display in the Subject field of the email notification From This field can contain an email address that might identify the IOLAN name or some other value Reply To The email address to whom all replies to the email notification should go Outgoing Mail The SMTP host email server that will process the email notification request Server SMTP This can be either a host name defined in the IOLAN host table or the SMTP host IP address 105 Serial Port Profiles 106 Packet Forwarding Tab Field Descriptions The Packet Forwarding tab can be used to control define how and when data packets are sent from the IOLAN General Advanced Hardware Email Alert Packet Forwarding Define the conditions under which data received on the serial port will be forwarded to the network Minimize Latency Optimize Network Throughput Prevent Message Fragmentation Custom Packet Forwarding Configure the following parameters Minimize Latency Optimize Network Throughput Prevent Message Fragmentation Delay Between Messages Custom Packet Forwarding This option ensures that all application data is immediately forwarded to the serial device and that every character received from the device is immediately sent on the network Select this option for timing sensitive applications Default Enabled This opt
93. with https DeviceManager Problems Error Message 16 bit Windows Subsystem C WINDOWS SYSTEM32 AUTOEXEC NT The system file is not suitable for running MS DOS and Microsoft Windows applications Choose Close to terminate the application The error message can be misleading because it is displayed even if the AUTOEXEC NT file is actually missing To verify whether you have the file type swindir system32 in the address bar of an Explorer window If there is no AUTOEXEC NT file proceed as follows 1 Browse to twindir repair usually C WINDOWS repair 2 Right click and Copy the AUTOEXEC NT file 3 Browse to swindir system32 usually C WINDOWS System32 4 Right click inside the window and Paste the file The error condition described here may also be the result of corruption of the AUTOEXEC NT file in which case the above procedure may be helpful to restore a valid file If the above procedure does not fix the DeviceManager installation problem see http support microsoft com kbid 324767 for the official Microsoft explanation 374 IOLAN SDS SCS STS User s Guide Version 3 4 Host Problems Host Problems Cannot access a host by name e If using DNS or if DNS is required ensure a nameserver is configured on your IOLAN and is accessible ping it e If not using DNS verify that the host is configured in the Host Table Check access to the host by pinging it using the host s IP address Canno
94. your BOOTP server is configured for your IOLAN or that your DHCP server has an active lease pool scope with at least 1 free IP address You observe TFTP errors when the IOLAN boots for example FTP File not found filename FTP Timed out This has a number of causes including The file names you specified to DHCP BOOTP do not exist or are in the wrong place e The server for any of the downloadable files in your bootfile has no TFTP server running Verify that lease data in your DHCP server manager is correct Reset or restart the DHCP server Callback Problems User Callback is On and a number is configured for the line but the IOLAN is not calling the user back e Verify that the phone number is entered under the user not the line Verify that the callback Phone Number is valid e Verify that the modem at the user s end is set to auto answer Language Problems In a customised language the text strings appear in the wrong place in the Menu CLI or WebManager e Check the original ASCII text file you used to translate to your customised language The sequence of the line much match exactly be aware that comments don t affect line sequence but can affect the actual line that the strings appear on So if you strip out all comments if the original file says line 1000 should be string none then line 1000 stripped of comments should be the translated version of none Troubleshooting 3
95. your wireless connection This address may be public or private and it may be dynamically or statically assigned depending on the type of account established with the service provider If a static public IP address has been assigned the IOLAN will be directly accessible via that IP address If a dynamic public IP address has been assigned you may access your IOLAN with the assistance of a dynamic DNS service provider These service providers provide a method of accessing your device server using a standard URL for example yourcompany dyndns org when the IP address assigned by the Wireless provider is dynamic The IOLAN SCS supports dynamic DNS updates to DynDNS com see www DynDNS com for more information Field Descriptions 266 Wireless WAN APN User Name Password Phone Number Initialization String Configure the following parameters Card Specify the wireless WAN card you are using Data Options Sierra Wireless You are using a Sierra wireless WAN card e Sony Ericsson You are using a Sony Ericsson wireless WAN card e Use Standard Driver If the wireless WAN card you are using is not listed try the standard driver e Use Custom Driver A custom driver downloaded from the Perle website Default Sierra Wireless APN Specify the APN required by your internet provider to access their network See the internet provider documentation for more information User Name Specify the name required by your i
96. 00 25 MAC Address 00 80 d4 06 00 02 Using DeviceManager and WebManager 75 Using DeviceManager to Connect to the IOLAN Using DeviceManager to Connect to the IOLAN DeviceManager can connect to existing IOL ANS or assign an IP address to a new IOLAN Whenever you connect to the IOLAN through the DeviceManager you connect as the Admin user and must supply the password for the Admin user Starting a New Session To start a new session and connect to the IOLAN using the DeviceManager 1 2 76 Start the DeviceManager by selecting Start All Programs Perle DeviceManager DeviceManager When the DeviceManager starts it searches the network for IOLANs Establish Connection to MAC Address IP Address Ji Server Name Firmware Discovered J UF It IOLAN SDS1 00 80 D 4 06 01 AF 10 10 200 93 localhost Cr If your IOLAN is not in the local network and you do not have a multicast enabled router in your network and therefore is not displayed in the selectable list but can be pinged from your PC you can add it to the selectable list by clicking the Add button Add Servers Add a device to the list of available device servers on the LAN IP Address 172 16 33 151 Add Server Type in the IOLAN s IP address and click Add Server Select the manually added server to connect to it IOLAN SDS SCS STS User s Guide Version 3 4 Using DeviceManager to Connect to the IOLAN As
97. 1 ReadWrite x 2 ReadInput x 3 ReadInputWrite x 4 ReadOuptut x 5 ReadOutputWrite x 6 ReadOutput Input x 7 ReadOuputWrite timeout x x session timeout in seconds idletime x x Idle timeout in seconds 326 IOLAN SDS SCS STS User s Guide Version 3 4 SSL TLS Ciphers Introduction This appendix contains a table that shows valid SSL TLS cipher combinations Valid SSL TLS Ciphers This chart displays all of the valid SSL TLS combinations SSL Key Key Full Name Ver Exchange Authentication Encryption Size HMAC ADH AES256 SHA SSLv3 Kx DH Au None Enc AES 256 Mac SHA1 DHE RSA AES256 SHA SSLv3 Kx DH Au RSA Enc AES 256 Mac SHA1 DHE DSS AES256 SHA SSLv3 Kx DH Au DSS Enc AES 256 Mac SHA1 AES256 SHA SSLv3 Kx RSA Au RSA Enc AES 256 Mac SHA1 EDH RSA DES CBC3 SHA SSLv3 Kx DH Au RSA Enc 3DES 168 Mac SHAl EDH DSS DES CBC3 SHA SSLv3 Kx DH Au DSS Enc 3DES 168 Mac SHAl DES CBC3 SHA SSLv3 Kx RSA Au RSA Enc 3DES 168 Mac SHAl DES CBC3 MD5 SSLv2 Kx RSA Au RSA Enc 3DES 168 Mac MD5 ADH AES128 SHA SSLv3 Kx DH Au None Enc AES 128 Mac SHA1 DHE RSA AES128 SHA SSLv3 Kx DH Au RSA Enc AES 128 Mac SHA1 DHE DSS AES128 SHA SSLv3 Kx DH Au DSS Enc AES 128 Mac SHA1 AES 128 SHA SSLv3 Kx RSA Au RSA Enc AES 128 Mac SHA1 RC2 CBC MD5 SSLv2 Kx RSA Au RSA Enc RC2 128 Mac MD5 DHE DSS RC4 SHA SSLv3 Kx DH Au DSS Enc RC4 128 Mac SHA1 RC4 SHA SSLv3 Kx
98. 1 Terminal DB25 DB25 DCE DTE 3 TxD 3 RxD 2 RxD 2 TxD 5 RTS 5 CTS 4 CTS 4 RTS 20 DSR 20 DTR 7 GND 7 GND 6 DTR 6 DSR 336 IOLAN SDS SCS STS User s Guide Version 3 4 EIA 232 Cabling Diagrams RJ45 This cabling table does not apply to the SCS48C model Terminal DB25 IOLAN RJ45 DTE 10 pin 8 pin 4 DSR 3 20 DTR 3 RTS 2 5 CTS 5 TxD 4 3 RxD 6 RxD 5 2 TxD 7 GND 6 7 GND 8 CTS 7 4 RTS 9 DTR 8 6 DSR DB9 Male IOLAN DS1 Terminal DB25 DB9 Male DTE 3 TxD 3 RxD 2 RxD 2 TxD 7 RTS 5 CTS 8 CTS 4 RTS 6 DSR 20 DTR 5 GND 7 GND 4 DTR 6 DSR Pinouts and Cabling Diagrams 337 EIA 232 Cabling Diagrams Modem DB25 Connector The following diagrams show how a standard straight through cable should be configured when connecting to aDB25 modem DB25 Male IOLAN DS1 Modem DB25 DB25 DTE DCE RD 2 RxD 3 RxD 3 TxD 4 RTS 4 CTS 5 CTS 5 RTS 6 DSR 6 DSR 7 GND 7 GND 8 DCD 8 DCD 20 DTR 20 DTR RJ45 Modem DB25 IOLAN RJ45 DCE 10 pin 8 pin 2 DCD I H DCD 3 RTS 2 A CTS 4 DSR 3 6 DSR 5 TxD 4 2 RxD 6 RxD 5 3 TxD 7 GND 6 7 GND 8 CTS 7 5 RTS 9 DTR 8 20 DTR 338 IOLAN SDS SCS STS User s Guide Version 3 4 EIA 232 Cabling Diagrams DB9 Male IOLAN DS1 DB9 Male 1
99. 1 to this particular application Field Format Maximum of 80 characters 277 Management Advanced 278 Overview Review the configuration options in the Advanced page to determine if any of them apply to your implementation Login Tab Field Descriptions Login Bootup Files Message of the Day MOTD TFTP Console Port Advanced Login Settings C Use Server Name in Prompts C Display Login Banner C Use Custom Login Prompt C Bypass Login Password Password Retry Limit Configure the following parameters Use System Name Displays the System Name field value instead of default product name When in Prompts enabled the Server Name is displayed in the IOLAN login prompt CLI prompt WebManager login screen and the heading of the Menu Default Disabled Display Login This parameter concerns the banner information product name software Banner version This banner information is presented to a user with a login prompt For security reasons you can turn off the display of this information Default Disabled Use Custom Login When set and a custom language file is in use the login prompt will use the Prompt string defined in the language file as the login prompt instead of the default prompt login Default Disabled Bypass Login When set authorized users who do not have a password set with the exception Password of the Admin user WILL NOT be prompted for a password at login with
100. 2 In the Modbus Gateway profile on the General tab set the Mode to Modbus Slave 3 Still on the General tab specify the Modbus Slave UIDs that the TCP Modbus Master will attempt to communicate with 4 Still on the General tab click the Advanced Slave Settings button to configure global Slave Gateway settings 5 For specialized configuration options select the Advanced tab and configure as required IOLAN Device Server User s Guide Version 3 4 301 Configuring Modbus Modbus Gateway Settings The scenarios in this section are used to illustrate how the IOLAN s Modbus Gateway settings are incorporated into a Modbus device environment Depending on how your Modbus Master or Slave devices are distributed the IOLAN can act as both a Slave and Master Gateway s on a multiport IOLAN or as either a Slave or Master Gateway on a single port IOLAN Modbus Master Gateway The IOLAN acts as a Master Gateway when the Modbus Master is connected to a serial port on the IOLAN Each Modbus Master can communicate to UIDs 1 247 Modbus Slave Serial ar Master Gateway oa EIA 232 3 CP H mad E EIA 422 485 fae TOLAN i Modbus Master Master aas Modbus Slave d TE A 3 Modbus Slave Modbus Master Modbus Slave Gateway The IOLAN acts as a Slave Gateway when the Modbus Master resides on the TCP Ethernet network and the Modbus Slaves are connected to the serial ports on the IOLAN Note The IOLAN provides a single gateway to the
101. 2 port models Console Serial Switch Reset External Power Supply Ethernet Power Ready Link 10 100 Activity LAN Serial Activity Serial Ports The 2 port IOLAN has two RJ45 serial connections The 2 port IOLAN can support an 8 pin connector if there is no requirement for power in pin 1 or power out pin 10 pins The 2 Port P model Power over Ethernet does not come with an external power supply connector 4 Port This section describes the components found on the IOLAN 4 port models Console Serial Switch Reset External Power Supply Ethernet Power Ready Link 10 100 Activity LAN Serial Activity Serial Ports The 4 port IOLAN model has four RJ45 serial connections Hardware and Connectivity 35 Getting to Know Your IOLAN VO This sections describes the basic components found on the IOLAN VO models Top View The following image shows a typical IOLAN I O model Your VO model may have I O connectors in slightly different positions External Power Supply Power Ready Link 10 100 Activity LAN Serial Activity End View The IOLAN I O model shown is an A4D2 Different IOLAN I O models have different I O connector configurations I O connectors VO connectors External Power Supply Reset Console Serial Ethernet Switch Serial Port All IOLAN I O models have a DB9M serial connector 36 IOLAN SDS SCS STS User s Guide Version 3 4 Getting to Know Your IOLAN Rack Mount This section desc
102. 255 255 Mask E 2 Mask IPv6 Subnet IPv6 Subnet Bits J Bits Boot Action Cancel 2 Click the Remote Validation Criteria button and enable and populate the fields that are required for the remote X 509 certificate validation If you just want to validate the X 509 certificate signer you do not need to enable any of the remote validation criteria fields 310 IOLAN Device Server User s Guide Version 3 4 Configuring a Virtual Private Network 3 Ifthe signer of the remote X 509 certificate has not already been included in the CA list file that has already been downloaded to the IOLAN you need to add append the signer of the X 509 certificate to the CA list file and then download the file to the IOLAN by selecting Tools Advanced Keys and Certificates In the Keys and Certificates window select Download SSL TLS CA and the file name and click OK Note that this file must be a concatenation of all certificate signers required for any SSL TLS LDAP SSH and or IPsec connections Host to Host The following example shows how to configure two IOLANs to work as VPN gateways for a host to host IPsec tunnel NAT Traversal NAT_T is enabled in this example on both sides because the VPN tunnel is going private network to public network to private network In this example both of the IOLAN VPN gateways have a DHCP assigned IP address Left External IP Address IOLAN VPN 196 15 23 56 Gateway DHCP m IP Router Unencry
103. 4 Modbus VO Access D4 D2R2 Registers The following coils and registers are supported by the IOLAN D4 and D2R2 I O models Data Model D1 D2 D3 R1 D4 R2 R W Coils MB_REG_DI_SENSOR 6145 6146 6147 6148 R MB_REG_DI_SENSOR_ALARM_STATE 6209 6210 6211 6212 R W MB_REG_DO_SENSOR 6657 6658 6659 6660 R W Holding Registers MB REG HR DI SENSOR LATCH 6145 6146 6147 6148 R W MB REG HR DO SENSOR PULSE ISW 6209 6210 6211 6212 R W MB REG HR DO SENSOR PULSE ASW 6273 6274 6275 6276 R W MB REG HR DO SENSOR PULSE COUNT 6337 6338 6339 6340 R W For DI alarm state read will get state write will clear alarm Serial Pin Signals The following coils and registers are supported by the IOLAN I O models Data Model Pin R W Coils MB_REG_DI_DSR 4225 R MB_REG_DI_DSR_ALARM_STATE 4289 R W MB_REG_DI_DCD 4353 R MB_REG_DI_DCD_ALARM_STATE 4417 R W MB_REG_DI_CTS 4481 R MB_REG_DI_CTS_ALARM_STATE 4545 R W MB_REG_DO_DTR 4673 R W MB_REG_DO_RTS 4737 R W Holding Registers MB_REG_HR_DI_DSR_LATCH 4097 R W MB_REG_HR_DI_DCD_LATCH 4609 R W MB_REG_HR_DI_CTS_LATCH 5121 R W 253 TruePort VO TruePort VO You can see a sample API VO over TruePort program called ioapiotp c on the CD ROM TruePort Modbus Combination If you have a Modbus serial application running on aPC that is connected to a network you can use TruePort as a virtual serial connect
104. 46 to find out how to set the internal jumpers Functionality The Digital input channels allow you to configure the following options You can choose to remember the last state change or latch that occurred Your options are to latch remember when the state changes from inactive to active or active to inactive e You can choose to invert the signal which is useful if your sensor is wired in such a way that closed is actually inactive whereas closed is normally considered active e You can also configure an alarm trigger and clear mode based on whether the Digital input is active or inactive sending an email syslog message and or SNMP trap when the alarm is triggered or cleared In an industrial freezer warehouse example a D4 is used to monitor the open door sensor so that every time a freezer door is opened an alarm is triggered and a syslog message is sent to syslog where the monitoring application notes the time D ar Monitoring Application Industrial Freezers IOLAN SDS SCS STS User s Guide Version 3 4 Channels Field Descriptions Channel Settings Digital D1 Description Input Mode Output Mode Digital Input Settings Latch C Invert Signal Alarm Settings Trigger Disabled Description Input Mode Latch Invert Signal Trigger Cancel Configure the following parameters Provide a description of the channel making it easier to identify Data Options
105. 77 Modem problems Modem problems The IOLAN is not initializing the modem Check your Line Service is set to SLIP or PPP If your line service is set to any other type the IOLAN will not initialize a modem You will need to configure the modem manually PPP problems The link fails on start up when there are remote IP addresses set for both a user Framed IP value and a line Remote IP address e Check the IP address set for the user this is used in preference to the IP address set for a line If there is a problem with the user s IP address negotiation will fail the IOLAN will not use the line s IP address as an alternative The link fails on start up and security either PAP or CHAP is enabled on the line e Check the remote client device has the same setting that is PAP if the IOLAN is using PAP The IOLAN does not perform negotiation with the remote end over PAP or CHAP At the remote end the client software locks up when security CHAP is enabled on the line e Disable CHAP re challenge parameter challenge interval in the IOLAN Some PPP client software does not work when receiving CHAP re challenges PPP is not running successfully over your 485 half duplex environment e PPP is incompatible with half duplex it must be run over a full duplex environment Printing Problems The print job fails to print on the device attached to the serial port On the line where the printer is attached set Line
106. 80 Enables disables proprietary inband SSH break signal processing and the Telnet break signal Default Disabled When enabled deletes any pending data when a port is closed Default Disabled Allows only one network connection at a time per a serial port Application accessing a serial port device across a network with get a connection socket refused until e All data from previous connections on that serial port has drained e There are no other connections e Uptoal second interconnection poll timer has expired This also enables a per connection TCP keepalive feature After approximately 3 minutes of network connection idle time the connection will send a gratuitous ACK to the network peer thus either ensuring the connection stays active OR causing a dropped connection condition to be recognized by all peer network connections Applications using this feature need to be aware that there can be some considerable delay between a network disconnection and the port being available for the next connection attempt allowing any data sent on prior connections to be transmitted out of the serial port Application network retry logic needs to accommodate this feature Default Disabled IOLAN SDS SCS STS User s Guide Version 3 4 Advanced Serial Port Menu String Session Escape String When a user connects to the IOLAN through the network the string used to access the Easy Port Access menu without disconnecting the netwo
107. AN SDS SCS STS User s Guide Version 3 4 197 Authentication Local 198 Unlike the other external authentication methods RADIUS and TACACS can also send back Serial Port and User parameters that are used for the duration of the connection Therefore any parameters configured by RADIUS or TACACS will override the same parameters configured in the IOLAN See Appendix A RADIUS and TACACS on page 315for more information Overview When Local authentication is selected the user must either be configured in the IOLAN s User List or you must enable Guest users Field Descriptions Local Authentication Settings PR Local Authentication Settings OK Cancel Configure the following parameters Enable Guest Mode Allow users who are not defined in the Users database to log into the IOLAN with any user ID and the specified password Guest users inherit their settings from the Default User s configuration Default Disabled Guest Password The password that Guest users must use to log into the IOLAN Confirm Password Type the Guest Password in again to verify that it is correct IOLAN SDS SCS STS User s Guide Version 3 4 Authentication RADIUS Overview RADIUS is an authentication method that the IOLAN supports that can send back User information see RADIUS on page 315 for more information on the User parameters that can be sent back by RADIUS Field Descriptions RADIUS Settings Authentication Host
108. AN within different network environments or applications Each scenario provides an example of a typical setup and describes the configuration steps to achieve the IOLAN functionality feature Configuring Modbus Overview This sections provides a brief overview of the steps required to configure the IOLAN for your Modbus environment You can read the Modbus Gateway Settings on page 302 and Modbus Serial Port Settings on page 303 sections for more specific information about the Modbus settings This section describes the high level steps required to configure the IOLAN as a Modbus Master or Slave Gateway Configuring a Master Gateway To configure a Master Gateway Modbus Master connected to the serial side of the IOLAN do the following 1 Set the serial port that is connected to the serial Modbus Master to the Modbus Gateway profile 2 In the Modbus Gateway profile on the General tab set the Mode to Modbus Master 3 Still on the General tab click the Destination Slave IP Mappings button to map the Modbus Slave s IP addresses and their UIDs that the serial Modbus Master will attempt to communicate with 4 For specialized configuration options select the Advanced tab and configure as required Configuring a Slave Gateway To configure a Slave Gateway Modbus Master resides on the TCP Ethernet network do the following 1 Set the serial port that is connected to the serial Modbus Slave s to the Modbus Gateway profile
109. Add Ed Delete Click the Add button to create a user account User Settings General Services Advanced Sessions Serial Port Access User Name Password Confirm Password Level To quickly add a user fill out the field in the General tab and click OK See Chapter 8 Configuring Users on page 185 for more information about the other user parameters you can configure 72 IOLAN SDS SCS STS User s Guide Version 3 4 Using DeviceManager and WebManager Introduction The DeviceManager and WebManager IOLAN managers have been designed to be very similar to use DeviceManager is a Windows based application and WebManager is a browser based application Both options use the IOLAN s IP address to access the IOLAN the DeviceManager can be used to assign an IP address to a new IOLAN and the WebManager requires that the IOLAN already have an IP address before it can be used to configure the IOLAN When using WebManager you are reguired to click the Apply button each time you make a change to a configuration window tab In DeviceManager you must download your configuration changes to the IOLAN either periodically or after you are done with the configuration changes From both managers you must reboot the IOLAN in order for you configuration changes to take effect IOLAN SDS SCS STS User s Guide Version 3 4 73 Navigating DeviceManager WebManager Navigating DeviceManager WebManager The Devic
110. AutoJeam O Port UDP Port UDP Port UDP Port Configure the following parameters Listen for connections on UDP port Direction Start IP Address End IP Address Autolearn The IOLAN will listen for UDP packets on the specified port Default 1000 lt port number gt for example 10001 for serial port 1 The direction in which information is received or relayed Disabled UDP service not enabled LAN to Serial UDP Port can be set to Auto learn or Port The IOL AN will listen on port value configured in the Listen for connections on UDP port parameter for messages coming from the learned or configured port Serial to LAN UDP Port can be set to Port only The IOLAN will listen on the port value configured in the Listen for connections on UDP port parameter and will send to the configured port Both Messages are relayed in both directions UDP Port can be set to Auto learn or Port For messages coming from the LAN to the serial device IOLAN will listen on port value configured in the Listen for connections on UDP port parameter for messages coming from the learned or configured port For messages going from the serial device to the LAN the IOLAN will listen on the port value configured in the Listen for connections on UDP port parameter and will send to the configured or learned if Auto learn is enabled the IOLAN must receive a UDP message before it can send one since the port must first be learned port
111. BOOTP for automated network based setup Dynamic statistics and line status information for fast problem diagnosis Multisession support when accessing the IOLAN from either the serial port or the network Modbus master slave gateway support An SDK for custom programs and plugin support VO interface on the IOLAN I O models Analog Temperature Digital and Relay Ability to disable services for example Telnet TruePort Syslog SNMP Modbus HTTP for additional security Introduction 29 IOLAN Features Advanced Features Advanced IOLAN software features can be found on all IOLAN models except DS and TS models e External authentication using any of the following systems RADIUS Kerberos TACACS NIS SecurID LDAP Support for TCP IP and UDP protocols Dynamic DNS with DYNDNS org Domain Name Server DNS support WINS support for Windows environments Remote access support including PPP SLIP and SLIP with VJ Compression Ability to remotely manage the Perle Remote Power Switch RPS Ability to cluster several IOL ANS Email alert notification PPP authentication via PAP or CHAP SSH connections supported ciphers are Blowfish 3DES AES CAST 128 and Arcfour SSL TLS connections Logging via Syslog RIP authentication via password or MDS SNTP versions 1 2 3 and 4 are supported Security The IOLAN security features can include depending on your IOLAN model Supervisory an
112. COM port The API command takes the following format Number of Bytes Value 1 Function Code in hex e 01 Get read write boolean register e 03 Get read write register e 04 Get read only register e 15 Set read write boolean register OxOF e 16 Set read write register 0x10 2 Starting register number see A4 T4 Registers on page 251 A4D2 A4R2 Registers on page 252 or D4 D2R2 Registers on page 253 for this value 2 Number of registers to act on starting from the register defined in byte 2 above n Data for write Some values must be read written as a unit consisting of 2 consecutive registers If the request is to write the data to write follows the number of registers If accessing registers consisting of 2 bytes or 4 bytes the data is in big endian network order format API Response Format The API command takes the following response format Number of Bytes Value 1 Function code of request if no error Most significant bit will be set if an error occurred 1 Length of data in response if no error occurred If an error occurred the byte will contain the error code see the Error Codes table below n Data response for request the number of bytes is dependent on the number and type of registers requested If the request returns 2 or 4 byte values it will be in big endian network order format If the request returns boolean values the least significant bit bit 0 represents the first value req
113. CTS 9 TxD TxD RxD IOLAN SDS SCS STS User s Guide Version 3 4 Power Over Ethernet Pinouts DB9 Male VO This section defines the pinouts for the DB9 male connection used on the 1 port IOLAN VO models The following table provides pinout information Pinout EIA 422 485 EIA 485 9 pin EIA 232 Full Duplex Half Duplex 1 in DCD 2 in RxD RxD 3 out TxD TxD TxD RxD 4 out DTR 5 GND GND GND 6 in DSR RxD 7 RTS TxD TxD RxD 8 in CTS 9 Power Over Ethernet Pinouts This section defines the pinouts for the RJ45 Ethernet connection used on the IOLAN SDS P or IOLAN SCS P models 8 AA 8 The following table provides pinout information Pinout Standard _802 3AF Unit 4 Wire 802 3AF Unit 8 Wire _ 1 Tx Tx Voltage Tx 2 Tx Tx Voltage Tx 3 Rx Rx Voltage Rx 4 N C Voltage 5 N C Voltage 6 Rx Rx Voltage Rx 7 N C Voltage 8 N C Voltage Pinouts and Cabling Diagrams 335 EIA 232 Cabling Diagrams EIA 232 Cabling Diagrams This section shows how to create EIA 232 cables that are compatible with the Device Server Terminal DB25 Connector The following diagrams show how the null modem cable should be configured when connecting to a terminal DB25 DB25 Male IOLAN DS1 Terminal DB25 DB25 DTE DTE MO 3 RxD 3 RxD 2 TxD 4 RTS 5 CTS 5 CTS 4 RTS 6 DSR 20 DTR 7 GND 7 GND 20 DTR 6 DSR DB25 Female IOLAN DS
114. Disabled When enabled requests compression of all data Compression is desirable on modem lines and other slow connections but will only slow down things on fast networks Default Disabled When enabled creates an automatic SSH login using the Name and Password values Default Disabled The name of the user logging into the SSH session Field Format Up to 20 alphanumeric characters excluding spaces The user s password when Auto Login is enabled Field Format Up to 20 alphanumeric characters excluding spaces When enabled selects an SSH version connection Default Enabled Select the encryption method cipher that you want to use for your SSH version connection Data Options e 3DES e Blowfish Default 3DES When enabled selects an SSH version 2 connection If both SSH 1 and SSH 2 are selected the IOLAN will attempt to make an SSH 2 connection first If that connection fails it will attempt to connect to the specified host using SSH 1 Default Enabled IOLAN SDS SCS STS User s Guide Version 3 4 Serial Port Profiles SSH2 Ciphers Select the order of negotiation for the encryption method ciphers that the Opt1 5 IOLAN will use for the SSH version 2 connection Data Options e 3DES e Blowfish e AES e Arcfour e CAST RSA When enabled an authentication method used by SSH version 1 and 2 Use RSA authentication for the SSH session Default Enabled DSA When enabled an authentication
115. E AE N 277 Field Description ses ee ie EE EE ee ED eneee 271 PAV AICO oi in Ed ee od ee GE ee 278 Ri AE N EE ER N 278 Login Tab Field Descriptions iii ee ee RR RR ee ee ee 278 Bootup Files Tab Field Descriptions ie ee Re ee ee 279 Message of the Day MOTD Tab Field Descriptions 280 TFTP Tab Field DSS Cimon user de 280 Console Port Tab Field Descriptions een 281 16 IOLAN SDS SCS STS User s Guide Version 3 4 Table of Contents Chapter 14 Controlling the RPS VO Channels and IRSEC THNNEISs EE EE len nnna 283 Juge tie ie EE OR EE 283 io ide AE N EA EE EE N 283 EEN 283 Field Descriptions issie ske ds AA GE Rd eN Rd GN EN AG N As Gad N es 283 Pl g GCORU Ol HE N EE EE N N OE 284 OVETVIEW soe aa Ee Ee Go AR oe es oe GE 284 cllk Mee ehn 284 Serial Port Power Control RR RR RR RR RR RR RR KEER EER EE EE EE 285 ee EE IE ER name 285 Field Deseriplions ae 285 Power Plud Stat Siisti seele 285 VO Channel ee He EE 286 EK 286 IPsec Tunnel Control EE EE OE EEN 287 Chapter 15 System Administration cscsseeeeeee 289 IE OR ie EE EA RE Ed 289 Managing Configuration Files iese ees ees EER RR RR EER RR RR Ee 289 Saving Configuration Files 289 Downloading Configuration Files ees ee RR ER EER EE EER EER EE ee Re Ee 289 Downloading Configuration Files to Multiple IOLANS ese 290 Uploading Configuration Files uuuuuusssssnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnannnnnnnnn 291 Dow
116. FILE The full path pre fixed by hostname IP address IPv4 or IPv6 and file name of the firmware update CONFIG_FILE The full path pre fixed by hostname IP address IPv4 or IPv6 and file name of the configuration file GUI_ACCESS Access to the IOLAN from the HTTP or HTTPS WebManager Values are on or off AUTH_TYPE The authentication method s employed by the IOLAN for all users You can specify the primary and secondary authentication servers separated by a comma This uses the following numeric values for the authentication methods O0 None only valid for secondary authentication 1 Local 2 RADIUS 3 Kerberos 4 LDAP 5 TACACS 6 SECURID 7 NIS SECURITY Restricts IOLAN access to devices listed in the IOLAN s host table Values are yes Or no TFTP_RETRY The number of TFTP retries before aborting This is a numeric value for example 5 TFTP_TMOUT The time in seconds before retrying a TFTP download upload This is a numeric value for example 3 CUSTOM_LANG The full path pre fixed by a hostname IP address IPv4 or IPv6 and file name of a translated language file For example 192 101 34 211 accounting Iolan_ds_german txt EXTRA_TERM1 EXTRA_TERM2 EXTRA TERM3 The full path pre fixed by a hostname IP address IPv4 or IPv6 and file name of a termcap file for a specific terminal type IOLAN SDS SCS STS User s Guide Version 3 4 SNMP SNMP Overv
117. GS es KAR DU GE NE AGE SG EG Ged 374 DeviceManager Problems eiseres eke EER EER EER RR RR RR RE nn 374 Host Problems sies SEE ESEG AGS ERWE KEER ER bo dode EER een RA Gee ie 375 RADIUS Authentication Problems iss ekke RR RR Ee EE EER Re 375 Login PrODIEM EE ER OE EESE RENA 376 Problems with Terminals 22220000000n2220n00000nnnnnnnnnnn 376 Unknown IP AddresS iss ENE nennen 377 DHCP BOOTP Problems iss see ne ine 377 Callback Problems ea ind ed AE SE ai 377 Language Problems cc 377 Modem problems 378 22 IOLAN SDS SCS STS User s Guide Version 3 4 Table of Contents BEER 378 Printing Problems innen 378 Long Reboot Gycle iss eee eee 378 oo Bi ENE RE RE EE E E 379 VO eel EE EE NE EE EE ENE 379 Contacting Technical Support uunnunnnnnnnnnennnnnnnnnnnnnnnn 380 Making a Technical Support Query uu2200000nn00nnnn0nnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnn 380 Who To Contact iese ee ER n EA Oe ae en 380 Have Your Product Information Ready iss ees ee ee ee ee 380 Making a support query via the Perle web page 380 Repair PC UE 381 Feedback on this Manual esse ss RE EER ERGER EER R REAGEER EER RR EE ERK Ke 381 CGIOSS RA EE 383 ER EE MEE EI TE 385 23 Table of Contents 24 IOLAN SDS SCS STS User s Guide Version 3 4 Preface About This Book This guide provides the information you need to e configure the IOLAN incorporate the IOLAN into your production en
118. HCP BOOTP Use the following IP address Use the following IP address IP Address EA KE RER IP Address Di 0 LS Subnet Mask 0 0 0 0 Subnet Mask O00 0 0 Obtain Automatically Default Gateway DNS Server WINS Server Configure the following parameters System Name The System Name is used for informational purposes by such tools as the DeviceManager and is also used in conjunction with the Domain field to construct a fully qualified domain name FQDN Default localhost Domain This field is combined with the System Name to construct the fully qualified domain name FQDN For example if the domain is mycompany com and the Server Name is set to accounting the FQDN would be accounting mycompany com Obtain IP Address When enabled the IOLAN will request an IP address from the DHCP BOOTP automatically using server By default when this option is enabled the IOLAN will also attempt to DHCP BOOTP retrieve the DNS server WINS server and default gateway from the DHCP BOOTP server Default Disabled Use the following Assign a specific IP address to the IOLAN IP Address IP Address The IOLAN s unique IPv4 network IP address If you are using the IOLAN in an IPv6 network this field can be left blank Field Options IPv4 address Subnet Mask The network subnet mask For example 255 255 0 0 IOLAN SDS SCS STS User s Guide Version 3 4 IP Settings Default Gateway Default Gateway
119. IOLAN SDS SCS STS Users Guide Version 3 4 Part 5500161 34 ce AN Copyright Statement This document must not be reproduced in any way whatsoever either printed or electronically without the consent of Perle Systems Limited 60 Renfrew Drive Markham ON Canada L3R OE1 Perle reserves the right to make changes without further notice to any products to improve reliability function or design Perle the Perle logo and IOLAN are trademarks of Perle Systems Limited Microsoft Windows 98 Windows NT Windows 2000 Windows Server 2003 Windows XP and Internet Explorer are trademarks of Microsoft Corporation Netscape is a trademark of Netscape Communications Corporation Mozilla Firefox is a trademark of the Mozilla Foundation Solaris is a registered trademark of Sun Microsystems Inc in the USA and other countries Perle Systems Limited 2005 2008 FCC Note The IOLAN Device Server has been found to comply with the limits for a Class A digital device pursuant to Part 15 of the FCC rules These limits are designed to provide reasonable protection against harmful interference when the equipment is operated in a commercial environment This equipment generates uses and can radiate radio frequency energy and if not installed and used in accordance with the instructions in this Guide may cause harmful interference to radio communications Operation of this equipment in a residential area is likely to cause harmful interfer
120. IUS file the IOLAN will use the value in the RADIUS file in preference to the value configured here Field Format The first 64 bits of the Interface Identifier must be zero therefore abcd abcd abcd abcd is the expected format Authentication Tab Field Descriptions General Authentication Advanced Hardware Email Alert Packet Forwarding PPP Authentication Settings Authentication User Password Remote User Remote Password Authentication Timeout CHAP Challenge Interval CC Enable Roaming Callback CHAP k 1 seconds 0 minutes Configure the following parameters Authentication The type of authentication that will be done on the link You can use PAP or CHAP to authenticate a serial port or user on the IOLAN from a remote location or authenticate a remote client device from the IOLAN When setting either PAP and CHAP make sure the IOLAN and the remote client device have the same setting For example if the IOLAN is set to PAP but the remote end is set to CHAP the connection will be refused Data Options e None e PAP is a one time challenge of a client device requiring that it respond with a valid username and password A timer operates during which successful authentication must take place If the timer expires before the remote end has been authenticated successfully the link will be terminated CHAP challenges a client device at regular intervals to validate itself with
121. Ke ke ie He NA Een 53 Connecting to the IOLAN Using the Menu see ees RR ER ERGE 53 Using the RR EE EE EE NR 54 elei Gei EE 55 EINEN RE EE RE Eege 55 Unique Features nenne 55 Connecting to the IOLAN Using DHCP BOOTP uunzssssnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnn 55 Using DHEP BOOTP ui 55 DHCP BOOTP TE 56 Table of Contents a ae nee 57 OVERVIEW nee en 57 Access Platform sesse see N nn 57 ta ie SR ok re De ie Re ee sk rr 57 Connecting to the IOLAN Using SNMP unusssssssnnnnunnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnn 57 Using the SNMP MIB essens ss siens ads n ese Ee SG RR ERK AE KERS NE RAN We GN eN 58 IOLAN Interface 59 OVEIVIEW nennen 59 Access EN e TE 59 Connecting to the IOLAN to Use the IOLAN Interface 59 Using the IOLAN Interface uununnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnn 59 Changes to the IOLAN Interface uuuzuuuuuunnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnn 60 Chapter 4 Getting Started 65 ige oie die EO Oe N N EE NE EE 65 Easy Configuration Wizard sasies sei ESE REEKSE EES GESKEER RE ed 65 Setting Up the Network u ee 66 Using DeviceManager sees sesse ER nn nennen 66 Using WebMarnadef NE Ge va oe eN ee N nnmnnn 67 Using a Direct Serial Connection to Specify an IP Address 67 Using a Direct Serial Connection to Enable BOOTP DHCP 68 Using ARP PING EEN 69 FOF all IPv6 NetWork SE EE Oe Eed 69 Setting Up the Serial Port S snak R R
122. LAN or you are using the IOLAN as a router back to back with another IOLAN Password means the following When PAP is specified this is the password the remote device will use to authenticate the port on this IOLAN e When CHAP is specified this is the secret password known to both ends of the link upon which responses to challenges shall be based Field Format You can enter a maximum of 16 alphanumeric characters Complete this field only if you have specified PAP or CHAP security protocols in the Security field and you wish to dedicate this line to a single remote user who will be authenticated by the IOLAN or you are using the IOLAN as a router back to back with another IOLAN When Dial In or Dial In Dial Out is enabled the Remote User is the name the IOLAN will use to authenticate the port on the remote device Your IOLAN will only authenticate the port on the remote device when PAP or CHAP are operating When connecting together two networks enter a dummy user name for example DS_SALES Note If you want a reasonable level of security the user name and password should not be similar to a user name or password used regularly to login to the IOLAN This option does not work with external authentication Field Format You can enter a maximum of 16 alphanumeric characters IOLAN SDS SCS STS User s Guide Version 3 4 Serial Port Profiles Remote Password Authentication Timeout CHAP Challeng
123. LUE Perle Line Access Port 3 Read Output Input 6 VALUE Perle Line Access Port 3 Read Output Input Write 7 VALUE Perle Line Access Port 4 Disabled 0 VALUE Perle Line Access Port 4 Read Writ 1 VALUE Perle Line Access Port 4 Read Input 2 VALUE Perle Line Access Port 4 Read Input Writ 3 RADIUS and TACACS 321 TACACS VALUE Perle Line Access Port 4 Read Output 4 VALUE Perle Line Access Port 4 Read Output Writ 5 VALUE Perle Line Access Port 4 Read Output Input 6 VALUE Perle Line Access Port 4 Read Output Input Write 7 TACACS Although TACACS can be used strictly for external authentication it can also be used to configure Serial Port and User parameters Therefore when a user is being authenticated using TACACS it is possible that the user s configuration is a compilation of the parameters passed back from the TACACS authentication server the User s IOLAN parameters if the user has also been set up as a local user in the IOLAN and the Default User s parameters for any parameters that have not been set by either TACACS or the User s local configuration User and Serial Port parameters can be passed to the IOLAN after authentication for users accessing the IOLAN from the serial side and users accessing the IOLAN from the Ethernet side connections Accessing the IOLAN Through a Serial Port Users This section describes the attributes which will be accepted by the I
124. Local Authentication Default Disabled Password Retry The number of attempts a user is allowed to enter a password for a serial port Limit connection from the network If this limit is exceeded the serial port is disabled for 5 minutes A user with Admin level rights can restart the serial port bypassing the timeout by issuing a kill on the disabled serial port Default 3 IOLAN SDS SCS STS User s Guide Version 3 4 Management Bootup Files Tab Field Descriptions You must have a TFTP server running on any host that you are uploading or downloading files to from When you specify the file path the path must be relative to the default path set in your TFTP server software Login Bootup Files Message of the Day MOTD TFTP Console Port Firmware Host File Configuration Host File Configure the following parameters Firmware Host The host name or IP address of the server that contains the firmware file If you use a host name it must exist in the IOLAN s host table or be resolved by DNS Firmware File The path and file name relative to the default path of your TFTP server software of the update software for the IOLAN that will be loaded when the IOLAN is rebooted Configuration Host The host name or IP address of the server that contains the configuration file If you use a host name it must exist in the IOLAN s host table or be resolved by DNS Configuration Fil
125. M DB25M DTE 3 RxD 2 TxD 7 GND 6 DSR 8 DCD 20 DTR 5 CTS 4 RTS IOLAN SDS SCS STS User s Guide Version 3 4 Starter Kit Adapters Cable RJ45F to DB25M DCE Modem Adapter The following diagram shows the IOLAN RJ45F gt DB25M DCE modem adapter pinouts This is model number DBA0013 000008000000 o o o o o D e e o o 25 RJ4SF DB25M RJ45F DB25M TxD 4 3 RxD RxD 5 2 TxD GND 6 7 GND DTR 8 20 DTR DSR 3 6 DSR DCD 1 _ 8 DCD RTS 2 4 RTS CTS 7 5 CTS Accessories 363 Starter Kit Adapters Cable RJ45F to DB25F DTE Crossover Adapter The following diagram shows the IOLAN RJ45 gt DB25F DTE crossover adapter pinouts This is model number DBAOO10 l e A RJ amp SF RJ45F TxD 4 RxD 5 GND 6 DTR 8 DSR 3 RTS 2 CTS 7 DB25F 3 RxD 2 TxD 7 GND 6 DSR 8 DCD 20 DTR 5 CTS 4 RTS 364 IOLAN SDS SCS STS User s Guide Version 3 4 Starter Kit Adapters Cable RJ45F to DB9M DTE Crossover Adapter The following diagram shows the IOLAN RJ45 gt DB9M crossover adapter pinouts This is model number DBA0021 BAR CA V j RJ4SF DBSM RJ45F DB9M TxD 4 2 RxD RxD 5 3 TxD GND 6 5 GND DTR 8 1 DCD 6 DSR DSR 3 4 DTR RTS 2 8
126. Maximum 20 characters including spaces When selected the channel will be reading the status of the line input The internal jumpers must match the software configuration the internal jumpers are factory configured for Input Mode Default Input Mode Latches remembers the activity transition active to inactive or inactive to active Data Options None Inactive to Active Active to Inactive Default None When enabled inverts the actual condition of the I O signal in the status therefore an inactive status will be displayed as active Default Disabled When the trigger condition is met triggers the specified alarm action Data Options e Disabled No alarm settings This is the default e Inactive When the expected Digital input is active going inactive will trigger an alarm Active When the expected Digital input is inactive going active will trigger an alarm Default Disabled 233 Channels 234 Auto Clear Mode Manual Clear Mode Email Syslog SNMP When enabled automatically clears the alarm when the trigger condition changes for example if the Trigger is Inactive and the alarm is triggered once the input becomes active again the alarm will automatically be cleared Default Enabled When enabled a triggered alarm must be manually cleared Default Disabled When enabled sends an email alert to an email account s set up in the System settings when an alarm is triggered o
127. Modbus Serial Application Connected to the Serial Port 248 Modbus Serial Application Connected to the Network 248 Modbus TCP Application siccsinsisenniesniestissansennsinninasniuniiedsnauninvedinnniuaddan 248 Modbus VO Access ee 249 PUNCHON CodeS N OR OE Ee N OE 249 VO Coil Register Descriptions ees EE EE RE RR EER RR RR EER RE RE EE EE 249 Serial Port Coil Register Descriptions uuurreusnnnnnnnnnnnnnnannnnnnnnnnnn 251 AATA E E 251 AAD2 AAR2 Registers asses sis sse n Ese ks ANNE SN Ge ae se GEN RA eed UR aana 252 DA BAR Registers sesde ie ae ee ev ed eke Gene Ged eN 253 Serial Pin Signals kes ANKE N NA Oe BEd N ed ed AN ai 253 14 IOLAN SDS SCS STS User s Guide Version 3 4 Table of Contents Nu d VO RE EE RE 254 TruePort Modbus CombinatiOn eee sees esse ee EER EER EE RR ER RR ERGER RE EE EE 254 API Over TruePort Only sis nde d ENE KA Re ide ARE N N RA AN NG Ge EN EA de 255 Accessing VO Data Via TruePort ussssss sesse EER EER KEEN 256 dee lUo en E 256 oo EE RE 256 Format of API Commands esse ee EER RR RR EER ERGER EER EE EE EE Ee ee ee 257 Get Commands EE 257 Command Format s sess IE OE 257 Response Fomat an 257 e lu TE 258 Command Formal es sd ee ERK Re Re ee ia need es KERE 258 Successful Response Format arie es RE ee ee ee neen 259 Unsuccessful Response Format ee ee ee ee ee ee nn 259 ele TE 260 VO SNMP HEDE ies os een 260 Chapter 11 Conf
128. N s working configuration file In most other configurators the exception being SNMP you are always seeing the working configuration file In DeviceManager select Tools Upload Configuration from IOLAN The working configuration file will automatically be loaded into the DeviceManager Downloading IOLAN Firmware To upgrade the IOLAN firmware software e In DeviceManager select Tools Advanced Download Firmware to IOLAN You can browse to the firmware location Once the firmware download is complete you will be prompted to reboot the IOLAN You can choose to reboot the IOLAN at another time by selecting Tools Reset Reboot IOLAN e In WebManager under the Administration option select Update Firmware Either browse to the firmware file and then click the Upload button or configure the TFTP server and click the Upload button Note If you use the TFTP option the specified TFTP server must be on the same subnet as the IOLAN Upgrading the firmware does not affect the IOLAN s configuration file or downloaded custom files 291 Calibrating VO Calibrating VO All VO channels are factory calibrated and should not need recalibration during initial use However should calibration be required you can recalibrate in DeviceManager or WebManager In DeviceManager you calibrate the I O channel s by selecting Tools VO Channels Calibrate In WebManager you calibrate the I O channel s by selecting VO Channels Calibrate Cal
129. N You can use the Easy Config Wizard to assign an IP address to the IOLAN or any of the other methods described in this section Once the IP address is assigned to the IOLAN simply type the IP address into the Address field of your web browser and press the Enter key Using a Direct Serial Connection to Specify an IP Address You can connect to the IOLAN s serial console port using a PC with a terminal emulation package such as HyperTerminal or a terminal 1 Connect the IOLAN to your PC or dumb terminal Make sure the DIP switch is in Console mode desktop models this sets the IOLAN serial port 1 to E A 232 or that you are connected to the dedicated Console port rack mount models When connecting a terminal or PC directly without modems the E1A 232 signals need to be crossed over null modem cable See Appendix D E1A 232 Cabling Diagrams on page 336 for cabling diagrams Using a PC emulation application such as HyperTerminal or from a dumb terminal set the Port settings to 9600 Baud 8 Data bits No Parity 1 Stop Bits and No Hardware Flow control to connect to the IOLAN You can change these settings for future connections on the rack mount models the IOLAN must be rebooted for these changes to take place When prompted type admin for the User and superuser for the Password You should now see the a prompt that displays the model type and port number for example SCS16 You are now logged into the IOLAN and can se
130. N EE ME OE nenn 86 AGI WR lee 86 Adding Ediling a HOS sai iss eis sind ees rs dn ee wek Ke ee ekke Ke ie N ee sd ed 87 tei RT EE EE N EE EE 88 COT LN RE EDE EA ENE 88 F nctionality AE OR aaa aa 88 Field eeh 88 Adding Editing Route is ie NE ER ee ie ee dailies 89 Table of Contents DNSIWINS un ees ne ne 90 OVEINIEW nenne 90 Ee RE ee Ee TO 90 Field Descriptions nenne ee 90 Editing Adding DNS WINS Servers esse esse ee ee ee ee ee ee ee ee ee 91 iN EE N ee 91 ei EE EO E AE RE 91 Functionality EE EO OE EE HEN 91 als ede ie el el OE EE aan 92 Dynamic DNS rede de ee ee es N a 93 VOI MR EE EE N 93 F nctionality aaa 93 Field Descriptions u a ee ee ee Ge Ee EE 93 ACCOUNT EE du EE 94 Cipher Suite Field Descriptions ees ee ee ee 95 Adding Editing a Cipher Gute EEN 96 Validation Criteria Field Descnptons A 97 Chapter 7 Configuring Serial Ports esse ee 99 MIE EIEN oe voe EG EE Ee OE EA EP res 99 Senal Ee 99 OVErVIEW es sissies ede sae WK KA N NE N Ed Ke AR oe N Aa de N dk eh 99 Ride AE Se EE RE EE DE 99 Editing a Serial POM wessicisssicccsccccstsstcasssttadacatarevsnesandeeccscccencbsbdbeciecsices 100 Copying a Serial Port 101 Resetting a Serial Poll RAK Ge ee se Re ek eg Re ei ee 102 Seral eh EE 102 Common TADS ass sd EN REK Ee eN AA eN KERE ananena nedad anaana 102 ONEVIEW ee GE ee DE ee 102 Hardware Tab Field Descriptions EE 103 Email Alert Tab Field Descriptions ees ee RA ee ee ee 105 Packet F
131. N will only accept broadcasts from the specified host SNTP server The name of the secondary SNTP server from the IOLAN host table Valid with Unicast and Multicast modes although in Multicast mode the IOLAN will only accept broadcasts from the specified host SNTP server 275 Management Time Zone Summer Time Tab Field Descriptions You can configure an automatic summer time daylight savings time time change EE ED Network Time Time Zone Summer Time Time Zone Time Zone Name Time Zone Offset 00 00 Summer Time Summer Time Name Summer Time Offset 60 Summer Time Mode None O Fixed O Recurring Hd Configure the following parameters Time Zone Name The name of the time Zone to be displayed during standard time Field Format Maximum 4 characters and minimum 3 characters do not use angled brackets lt gt Time Zone Offset The offset from UTC for your local time zone Field Format Hours hh valid 12 to 14 and minutes mm valid 0 to 59 minutes Summer Time The name of the configured summer time zone this will be displayed during Name the summer time setting If this parameter is not set then the summertime feature will not work Field Format Maximum 4 characters and minimum 3 characters do not use angled brackets lt gt Summer Time The offset from standard time in minutes Valid values are 0 to 180 Offset Range 0 180 Default 60 Summer Time You can configure the summer t
132. OLAN from a TACACS server in response to an authentication request for Direct Users Name Value s Description priv lvl 12 15 Admin The IOLAN privilege level 8 11 Normal 4 7 Restricted 0 3 Menu Perle_User_Service 0 Telnet Corresponds to the User Service setting in 1 Rlogin the IOLAN 2 TCP_Clear If no value is specified DSPrompt is the 3 SLIP default User Service 4 PPP 5 SSH 6 SSL_Raw service telnet Settings when Perle_User_Service is set to 0 addr IPv4 or IPv6 address port TCP port number service rlogin Settings when Perle_User_Service is set to 1 addr IPv4 or IPv6 address service tcp clear Settings when Perle_User_Service is set to 2 addr IPv4 or IPv6 address port TCP port number 322 IOLAN SDS SCS STS User s Guide Version 3 4 TACACS Name Value s Description service slip routing addr service ppp routing addr port ppp vj slot compression callback dialstring service ssh addr port service ssl_raw addr port true Send and Listen false None IPv4 or IPv6 address true Send and Listen false None IPv4 or IPv6 address TCP port number true or false phone number no punctuation IPv4 or IPv6 address TCP port number IPv4 or IPv6 address TCP port number Settings when Perle_User_Service is set to 3 Settings when Perle_User_Service is set to 4
133. OLAN reboots it will automatically poll for an IP address from the DHCP BOOTP server If the IOLAN has dual Ethernet each Ethernet connection will automatically be assigned an IP address you can access the IOLAN through either IP address 8 To view the DHCP BOOTP assigned IP address type the following command show interface ethernet If for some reason it cannot obtain an IP address from your DHCP BOOTP server you will have to either reconnect to the IOLAN on the console port and reboot it or push the Reset to Factory button to access the IOLAN You are now ready to configure the IOLAN See Chapter 3 Configuration Methods on page 43 for information on the different IOLAN configuration methods 68 IOLAN SDS SCS STS User s Guide Version 3 4 Setting Up the Network Using ARP Ping You can use the ARP Ping Address Resolution Protocol method to temporarily assign an IP address and connect to your IOLAN to assign a permanent IP address To use ARP Ping to temporarily assign an IP address 1 From a local UNIX Linux host type the following at the system command shell prompt arp s a b c d aa bb cc dd ee ff On a Windows 98 or newer system type the following at the command prompt arp s a b c d aa bb cc dd ee ff where a b c disthe IPv4 address you want to temporarily assign to the IOLAN and aa bb cc dd ee ff is the Ethernet MAC address of IOLAN found on the back of the unit 2 Whether you use UNIX or Windows
134. Obtain Automatically DNS Server DNS Server Obtain Automatically WINS Server WINS Server Obtain Automatically Specify the gateway IP address that will provide general access beyond the local network Field Options IPv4 address When DHCP BOOTP is enabled you can enable this option to have the IOLAN receive the Default Gateway IP address from the DHCP BOOTP server Default Enabled Specify the IP address of aDNS host in your network for host name resolution Field Options IPv4 address When DHCP BOOTP is enabled you can enable this option to have the IOLAN receive the DNS IP address from the DHCP BOOTP server Default Enabled Specify the IP address of aWINS Windows Internet Naming Service host in your network for host resolution Field Options IPv4 address When DHCP BOOTP is enabled you can enable this option to have the IOLAN receive the WINS IP address from the DHCP BOOTP server Default Enabled 83 IP Settings Advanced 84 Overview The Advanced tab configures Active Standby SCS models only DNS update and the Ethernet interface s hardware speed and duplex Configure the parameters in the Advanced tab only if e you have already set up Dynamic DNS with DynDNS com you want to enable Active Standby SCS models only you want to specify the line speed and duplex Field Descriptions IP Settings Advanced Advanced IP Settings Interface 1 C Enable Active Standby
135. Options Maximum 128 characters An entry for the organization for example Accounting This field is case sensitive in order to successfully match the information in the peer SSL TLS certificate Data Options Maximum 64 characters An entry for the unit in the organization for example Payroll This field is case sensitive in order to successfully match the information in the peer SSL TLS certificate Data Options Maximum 64 characters 97 Advanced Common Name An entry for common name for example the host name or fully gualified domain name This field is case sensitive in order to successfully match the information in the peer SSL TLS certificate Data Options Maximum 64 characters Email An entry for an email address for example acct anycompany com This field is case sensitive in order to successfully match the information in the peer SSL TLS certificate Data Options Maximum 64 characters 98 IOLAN SDS SCS STS User s Guide Version 3 4 Configuring Serial Ports Introduction The Serial section is used to configure the serial ports on your IOLAN The 5 AR Configuration following configuration windows are available SC Network Sa Serial e Serial Ports This window sets up the type of connection that the serial AE Serial Ports port is being used for This is accomplished by selecting a connection D Port Buffering profile and then configuring the applicable parameters for that profile See
136. Output Activates the channel e Deactivate Output Deactivates the channel Default None IOLAN SDS SCS STS User s Guide Version 3 4 Channels Temperature Temperature input channels monitor RTD or thermocouple temperature sensors inputs for the most common ranges You can also configure severity alarms that can send an email a syslog message and or an SNMP when an alarm is triggered or cleared See Alarm Settings on page 243 for more information about the alarms RTD ranges are e Pt100 a 385 50 to 150C e Pt100 a 392 50 to 150C e Pt1000 a 385 40 to 160C e Pt100 a 385 0 to 100C e Pt100 a 392 0 to 100C e NiFe604 a 518 80 to 100C e Pt100 a 385 0 to 200C e Pt100 a 392 0 to 200C e NiFe604 a 518 0 to 100C e Pt100 a 385 0 to 400C e Pt100 a 392 0 to 400C e Pt100 a 385 200 to 200C e Pt100 a 392 200 to 200C Thermocouple ranges are e B 500 to 1800C e K Oto 1370C e T 100 to 400C e E0 to 1000C e R 500 to 1750C ENE NR The the following example a Temperature VO IOLAN is used to monitor industrial freezer as a temperature sensor with an alarm set to send a syslog message if the temperature rises above 31 C 7 Monitoring Device Server Ae Industrial Freezers 241 Channels Field Descriptions Analog 41 Description Analog Settings Type RTD v Range Pt100 a 385 50 to 150C v Alarm Settings Cancel Configure the following parame
137. Perle Line Access Port 45 145 integer Perle ATTRIBUTE Perle Line Access Port 46 146 integer Perle ATTRIBUTE Perle Line Access Port 47 147 integer Perle ATTRIBUTE Perle Line Access Port 48 148 integer Perle ATTRIBUTE Perle Line Access Port 49 149 integer Perle Perle User Level Values VALUE Perle User Level Admin 1 VALUE Perle User Level Normal 2 VALUE Perle User Level Restricted 3 VALUE Perle User Level Menu 4 Perle Line Access Right Values VALUE Perle Line Access Port Disabled 0 VALUE Perle Line Access Port Read Writ 1 VALUE Perle Line Access Port Read Input 2 VALUE Perle Line Access Port Read Input Writ 3 VALUE Perle Line Access Port Read Output 4 VALUE Perle Line Access Port Read Output Writ 5 VALUE Perle Line Access Port Read Output Input 6 VALUE Perle Line Access Port Read Output Input Write 7 VALUE Perle Line Access Port 2 Disabled 0 VALUE Perle Line Access Port 2 Read Writ 1 VALUE Perle Line Access Port 2 Read Input 2 VALUE Perle Line Access Port 2 Read Input Writ 3 VALUE Perle Line Access Port 2 Read Output 4 VALUE Perle Line Access Port 2 Read Output Writ 5 VALUE Perle Line Access Port 2 Read Output Input 6 VALUE Perle Line Access Port 2 Read Output Input Write 7 VALUE Perle Line Access Port 3 Disabled 0 VALUE Perle Line Access Port 3 Read Writ 1 VALUE Perle Line Access Port 3 Read Input 2 VALUE Perle Line Access Port 3 Read Input Writ 3 VALUE Perle Line Access Port 3 Read Output 4 VALUE Perle Line Access Port 3 Read Output Writ 5 VA
138. Port profile is set to Remote Access PPP Default Disabled The phone number the IOLAN will dial to callback the user you must have set Enable Callback enabled Restrictions Enter the number without spaces You can specify whether a user will use English or Custom Language as the language that appears in the Menu CLI or WebManager The IOLAN supports one custom language that must be downloaded to the IOLAN Default English See Language Support on page 295 for more information about Custom Languages The prefix that a user types to control the current session Data Options e a number To switch from one session to another press a Ctrl a and then the required session number For example a 2 would switch you to session 2 Pressing a 0 will return you to the IOLAN Menu e a n Display the next session The current session will remain active The lowest numbered active session will be displayed e a p Display the previous session The current session will remain active The highest numbered active session will be displayed e Aam To exit a session and return to the IOLAN You will be returned to the menu The session will be left running e Aal Lowercase L Locks the serial port until the user unlocks it The user is prompted for a password any password excluding spaces and the serial port is locked The user must retype the password to unlock the serial port Ar When you switch from a sessio
139. R RR RE EE GEGEE Gee 70 Setting UP 1 72 5 EE EE 72 Chapter 5 Using DeviceManager and WebManager 73 MIN Ged ON soos EE EDE ES OD EE AD EA N 73 Navigating DeviceManager WebManager use 74 Device Manager een eu 74 VUE ENT TE 75 EasyPor EE EE EE EE EE NE enaiin 75 6 IOLAN SDS SCS STS User s Guide Version 3 4 Table of Contents Using DeviceManager to Connect to the IOLAN une 76 Starting a New Session innen due RR N 76 Assigning a Temporary IP Address to a New IOL AN eessen 77 Adding Deleting Manual IOLANS uuusssssnnsnunnnnnnnnannnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnn 78 Logging in to the IOLAN sesse ss see Ge ds BG EG N GE EE AE KEN EE GE N n 78 Using WebManager to Connect to the IOLAN ese ees ee 79 Logging into the IOLAN nee ees RR RE RE RARR ERA EE KERE RE EER REG ee RR RE 79 Config ration Fliesen 79 Creating a New IOLAN Configuration in DeviceManager 79 Opening an Existing Configuration File uuuuruuu00000000000 000000 80 Importing an Existing Configuration File uuuuuuununsssannennnnnnnnnnnnnnn 80 Managing the IOLAN au 80 Chapter 6 Network Settings uunnuuuunn nn nn EE Ee 81 Tue 0 Cs TE 81 Ve ER een ee 82 e ue CN 82 Ri RE OE N OE Ee 82 Field e le de 82 Ada WEE 84 DENN EE OE EE ON 84 elle WR lee 84 eNe La e E E E 86 Host Table asses sd Ri ee NR Re Ee n NE na 86 8 iS AE OE te Beete eege EE N 86 Functionality AA OR
140. S 8 4 RTS Accessories 369 SCS48C SCS32C SCS16C SCS8C Starter Kit Adapters Cable RJ45F to DB9M DTE Crossover Adapter The following diagram shows the IOLAN RJ45 gt DB9M crossover adapter pinouts This is model number DBAO021C l Ee A RJ4SF DBSM RJ45F DB9M TxD 3 2 RxD RxD 6 3 TxD GND 4 5 GND GND 5 DTR 2 1 DCD 6 DSR DSR 7 4 DTR RTS 1 8 CTS CTS 8 7 RTS 370 IOLAN SDS SCS STS User s Guide Version 3 4 SCS48C SCS32C SCS16C SCS8C Starter Kit Adapters Cable RJ45F to DB9F DTE Crossover Adapter The following diagram shows the IOLAN RJ45F gt DBOF crossover adapter pinouts This is model number DBA0020C oe RJ4SF DROE RJ45F DBOF TxD 3 2 RxD RxD 6 3 TxD GND 4 5 GND GND 5 DTR 2 1 DCD 6 DSR DSR 7 4 DTR RTS 1 8 CTS CTS 8 7 RTS Sun Cisco Roll Over Adapter for Rack Mount Models This is a RJ45M gt RJ45F Sun Cisco adapter This model number is DBAOO31C IOLAN Sun Cisco RJ45F RJ45M 1 8 2 7 3 6 4 5 5 4 6 3 7 2 8 1 The Sun Cisco RJ45M connector attaches to the Sun Cisco Console port Accessories 371 SCS48C SCS32C SCS16C SCS8C Starter Kit Adapters Cable 372 IOLAN SDS SCS STS User s Guide Version 3 4 Troubleshooting Introduction This chapter provides information that can help resolve problems with the IOLAN Hardw
141. S Dictionary Example uuuuusssssnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnannnnnnnnn 320 Seege 322 Accessing the IOLAN Through a Serial Port Users uuuuuuunu00 322 Accessing the IOLAN Through a Serial Port User Example Settings324 Accessing the IOLAN from the Network Users uuuuuunnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnn 325 Accessing the IOLAN from the Network User Example Settings 326 Appendix B SSL TLS Ciphers ees EE 327 Tute os die E 327 valid SSL TLS Ciphers sesse ESE en 327 Appendix C Virtual Modem AT Commandes eessen 329 Virtual Modem Initialization CommandS eie ss RR 329 Table of Contents Appendix D Pinouts and Cabling Diagrams 331 Seral Sr EE 331 DB25 E 331 DB25 Female ees oes Ne GE ede N aa Ke de re de NE 332 EP acca RO EE RIESTER MR OE Ee el EA REM 333 RJ45 WE elei ele ele TEEN 334 DBS Male Serial On ses nss ea 334 DE Male VO ee ee ee NG een 335 Power Over Ethernet Pinouts uu22200200un0200000000nnnnnnnn00n 335 EIA 232 Cabling Diagram sesse ee eek sees EER RE RR RR RR RR RR nennen 336 Terminal DB25 COnneelor eegene 336 DB25 MEE es EER EE ernennen 336 DB25 Female nenn in ein ed be es ese EE 336 En AE EE EI ER EE EE EE IE 337 Bied MR EE OE OE OE ER N 337 Modem DB 25 Connector u 338 DE Male een ee 338 DEE 338 DES MEE ii EE cscs EE een 339 Appendix E Setting JumperS eise sees RE EE RE EE Ge Ee ee 341 idee II d EE 341 1 Port IOLAN DB25 Male Female
142. S handshake Disable Peer Verification or change to a cipher suite that uses certificates e User has selected Peer Verification on the configured SSL TLS server and has not configured a certificate for the client Either disable peer verification on the SSL TLS server or configure a certificate for the SSL TLS client SSL_accept failed on the SSL TLS server device e The device has failed to accept an SSL TLS connection on top of a TCP connection that has just been established This could indicate that the peer from which TruePort is trying to accept a connection from is not configured for SSL TLS Verify that the peer has been configured for an SSL TLS client connection Certificate did not match configuration e The message is displayed when Validate Peer Certificate has been enabled but the configured Validation Criteria does not match the corresponding data in the certificate received from the peer The data configured must match exactly to the data in the certificate The data is also case sensitive unknown protocol message when trying to make an SSL TLS connection e This will be displayed when both sides of the TCP connection are configured as SSL TLS clients Change one of the end points to act as an SSL TLS server e One of the endpoints is not configured for SSL TLS Make sure both endpoints are configured for SSL TLS verify that one is a client and the other is a server tlsv1 alert handshake failure or sslv3 alert handshake
143. S2 model e Serial Port 4 pin 1 on the SDS4 SCS4 models e Ethernet on the P series models Power over Ethernet Power Over Ethernet PoE Models The 1 port 4 port SDS P models can be powered by either the external DC power supply included or PoE or both The 2 port SDS P does not accommodate an external power supply and can be powered only through PoE The IOLAN SDS P model is considered a Powered Device PD and can only accept power from an IEEE 802 3AF compliant Power Source Equipment PSE device The IOLAN PoE can receive up to 13W of power using one of the following methods to connect to a PSE e Using the two unused twisted pair wires 10 100Mb only e Using the two data pairs or phantom power method 100Mb IOLAN SDS SCS STS User s Guide Version 3 4 Getting to Know Your IOLAN VO Models The power supply for a desktop IOLAN I O model must meet the following requirement e Output between 9 30V DC and a minimum of 600mA current Rack Mount Models DC Power Requirements The IOLAN DC is supplied with an integral Terminal Connections block to facilitate connection to a DC source s The DC supply s should have adequate over current protection within the closed rack system and comply with local or national standards applicable to the installation territory You need wire gauge 20 to 22 AWG to connect the IOLAN rack mount unit to the power source AC Power Requirements AC power rack mount units come with standar
144. Serial Connection to Specify an IP Address on page 67 After you have established a connection to the IOLAN you will get a Login prompt You can login as the admin user or as a user with Admin Level rights If the login is successful you will get a prompt that displays the IOLAN model and number of ports Login admin Password SDS2 You will see a prompt that displays the model and number of the IOLAN You are now ready to start configuring managing your IOLAN using the CLI Using the CLI Menu Overview After you have successfully logged in you can start configuring managing the IOLAN by typing in commands at the prompt If you are not sure what commands are available you can type a question mark at any time during a command to see your options See the Command Line Interface Reference Guide for more information about the CLI The Menu is a graphical representation of the CLI You can look up Menu parameter explanations in the Command Line Interface Reference Guide The only operations that the Menu does not support are the downloading and uploading of files to from the IOLAN Access Platforms The Menu is accessed by any application that supports a Telnet or SSH session to the IOLAN s IP address such as Putty SecureCRT or from a command prompt You can also access the Menu from a dumb terminal or PC connected to a serial port Unique Features The Menu supports the following unique features e You can access the
145. Settings Field Descriptions 160 Adding Editing Modbus Slave IP Settings gt 160 Modbus Slave Advanced Settings Field Descriptions 162 Power Management Profile cccccsssseeeeeeeeeeeeeseeeeeeeeeesseeeeeeseeeeneeenes 163 OVENIEW EE EE EE N Ee 163 F nctionality EE EE EE ET 163 General Tab Field Descriptions nn 163 Editing Power Management Plug Settings Field Descriptions 164 Remote Access PPP Profile uuuu00000000000000nnn nnnnnnnnn RR RR RR RR 165 OVENIEW ee een eee Oe ae 165 inte UE 165 General Tab Field Descriptions iese ee ee ee ee ee ee 166 Authentication Tab Field Descriptions ee ee Re 167 Dynamic DNS Field Descriptions ee ee ee Re ee nene 170 Advanced Tab Field Descriptions iese RA Re 171 Remote Access SLIP Profile EER EE RR RE ER ER EE EER RR RR RR RR 173 PEER EE ee 173 General Tab Field Descriptions nn 174 Advanced Tab Field Descrptons een 175 Custom Application Profile iss sk eN SA ERNA Rad ad Rd RR AAR ERA nanna 176 ONEVIEW RT EE AE EE ID N 176 General Tab Field Descrotton Aen 176 Part od oe OE EE reed 177 OVErVIEW EE EE EE EE d REeg 177 FUR CH ON AUEY aaa 177 Local Port Buffering ne 177 Remote Port Buffers AAA 178 Field DeliniHORS unsern 178 10 IOLAN SDS SCS STS User s Guide Version 3 4 Table of Contents PON ACO u ne EE OR EE 180 Advanced Serial Settings Tab esse EER ERGER EER RR ERGER
146. Settings when Perle_User_Service is set to 5 Settings when Perle_User_Service is set to 6 RADIUS and TACACS 323 TACACS Accessing the IOLAN Through a Serial The following example shows the parameters Port User Example Settings that can be set for users who are accessing the IOLAN from the serial side These settings should be included in the TACACS user configuration file Service EXEC priv lvl x x 12 15 Admin x 8 11 Normal x 4 7 Restricted x 0 3 Menu timeout x x session timeout in seconds idletime x x Idle timeout in seconds Perle_User_Service x x 0 Telnet x 1 Rlogin x 2 TCP_Clear x 3 SLIP x 4 PPP x D SSH x 6 SSL_RAW I not specified command prompt Depending on what Perle User Servic is set to and Listen service telnet addr x x x X ipv4 or ipv6 addr port x tcp_port service rlogin addr x x x X ipv4 or ipv addr service tcp_clear addr x x x X ipv4 or ipv6 addr port x tcp port service slip routing x x true Send x false None addr x x x X ipv4 addr 324 IOLAN SDS SCS STS User s Guide Version 3 4 TACACS service ppp routing x x true Send and Listen x false None addr x x x X ipv4 or ipv6 addr ppp vj slot compression x x true or false callback dialstring x
147. TP or DHCP server running and you can connect the IOLAN to your network The IOLAN will automatically obtain an IP address from a local network DHCP BOOTP server when this service is enabled it is disabled by default You can also configure certain IOLAN parameters that will be passed from the DHCP BOOTP server to the IOLAN when it boots up Other configurators such as DeviceManager CLI or Menu can be used to set this option and obtain the initial IP address ARP Ping Use this method when you can connect the IOLAN to the network and want to assign a temporary IP address to the IOLAN by specifying an ARP entry from your PC and then pinging it IPv6 Network When the IOLAN is connected to an IPv6 network its local link address is determined using stateless auto configuration Once an IP address has been assigned to the IOLAN in most cases you can continue to use the same method if it is a configurator or you can switch to any other configuration method Requires a Configured IP Address The following configuration methods require that an IP address already be assigned to the IOLAN 44 WebManager WebManager is a fully functional browser based configuration method IOLAN Interface The IOLAN interface is available on IOLAN models that are 1 16 ports this is not supported on DS1 and TS2 models and uses the interface that is available on the IOLAN product line IOLAN SDS SCS STS User s Guide Version 3 4 Easy Config Wizar
148. The serial device will only receive UDP data from the hosts in that range with a source Port of 33001 The IOLAN will listen for data on the port value configured in the Listen for connections on UDP port parameter UDP Entry 2 All UDP data received from hosts that have an IP address that falls within the range of 172 16 1 20 to 172 16 1 50 and Port 33010 will be sent to the serial device The IOLAN will not send any data received on its serial port UDP Entry 3 All hosts that have an IP Address that falls within the range of 172 16 1 75 to 172 16 1 80 and who listen to Port 33009 will receive UDP data from the serial device The IOLAN will listen for messages on the port value configured in the Listen for connections on UDP port parameter No UDP data will be sent to the serial device UDP Entry 4 This entry is disabled since Direction is set to Disabled IOLAN SDS SCS STS User s Guide Version 3 4 Serial Port Profiles General Tab Field Descriptions General Hardware Email Alert Packet Forwarding UDP Socket Settings Listen for connections on UDP port Host Range 1 Direction Both Start IP Address 0 0 0 0 End IP Address 0 0 0 0 Host Range 2 Direction Disabled Start IP Address 0 0 0 0 End IP Address 0 0 0 0 Host Range 3 Direction Disabled Start IP Address 0 0 0 0 End IP Address 0 0 0 0 Host Range 4 Direction Disabled Start IP Address 0 0 0 0 End IP Address 0 0 0 0 UDP Port
149. Version Any v SSL TLS Type Client v U Validate Peer Certificate Configure the following parameters Enable SSL TLS Activates the SSL TLS settings for the serial port Default Disabled Use global settings Uses the SSL TLS settings configured in the Security section for the serial port Default Enabled SSL TLS Version Specify whether you want to use e Any The IOLAN will try a TLSv1 connection first If that fails it will try an SSLv3 connection If that fails it will try an SSLv2 connection e TLSvi tThe connection will use only TLSv1 e SSLv3 The connection will use only SSLv3 Default Any SSL TLS Type Specify whether the IOLAN serial port will act as an SSL TLS client or server Default Client Cipher Suite Button Click this button to specify SSL TLS connection ciphers See Cipher Suite Field Descriptions on page 110 for more information Validate Peer Enable this option when you want the Validation Criteria to match the Peer Certificate Certificate for authentication to pass If you enable this option you need to download an SSL TLS certificate authority CA list file to the IOLAN Default Disabled Validation Criteria Click this button to create peer certificate validation criteria that must be met Button for a valid SSL TLS connection See Validation Criteria Field Descriptions on page 112 for more information 109 Serial Port Profiles 110 Cipher Suite Field Descriptions The SSL TLS ci
150. WebManager to reset the node secret You do not need to reboot the IOLAN for this to take effect it works instantly Language Support Two language files in addition to English are supplied on the supplemental CD French and German You can use any of these language files to create a translation into a language of your choice You can download the language file whether the language is supplied or translated into the IOLAN and select the Language option of Custom Language or Customlang custom language making the Menu and CLI field labels display in the desired language You can view Menu or CLI in one other language only as well as English If you download another language file this new language will replace the first language you downloaded You can revert to English at any time the English language is stored permanently in the IOLAN and is not overwritten by your new language Each user logged into the IOLAN can operate in either English or the downloaded language Loading a Supplied Language This section describes how to download a language file using the CLI since it is the least intuitive method French and German language files are provided on the supplemental CD To load one of the supplied languages into the IOLAN so the Menu or CLI fields appear in another language do the following 1 Open the supplemental CD and identify the language file either Iolan_ds_French txt or Iolan_ds_German txt or supply one of your own transl
151. When the expected Digital input is inactive going active will trigger an alarm Default Disabled When enabled automatically clears the alarm when the trigger condition changes for example if the Trigger is Inactive and the alarm is triggered once the input becomes active again the alarm will automatically be cleared Default Enabled When enabled a triggered alarm must be manually cleared Default Disabled When enabled sends an email alert to an email account s set up in the System settings when an alarm is triggered or cleared The email alert data includes the severity level and the value that caused the alarm to trigger or clear The Email Alert is associated with Level Critical Default Disabled When enabled sends a message to syslog when an alarm is triggered or cleared The syslog entry includes the severity level and the value that caused the alarm to trigger or clear The syslog message is associated with Level Critical Default Disabled When enabled sends an SNMP trap when an alarm is triggered or cleared The trap consists of the severity level and whether the alarm was triggered or cleared Default Disabled 155 Serial Port Profiles 156 Output Signal Field Descriptions Channel Settings Digital Output DTR Description Digital Output Settings Failsafe Action None OK Cancel Configure the following parameters Description Provide a description of the channel making
152. When you click on the Modems tab you will see the following Advanced Settings Modems TruePort Baud Rate Modem RES Modem IS String pci_modem AT amp FSO 1 Add Edit If any modems have been configured they will be displayed Adding Editing a Modem You can add new modems or edit existing modems through the following window Name Initialization String Configure the following parameters Name The name of the modem Restrictions Do not use spaces Initialization String The initialization string of the modem see your modem s documentation IOLAN SDS SCS STS User s Guide Version 3 4 Advanced TruePort Baud Rate Tab Overview The TruePort utility acts as a COM port redirector that allows applications to talk to serial devices across a network as though the serial devices were directly attached to the server For IOLAN I O models you can also monitor and control VO through the TruePort client Functionality Since some older applications may not support the higher baud rates that the IOLAN is capable of achieving the baud rate can be mapped to a different value on the IOLAN Through TruePort you can map the baud rate of the host COM port to a higher baud rate for the serial line that connects the serial device and the IOLAN See TruePort on page 355 for more information about the TruePort utility Field Definitions Advanced Settings Modems TruePort Baud Rate Map TruePort Baud R
153. a username and a response based on a hash of the secret password A timer operates during which successful authentication must take place If the timer expires before the remote end has been authenticated successfully the link will be terminated Default CHAP 167 Serial Port Profiles 168 User Password Remote User Complete this field only if you have specified PAP or CHAP security protocols in the Authentication field and you wish to dedicate this line to a single remote user who will be authenticated by the IOLAN or e you are using the IOLAN as a router back to back with another IOLAN When Connect is set to Dial Out or both Dial In Dial Out are enabled the User is the name the remote device will use to authenticate a port on this IOLAN The remote device will only authenticate your IOLAN s port when PAP or CHAP are operating You can enter a maximum of sixteen alphanumeric characters for example tracy201 When connecting together two networks enter a dummy user name for example DS_HQ Note If you want a reasonable level of security the user name and password should not be similar to a user name or password used regularly to login to the IOLAN External authentication can not be used for this user Complete this field only if you have specified PAP or CHAP security protocols in the Security field and you wish to dedicate this line to a single remote user who will be authenticated by the IO
154. ab The interval determines how long the IOLAN will wait during inactivity before testing the connection It should be noted that if a network connection is accidentally dropped it can take as long as the specified interval before anyone can reconnect to the serial port Default Disabled Enables disables the display of the message of the day Default Disabled Use this timer to close a connection because of inactivity When the Idle Timeout expires the IOLAN will end the connection Default 0 seconds so the port will never timeout Range 0 4294967 seconds about 49 days Use this timer to forcibly close the session connection when the Session Timeout expires Default 0 seconds so the port will never timeout Range 0 4294967 seconds about 49 days If the device is remote and will be dialing in via modem or ISDN TA enable this parameter Default Disabled IOLAN SDS SCS STS User s Guide Version 3 4 Serial Port Profiles Dial Out Dial Timeout Dial Retry Modem Phone UDP Sockets Profile Overview If you want the modem to dial a number when the serial port is started enable this parameter Default Disabled The number of seconds the IOLAN will wait to establish a connection to a remote modem Range 1 99 Default 45 seconds The number of times the IOLAN will attempt to re establish a connection with a remote modem Range 0 99 Default 2 The name of the predefined modem that is used o
155. able Local Enables disables local port buffering on the IOLAN Buffering Default Disabled View Port Buffering The string used by aa session connected to a serial port to display the port String buffer for that particular serial port Data Options Up to an 8 character string You can specify control unprintable codes by putting the decimal value in angle brackets lt gt for example Escape b is lt 027 gt b Default view Enable Remote Enables disables port buffering on a remote system When you enable this NFS Buffering option you have the ability to save the buffered data to a file s one file is created for each serial port and or send it to the Syslog host for viewing on the Syslog host s monitor Default Disabled 178 IOLAN SDS SCS STS User s Guide Version 3 4 Port Buffering NFS Host NFS Directory Encrypt Data Duplicate NFS to Syslog Add Time Stamp to Data Enable Key Stroke Buffering The NFS host that the IOLAN will send data to for its Remote Port Buffering feature The IOLAN will open a file on the NFS host for each serial port configured for Console Management and will send serial port data to be written to that file s Default None The directory and or subdirectories where the Remote Port Buffering files will be created For multiple IOLANs using the same NFS host it is recommended that each IOLAN have its own unique directory to house the remote port log files Default de
156. abled SSL TLS Overview When you configure the SSL TLS settings in the System section you are actually configuring the default SSL TLS settings you are not configuring an SSL TLS server Functionality 208 You can create an encrypted connection using SSL TLS for the following profiles TruePort TCP Sockets Terminal the user s Service must be set to SSL_Raw Serial Tunneling Virtual Modem and Modbus You can set up the IOLAN to act as an SSL TLS client or server There is an extensive selection of SSL TLS ciphers that you can configure for your SSL TLS connection see Appendix B SSL TLS Ciphers on page 327 You can also enable peer certificate validation for which you must supply the validation criteria that was used when creating the peer certificate this is case sensitive so keep that in mind when enabling this option IOLAN SDS SCS STS User s Guide Version 3 4 SSL TLS Field Descriptions SSL TLS SSL TLS settings that apply to all SSL TLS connections default SSL TLS Version Any SSL TLS Type Client C Validate Peer Certificate SSL Certificate Passphrase he v Configure the following parameters SSL TLS Version SSL TLS Type Specify whether you want to use e Any The IOLAN will try a TLSv1 connection first If that fails it will try an SSLv3 connection If that fails it will try an SSLv2 connection e TLSv1 The connection will use only TLSv1 e SSLv3 The connectio
157. access a configuration page You can often navigate the tabs in the configuration area to access all of the configuration options WebManager Logged in as admin Server Info Summary Model IOLAN SDS2 gos Version 33A1 MAC Address 00 80 d4 06 00 02 System Name System Name Tracy SDS2 Tracy SDS2 Uptime 0 Days 2 Hours 41 Minutes 11 Seconds IPv4 Address 10 10 200 25 Model IOLAN SDS2 Version 33 8 IP Address Configuration Area 101090055 MAC Address 00 80 d4 06 00 02 k System Info Navigation EasyPort Web WebManager also launches EasyPort Web which is a browser based management tool that can be used to manage clustered IOLANs Remote Power Switches RPSs power plugs and I O channels available only when an I O model is accessed EasyPort Web can also be launched by any user who can connect to the IOLAN through a web browser EasyPort Web Logged in as admin Wel to EasyPort Web elcome to LasyFo el EasyPort Web allows users to perform tasks of communicating to serial devices and provides a real time Web Manager view of all equipment connected to the IOLAN System Name Manage Serial Ports Tracy SDS2 Establish a connection to devices attached to the IOLAN or serial devices on additional IOLAN Model slaves IOLAN SDS2 Control attached Remote Power Switches RPS Version Manage VO Channels 3 3 Monitor and control individual VO interfaces IP Address 10 10 2
158. ace 53 remote 178 MIB 57 power in pin Modbus configuration overview 301 gateway settings 302 VO access 249 line settings 303 TruePort 254 mode console 38 serial 38 models Device Server 27 modem card 359 modem parameters 182 386 DB25 female 333 DB25 male 332 serial RJ45 333 power out setting jumper 341 printers 306 printing host based 307 LPD 306 RCP 307 product repair 381 IOLAN SDS SCS STS User s Guide Version 3 4 R Index R rack mount description 37 installing 39 RADIUS parameters 199 supported RADIUS parameters 319 RCP printing 307 resetting to factory defaults 298 RIP overview 91 RJ45 ethernet pinouts 335 SCS48C serial pinouts 334 serial pinouts 333 RJ45 serial power in pin 333 S SecurID parameters 203 serialmode 38 services line printer 306 signal VO 153 UDP 127 vmodem 149 sessions 193 setting an IP address ARP Ping 69 BOOTP DHCP 68 DeviceManager 66 direct connect 67 IPv6 69 signal VO general 153 SNMP VO traps 260 support MIBs 57 using 57 SSH server parameters 205 SSL certificate 221 supported models IOLAN 59 TACACS parameters 202 technical support contacting 380 online 380 product information 380 product repair 381 via the internet 380 temperature calibrating 292 terminal definitions creating 297 downloading 297 text configuration file 80 TruePort API 255 Modbus 254 TruePort utility 117 355 U UDP configuring 127 UDP VO 246
159. adecimal value in the range of 0 OxFFFF MB REG IR MIN RAW The minimum raw value ever reached on this input since the IOLAN was re started or a manual clear was issued MB REG IR MAX RAW The maximum converted value ever reached on this input since the IOLAN was re started or a manual clear was issued MB REG IR ALARM LEVEL This gives the current alarm severity level for the corresponding Analog input Severity levels range from 0 not in alarm to 5 highest alarm severity IOLAN SDS SCS STS User s Guide Version 3 4 Modbus VO Access Serial Port Coi This e H This e VRegister Descriptions section contains descriptions of serial port coils MB_REG_DI_DSR The status of the DSR input signal 1 is Active 0 is Inactive If Invert Signal is configured on 0 is Active 1 is Inactive If input is Latched returns latched status MB REG DI DSR ALARM STATE The alarm state of DSR input signal 1 is In Alarm state 0 is Not in Alarm state A write of any value clears the alarm state MB REG DI DCD The status of DCD line 1 is Active 0 is Inactive If Invert Signal is configured on 0 is Active is Inactive MB REG DI DCD ALARM S STATE The alarm state of DCD input signal 1 is in Alarm state 0 is Not in Alarm state A write of any value clears the alarm state MB REG DI CTS The status of CTS input signal 1 is Active 0 is Inactive If Invert Signal is configured on 0 is Active is Inactive
160. al port that accesses a printer using RCP do the following 1 Set the serial port to Printer and configure the Speed Flow Control Stop Bits Parity and Bits parameters so that they match the printer s port settings 2 Save your settings and restart the serial port 3 To execute a print job use the following syntax rcp lt filename gt lt ip_address gt lt IOLAN_Name gt p lt gt where lt gt is the IOLAN serial port number 10000 serial port number Remote Printing Using Host Based Print Handling Software Printers connected to the IOLAN can be accessed by TCP IP hosts using print handling software 1 Set the serial port to TCP Sockets Enable the Listen for connection option On the Hardware tab configure the Speed Flow Control Stop Bits Parity and Bits parameters so that they match the printer s port settings Save your settings and restart the serial port 3 The print handling software needs to know the Name of the IOLAN and the TCP Port number assigned to the printer serial port 307 Configuring a Virtual Private Network Configuring a Virtual Private Network You can configure the IOLAN to act as a Virtual Private Network VPN gateway using the IPsec protocol Any of the following scenarios can be configured using one IOLAN and a host server running IPsec software or two IOLANSs each acting as the VPN gateway All the examples have NAT Traversal NAT_T enabled since both VPN gateways are run
161. al value or identifier that you should use or that is used in a code example subscribe project subject run yourcode exec The italicized portion of these examples shows the typeface used for variables that are placeholders for values you specify This is found in regular text and in code examples as shown Instead of entering project you enter your own value such as stock trader and for yourcode enter the name of your program File Save This typeface and comma indicates a path you should follow through the menus In this example you select Save from the File menu IOLAN User s Guide This typeface indicates a book or document title See About the IOLAN on page 27 for more information This indicates a cross reference to another chapter or section that you can click on to jump to that section Online Help Online help is provided in the DeviceManager You can click on the What s This button KR or 2 and then click on a field to get field level help Or you can press the F1 key to get window level help You can also get the User s Guide online by selecting Help Help Topics 26 IOLAN SDS SCS STS User s Guide Version 3 4 Introduction About the IOLAN The IOLAN is an Ethernet communications terminal server that allows serial devices to be connected directly to LANs The IOLAN can connect to a wide range of devices including Terminals for multi user UNIX systems Data acquisition equipment manufact
162. ally accept an incoming connection request Register 0 sets manual answer mode Register 1 255 auto answer mode default IOLAN SDS SCS STS User s Guide Version 3 4 329 Virtual Modem Initialization Commands Command Description Options AT amp Z1 Set command allows the user to store an IP address and port number or phone number to use when making a connection The user will issue an ATDS1 to cause the IOLAN to initiate the connection AT amp Sn Sets the behavior of IOLAN s DTR signal DSR from a DCE perspective n 0 DTR signal always high default n 2 DTR signal acts as DCD n 3 DTR signal acts as RI AT amp Rn Sets the behavior of IOLAN s RTS signal CTS from a DCE perspective If line is configured for hardware flow control the RTS is used for this purpose and the setting of this command is ignored n 0 RTS always high default n 3 RTS signal acts as DCD n 4 RTS signal acts as RI AT amp Cn Sets the behaviour of the DCD signal n 0 DCD always on n 1 DCD follows state of connection off when no connection on when TCP connection exists default AT amp F Sets the modes back to the factory defaults This is a hard coded default configuration which does not look at any user configuration ATS2 ATS12 Sets the value of the S2 register The S2 register controls which character is used to enter command mode this is th
163. along with their name and IP address When a new IOLAN is discovered on the network that has not yet been assigned an IP address it will be displayed with an IP Address of Not Configured To configure the IP address click on the IOLAN and then click the Assign IP button Assign IP Assign IP The Device Server s current IP Address Not Configured Enter the IP Address of the device o Have the Device Server automatically get a temporary IP Address Choose the method you want to use to assign an IP address to the IOLAN e Type in the IP address that you want to assign to this IOLAN e Enable the Have the IOLAN automatically get a temporary IP Address option This will turn on DHCP BOOTP so the IOLAN will attempt to get its IP address from your DHCP BOOTP server If you don t have a DHCP BOOTP server DeviceManager will temporarily assign an IP address in the range of 169 254 0 1 169 254 255 255 that will be used only for the duration of the DeviceManager IOLAN communication After you configure the IP address click the Assign IP button The refreshed list will now display the assigned IP address for the new IOLAN To connect to the IOLAN click the IOLAN entry and click OK You will be asked to supply the Admin password the factory default password is superuser 8 Authentication required Please enter the password for the admin user Password If you have a successful connection the DeviceManager will retriev
164. application that supports Telnet or SSH Ability to clear the ARP table cache For existing IOLAN customers the native IOLAN CLI to be used by entering the iolan command See your IOLAN User s Guide for information on using the IOLAN CLI Connecting to the IOLAN Using the CLI There are two ways you can access the IOLAN through the network Ethernet connection or through the serial connection If you are accessing the IOLAN through the network the IOLAN must already have a known IP address configured see Using a Direct Serial Connection to Specify an IP Address on page 67 getting started for information on configuring an IP address 52 Through the Network To connect to the IOLAN through the network to configure manage it using the CLI do the following 1 Start a Telnet or SSH session to the IOLAN s IP address for example telnet 10 10 201 100 You will get a Login prompt You can login as the admin user or as a user with Admin Level rights If the login is successful you will get a prompt that displays the IOLAN model and number of ports Login admin Password SDS2 You will see a prompt that displays the model and number of the IOLAN You are now ready to start configuring managing your IOLAN using the CLI IOLAN SDS SCS STS User s Guide Version 3 4 Menu Through the Serial Port To connect to the IOLAN through the serial port to configure manage it using the CLI or Menu see Using a Direct
165. are Troubleshooting The Power Ready LED stays red after a boot If the IOLAN Power Ready LED is red and stays red for over 10 seconds you have a hardware problem that might to require factory service First try the following In Console mode for desktop models or viewing the Console port in rack mount models see if you need to reload the firmware which can be found either on the CD ROM that came with the IOLAN or on the Perle website www perle com downloads serial shtml If the bootloader option does not appear when you reboot the IOLAN to load new firmware you need to make arrangements to return the IOLAN If you purchased the IOLAN less than 30 days before this problem appears contact your distributor otherwise see the Perle web site www Perle com for factory service information Note no factory service can be performed on IOLANs that have not been registered The Power Ready LED on a rack mount model flashes red Good Boot When the IOLAN cycles through a good boot the Power Ready LED cycles for several seconds and then stays a solid green Noncritical Error Boot When the IOLAN cycles through a boot and a noncritical error occurs such as a bad port the Power Ready LED will flash red briefly before displaying a solid green You should reboot the IOLAN while monitoring the Console port to view the error information Critical Error Boot When the IOLAN cycles through a boot and a critical error occurs such as corrupted firm
166. assword V3 Read Only Specify the read only user s privacy algorithm encryption Privacy Algorithm Data Options DES AES Default DES V3 Read Only Type in the read only user s privacy password Privacy Password V3 Read Only Retype the privacy password Confirm Password Trap The trap receiver is the network management system NMS that should receive the SNMP traps This NMS must have the same SNMP community string as the trap sender Internet Address Defines the hosts by IP address that will receive trap messages generated by the IOLAN Up to four trap hosts can be defined Overview You can set standard and summer time daylight savings time in the IOLAN You can specify the summer time settings as absolute on a fixed date and time or relative on something like the third day of the third week at this time in June Functionality The IOLAN has a real time internal clock allowing the date and time to be set and viewed It will maintain the time over a short power outage and after reboots of the IOLAN If you do not set the time it will start the clock at the factory set time When you set the IOLAN s time the connection method and time zone settings can affect the actual internal clock time that is being set For example if you are connecting to the IOLAN through the DeviceManager and your PC s time zone is set to Pacific Standard Time GMT 8 00 and the IOLAN s time zone is set to Eastern Standard Time GMT 5 00
167. ata Options Two characters asterisk works as a wildcard An entry for the state province for example IL This field is case sensitive in order to successfully match the information in the remote X 509 certificate Data Options Maximum 128 characters asterisk works as a wildcard An entry for the location for example Chicago This field is case sensitive in order to successfully match the information in the remote X 509 certificate Data Options Maximum 128 characters asterisk works as a wildcard An entry for the organization for example Accounting This field is case sensitive in order to successfully match the information in the remote X 509 certificate Data Options Maximum 64 characters asterisk works as a wildcard An entry for the unit in the organization for example Payroll This field is case sensitive in order to successfully match the information in the remote X 509 certificate Data Options Maximum 64 characters asterisk works as a wildcard An entry for common name for example the host name or fully qualified domain name This field is case sensitive in order to successfully match the information in the remote X 509 certificate Data Options Maximum 64 characters asterisk works as a wildcard An entry for an email address for example acct anycompany com This field is case sensitive in order to successfully match the information in the remote X 509 certificate Data Options Ma
168. ate Map your TruePort baud rate running on the application software to the Actual baud rate baud rate on the serial port TruePort Actual Baud Rate 50 57600 E 75 75 v 110 115200 ei 134 230400 v 150 150 v 200 200 v 300 300 v 600 600 u 1200 1200 v 1800 1800 sl 2400 2400 EI 4800 4800 E 9600 am ei 18200 19200 v 38400 38400 v Configure the following parameter Actual Baud Rate The actual baud rate that runs between the IOLAN and the connected serial device Range 50 230400 you can also specify a custom baud rate 183 Advanced 184 IOLAN SDS SCS STS User s Guide Version 3 4 Configuring Users Introduction You can configure up to four users in the IOLAN s local user database for all DS SDS and STS 1 port to 4 port desktop models in addition Ma Configuration to the Admin user You can configure up to 48 users in the IOLAN s Gam Network local user database for all STS SCS and SDS rack mount models in fases addition to the Admin user A user can even represent a device like a di Serial barcode reader or a card swipe device that you want to be a Serial Ports authenticated D Port Buffering When users are connecting to the IOLAN via serial ports the user 2 Advanced database can be used to D S e Have the user authenticated prior to establishing a connection to a network host e Establish a different connection type to the host specific to each user Create a profile
169. ate connection parameters General Advanced Hardware TruePort Settings TCP Port Email Alert Packet Forwarding SSL TLS None v Connect to Multiple Hosts Listen for connection Client Initiated Connection Configure the following parameters Connect to remote system Host Name TCP Port Connect to Multiple Hosts Define Additional Hosts Button Listen for Connection TCP Port Allow Multiple Hosts to Connect When enabled the IOLAN initiates communication to the TruePort client Default Enabled The configured host that the IOLAN will connect to must be running TruePort Default None The TCP Port that the IOLAN will use to communicate through to the TruePort client Default 10001 for serial port 1 then increments by one for each serial port When enabled the IOLAN will establish a connection to multiple clients Hosts When using the multiple hosts feature all TruePort clients must be running in Lite mode Default Disabled Click this button to define the hosts that this serial port will connect to This button is also used to define the Primary Backup host functionality See Adding Editing Additional TruePort Hosts on page 119 for more information When enabled the IOLAN will wait for connections to be initiated by the TruePort Client Default Disabled The TCP Port that the IOLAN will use to communicate through to the TruePort client Default 10001 f
170. ated files 2 Copy the language file to a host machine on the network place it in the main file system or on the main hard drive 3 Either use the TFTP defaults in the IOLAN or configure as necessary TFTP in the IOLAN 4 Inthe CLI of the IOLAN enter the host IP address and file name for example netload customlang 172 16 4 1 temp Iolan_ds_French txt The IOLAN will download the language file via TFTP In DeviceManager select Tools Advanced Custom Files and then select Download Custom Language File and browse to the language file In WebManager select Administration Custom Files and then specify the Custom Language File option and browse to the language file 5 To set an individual user to the new language go to the Users menu and in the Language field select Customlang In the CLI only you can set individual users or all users to the new language see the set user command 295 Language Support 6 The user will see the change of language when he she logs out Main Menu Sessions Menu Logout and logs back into the IOLAN If as Admin user you change your language setting to Customlang you will see the text menus display in the new language when you save and exit the Change User form Users with Level Normal can also change their display language Translation Guidance To help you with your translation of supplied ASCII text language files we offer the following guidance e The IOLAN will support languages o
171. ation Protocol Direct Connection Ethernet Fixed Callback Local Authentication LPD Modem Initialization String MOTD Multicast NAK Negative Acknowledgment An Internet protocol that enables a diskless workstation to discover its own IP address the IP address of a BOOTP server on the network and a file to be loaded into memory to boot the machine This enables the workstation to boot without requiring a hard or floppy disk drive A security feature where the Device Server calls back the User at a predetermined number defined in the User s account Standard authentication protocol for PPP connections It provides a higher level of security than PAP and should be used whenever possible see PAP An SNMP community is the group that devices and management stations running SNMP belong to It helps define where information is sent A TCP IP protocol that provides static and dynamic address allocation and management Connections that bypass the Device Server enabling the user to log straight into a specific host A direct connection is recommended where a user logging in to the Device Server is not required A high speed 10Mbps 100Mbps cable technology that connects devices to a LAN using one or more sets of communication protocols A method where there is a specific number defined to callback a user Uses the user ID and password stored within the Device Server User database Line Printer Daemon A printer protocol
172. ation server Authentication is different from authorization which can restrict a user s access to the network although this can be done through the concept of creating sessions for a user see Sessions Tab on page 193 for more information Authentication ensures that the user is defined within the authentication database with the exception of using the Guest authentication option under Local Authentication which can accept any user ID as long as the user knows the configured password For external authentication the IOLAN supports RADIUS Kerberos LDAP TACACS SecurID and NIS You can specify a primary authentication method and a secondary authentication method If the primary authentication method fails cannot connect to the server or authentication fails the secondary authentication method is tried unless you enable the Only Use as backup option in which case the secondary authentication method will be tried only when the IOLAN cannot communicate with the primary authentication host This allows you to specify two different authentication methods If you do specify two different authentication methods the user will be prompted for his her username once but will be prompted for a password for each authentication method tried For example user Alfred s user ID is maintained in the secondary authentication database therefore he will be prompted for his password twice because he is not in the primary authentication database IOL
173. be established by the Workstation Server on the network Default Enabled The TCP port that the IOLAN will use to listen for incoming connections Default 10000 plus the serial port number so serial port 5 would have a default of 10005 When this option is enabled multiple hosts can connect to the serial device that is connected to this serial port Default Disabled When enabled the IOLAN initiates communication to the Workstation Server Default Disabled The configured host that the IOLAN will connect to The TCP Port that the IOLAN will use to communicate to the client Default 0 When enabled allows a serial device connected to this serial port to communicate to multiple hosts Default Disabled Click this button to define the hosts that this serial port will connect to This button is also used to define the Primary Backup host functionality If the serial port hardware parameters have been setup to monitor DSR or DCD the host session will be started once the signals are detected If no hardware signals are being monitored the IOLAN will initiate the session immediately after being powered up Default Enabled 123 Serial Port Profiles Initiate Connection Initiates a connection to the specified host when any data is received on the When any data is serial port received Default Disabled Initiate Connection Initiates a connection to the specified host only when the specified character is When lt
174. between two devices The shared secret may be any alphanumeric string Each shared secret must be configured on both client and server sides Enables authorization on the TACACS host meaning that IOLAN specific parameters set in the TACACS configuration file can be passed to the IOLAN after authentication Default Disabled Enables disables TACACS accounting Default Disabled IOLAN SDS SCS STS User s Guide Version 3 4 Authentication SecurlD Accounting Primary Host Accounting Secondary Host Accounting Port Accounting Secret Overview The primary TACACS host that is used for accounting Default None The secondary TACACS host that is used for accounting should the primary accounting TACACS host fail to respond Default None The port number that TACACS listens to for accounting requests Default 49 The TACACS shared secret is used to encrypt decrypt TACACS packets in communications between two devices The shared secret may be any alphanumeric string Each shared secret must be configured on both client and server sides If you need to reset the SecurID secret select Tools Reset Reset SecurlD Node Secret Field Descriptions SecurlD Settings Primary Master Host None Replica Slave Host UDP Port Encryption Type Legacy Configure the following parameters Primary Master Host Replica Slave Host UDP Port Encryption Type Legacy The first SecurID server t
175. ce DSLogin and the User gets Admin privileges The link layer protocol to be used by this user Determines the User Service when Service Type is set to Framed or Callback Framed Supported values are e 1 PPP e 2 SLIP The IP Address to be assigned to this user for PPP or SLIP The subnet to be assigned to this user for PPP or SLIP Attribute indicates the Maximum Transmission Unit MTU to be configured for the user when it is not negotiated by some other means such as PPP Indicates a compression protocol to be used for the PPP or SLIP link Supported value is e 1 Van Jacobson TCP IP compression Indicates the host with which the user can connect to when the Service Type is set to 1 Login or 3 Callback Login Indicates the IOLAN User Service to use to connect the user a host Supported values are e 0 Telnet e 1 Rlogin e 2 TCP Clear e 5 SSH e 6 SSL Raw 316 IOLAN SDS SCS STS User s Guide Version 3 4 RADIUS Type Name Description 16 19 20 26 27 28 96 Login TCP Port Callback Number Callback ID Vendor Specific Session Timeout Idle Timeout Framed Interface Id Indicates the TCP port with which the user is to be connected when the Service Type is set to 1 Login or 3 Callback Login Specifies the callback phone number This is the same implementation as 20 Callback ID but takes precedence if 20 is set Specifies the callback pho
176. cludes the severity level and the value that caused the alarm to trigger or clear The syslog message is associated with Level Critical Default Disabled When enabled sends an SNMP trap when an alarm is triggered or cleared The trap consists of the severity level and whether the alarm was triggered or cleared Default Disabled Advanced Analog Alarm Settings The advanced Analog Alarm Settings window expands the basic alarm settings options to up to five severity levels Analog Alarm Settings Advanced Settings Trigger Type Low Clear Mode Auto Severity Levels Trigger C Level 1 C Level 2 C Level 3 C Level 4 w Alam level s will activate when input is lower than tigger value Trigger values must decrease with each level Once activated alarm level s will remain latched until input is higher than the clear value C Level 5 lt lt Basic Configure the following parameters Trigger Type Clear Mode Level 1 5 If the Trigger Type is Low an alarm is triggered when the input drops below the specified Trigger value other severity level trigger values must decrease in value with each subsequent level If the Trigger Type is High an alarm is triggered when the input is higher than the specified Trigger value other severity level trigger values must increase in value with each subsequent level To clear an alarm the input must drop below the specified value when Trigger Type is Hig
177. connect to the IOLAN to access I O 247 VO Modbus Slave Modbus Serial Application Connected to the Serial Port Your Modbus serial application can be connected right to the IOLAN serial port to access I O Serial oS DE Power Pr PC running a Device Server g Modbus Serial VO Digital Application Dual Modbus Serial Application Connected to the Network If you want to access the I O from a LAN connection you can install TruePort on the PC running the Modbus serial application as described in TruePort I O on page 254 and connect to the IOLAN over the network PC running a Modbus Serial VO Digital Application Output Modbus TCP Application If you have a Modbus RTU or Modbus ASCII program you can access the UO by connecting to the IOLAN over the network UID 15 N Power PC running a Device Server g a VO Digital Application Output 248 IOLAN SDS SCS STS User s Guide Version 3 4 Modbus VO Access Modbus VO Access The section defines the function codes and registers you will need to access the I O through Modbus TCP Modbus serial or Modbus serial TruePort Function Codes The following function codes are supported by the IOLAN 01 read coils 03 read multiple holding registers 04 read input registers 05 write coil 06 write single register 08 diagnostics echo the request 15 force multiple coils 16 write multiple registers There are four Modbus data models
178. d Easy Config Wizard The Easy Config Wizard is a configuration wizard that will configure all the serial ports on your IOLAN to one of the following Console Management TruePort Virtual COM Port TCP Sockets Raw TCP Terminal Printer not supported on DS1 TS2 models Serial Tunneling You can launch the Easy Config Wizard from the Perle website or from the installation CD ROM FasyConfig Welcome to EasyConfig perle EasyConfig Wizard discovers and configures IOLAN on a local network to one of the following profiles Discover a Configure Raw TCP Download Configuration For more advanced configurations use WebManager or DeviceManager The Easy Config Wizard has been designed to walk you through the configuration process for any of the available configuration options shown on the Welcome window Configuration Methods 45 DeviceManager DeviceManager Overview The DeviceManager is a Windows based application that can be used to connect to the IOLAN to actively manage and configure it or can create new IOLAN configurations offline See Chapter 5 Using DeviceManager and WebManager on page 73 for information on configuring managing the IOLAN with DeviceManager Access Platforms The DeviceManager can be run from Windows 98 NT 2000 ME Server 2003 XP Vista DeviceManager can be installed from the product CD ROM or downloaded from the Perle website Unless the IOLAN has already been configure
179. d 1 Device type Service type N A Inactivity N A Phone number Login script N A Service type e Inactivity e Login script When you select access Remote site devices the following fields are not available on the Remote Site Device Screen Administrator REMOTE SITE DEVICES SCREEN REMOTE ADMIN Type IP Addresses Src Addr N A Dst Addr N A Modem Config 1 Dial Comm N A Hang Up N A PPP Configuration Dialer Configuration Restart timer 3 Dial Timeout 45 Max Retries 10 Dial Retries 2 Inactivity 0 IP Address Src Address IP Address Dst Address Modem Dial Comm Modem Hang Up IOLAN SDS SCS STS User s Guide Version 3 4 IOLAN Interface When you select server the following fields are not available on the Server Configuration menu Administrator Name IP address Subnet mask Ethernet address Language Identification Lock Password limit CR to initiate SNAP encoding Boot host Boot file Init file MOTD file Domain name Name server WINS server SERVER CONFIGURATION wchiewsds2 1 172 16 22 7 1 255 255 0 0 1 00 80 d4 88 88 88 English Disabled 3 N A N A REMOTE ADMIN Debug mode N A Ethernet speed AUTO 1 Boot diagnostics N A N A e Debug mode e CR to initiate e SNAP encoding e Boot diagnostics e NS Port A new parameter was added Interface to the to Port S
180. d otherwise input is sent every time a key is pressed Default Disabled When enabled maps carriage returns CR to carriage return line feed CRLF Default Disabled Defines the interrupt character Typing the interrupt character interrupts the current process This value is in hexadecimal Default 3 ASCII value C Defines the quit character Typing the quit character closes and exits the current telnet session This value is in hexadecimal Default 1c ASCII value FS Defines the end of file character When Enable Line Mode is enabled entering the EOF character as the first character on a line sends the character to the remote host This value is in hexadecimal Default 4 ASCII value AD Defines the erase character When Line Mode is Off typing the erase character erases one character This value is in hexadecimal Default 8 ASCII value H Defines the echo character When Line Mode is On typing the echo character echoes the text locally and sends only completed lines to the host This value is in hexadecimal Default 5 ASCII value E IOLAN SDS SCS STS User s Guide Version 3 4 Serial Port Profiles Escape Defines the escape character Returns you to the command line mode This value is in hexadecimal Default 1d ASCII value GS Rlogin Settings The Rlogin settings apply when the User Service is set to Rlogin or the Terminal profile has Require Login selected and specifies an Rlogin conn
181. d Ctrl L for up down left and right respectively When switching from a session back to the text menus both screen images are superimposed Press Ar to redraw the screen INIT Error in terminal file lt filename gt e This error indicates that you have exceeded the 80 character limit for one or more of the terminal capabilities defined in the reported file INIT Error on line n in terminal file lt filename gt e You have omitted the sign from the reported line 376 IOLAN SDS SCS STS User s Guide Version 3 4 Unknown IP Address Unknown IP Address You have already configured the IOLAN and you do know your password and have lost misconfigured or don t know the IP address of the IOLAN so you cannot obtain a successful login e Ifthe IOLAN resides within the local network segment you can use DeviceManager to find the IOLAN e You can connect directly to the serial port of the IOLAN as explained in Using a Direct Serial Connection to Specify an IP Address on page 67 DHCP BOOTP Problems Messages host name too longor filename too long e The IOLAN can only accept host names of 14 characters or file names of 64 characters so verify that you are not attempting to pass a string that is longer than those maximums DHCP or BOOTP have been set up to configure my IOLAN but does not seem to have done anything e Check that the server DHCP BOOTP service is set to on if not set it to on and reboot Check that
182. d Descriptions AA EE ER EN 201 1 2 107 e 202 RO AO Re 202 Field DSS MOTO INS arena ehe 202 SOGUEID iu a a aan an nanann a 203 ONEVIEW ee ee eee 203 Field Descriptions una ee een 203 INS EE 204 Field Descriptions ass ee Ee Ee ee ee ee 204 ES MEE RE EE EE EE ER 205 EE 205 ige do N EE Ed IE AE 205 Users Logging into the IOLAN Using GH 205 Users Passing Through the IOLAN Using SSH Dir Sil 206 Field DescriplionS sesde oe EK NAR WE NAN Ge ANKE ER N GN AN de EE Ee Ee AK AN Ken ee 207 Ee 208 OVERVIEW EE N EE an ainara 208 F RCHONAI Yen 208 Field Descriptions urusssusanienuasananannnnnannannan dk N Ke ae aiani kk ad ie N 209 Cipher Suite Field Descriptions EE SEKER see 210 Adding Editing tele EE 211 Validation Criteria Field Descriptions sesse ee ee ee ee 212 12 IOLAN SDS SCS STS User s Guide Version 3 4 Table of Contents EE EE EE ER ARE DEE 213 BR EE SE RE EE N EE DE N 213 Functionality OO RE en 213 IKE Phase 1 Eppes is ae ee 213 ESP Phase 2 Proppeal uas De eN EV SEED a 213 ele UE 214 Adding Editing the IPsec Tunnel sesse EER RE RR EER REGEER EE 215 Remote Validation Criteria Field Descrptons 218 SEINES inne 219 DVETVIEW en 219 el UE 219 Field Deseriplions ne Res Rd Se Ek GR DU de eN N eN 219 Keys and Certificates nn 221 Chapter 10 Configuring VO Interfaces uuuuuuunner 223 Idee Le ld ie dio EE N EE eeaeee neisa GEA ESERE REE 223 SENINGS een 224 OVERVIEW nk
183. d in both managers you need to reboot the IOLAN Managing the IOLAN Most of the management tasks such as setting the time date downloading keys certificates downloading firmware downloading custom files resetting serial ports etc are found under the Tools menu option in the DeviceManager and under Administration in WebManager 80 IOLAN SDS SCS STS User s Guide Version 3 4 Network Settings Introduction The Network section is used to configure the parameters that identify the IOLAN within the network and how the IOLAN accesses hosts on the E H Configuration network The following configuration windows are available aa ed e IP Settings This window sets up IOLAN s name IP address and ur Ethernet information See IP Settings on page 82 for more information e Advanced This window configures hosts that the IOLAN will be communicating with routes DNS WINS servers RIP and Dynamic DNS See Advanced on page 86 for more information on these options IOLAN SDS SCS STS User s Guide Version 3 4 81 IP Settings IP Settings IP Settings 82 Overview The parameters in IP settings are used to access the IOLAN and are how the IOLAN accesses the network Field Descriptions u IP Settings Advanced System Name localhost Domain Ethernet LAN Settings Interface 1 Interface 2 Obtain IP address automatically using DHCP BOOTP Obtain IP address automatically using D
184. d power cords specific to your country that should be used to power the IOLAN unit Getting to Know Your IOLAN Overview This section describes the hardware components found on your IOLAN unit All IOL ANS have the same basic hardware components to allow you to connect to serial devices connect to the network monitor LAN and serial activity and manage the unit Below is a list of these components e Serial Port s Connector s that will be used to connect to a serial device e Activity This LED flashes to indicate LAN activity e Link10 100 This LED indicates the Ethernet connection speed for desktop models Green 10 Mbits Yellow 100 Mbits Off no LAN connection e Link10 100 1000 This LED indicates the Ethernet connection speed for rack mount models Green 10 100 Mbits Yellow 1000 Mbits Off no LAN connection e Power Ready This LED can cycle through several colors yellow green red during a boot process but should complete with a green light When the IOLAN has completed the power up cycle the LED will be steady green on rack mount modes On desktop models if the LED is green after power up but continues to cycle on and off flashes green this indicates that the console switch is in the on position You can learn more about the Power Ready LED in Hardware Troubleshooting on page 373 e External Power Supply This can be an external AC power supply DC terminal or power cord depen
185. d serial port password protection e Ability to set serial port access rights e Ability to assign users access level rights to control their access e Trusted host filtering IP filtering allowing only those hosts that have been configured in the IOLAN access to the IOLAN e Idle port timers which close a connection that has not been active for a specified period of time e Ability to individually disable network services that won t be used by the IOLAN e SSH client server connections SSH 1 and SSH 2 e SSL TLS client server data encryption TLSv1 and SSLv2 30 IOLAN SDS SCS STS User s Guide Version 3 4 Hardware and Connectivity Introduction This chapter describes how to physically set up your IOLAN unit It includes an overview of the IOLAN hardware components and how to power up the IOLAN to make sure it works correctly IOLAN Components What s Included The following components are included with your product IOLAN unit External power supply 1 2 and 4 port models only Quick Start Guide for VO models a soft copy exists on the CDROM Warranty Card A CD ROM containing documentation firmware configuration software TruePort etc IOLAN models that have an RJ45 serial connector s come with an RJ45 2 DBOF adapter Added components for rack mount models 3 CATS RJ45 Administration cable Rack mounting kit SCS models only IOLAN Cable Starter Kit see Appendix H Accessories on page 359 for pin
186. d to all users and the IOLAN Below are a couple of example scenarios for key certificate distribution Users Logging into the IOLAN Using SSH This scenario applies to serial ports configured for Console Management using the SSH protocol In the following example users are connecting to the IOLAN via SSH from the LAN Therefore the following keys need to be exchanged e Upload the IOLAN SSH Public Key to each user s host machine who is connecting and logging into the IOLAN using SSH e Download the SSH Public Key from each user s host machine who is connecting and logging into the IOLAN using SSH a Ka Device Server Mm Wun Device Server Private Key Lynn Public Key Tracy Public Key Dennis Public Key N lt SSH m Lynn H Le Device Server Public Key Ss Lynn Private Key Tracy Device Server Public Key Ee Tracy Private Key Dennis Device Server Public Key Esau Dennis Private Key 205 SSH 206 Users Passing Through the IOLAN Using SSH Dir Sil This scenario applies to serial ports configured for the Terminal profile and are required to login to the IOLAN The user s service is set to the SSH protocol therefore users first log into the IOLAN and then are connected to a specified host configured for the user when User Service SSH is selected through an SSH connection Lynn and Tracy automatically connect to the HR Server and Dennis automatical
187. d with a Gateway DeviceManager can only access IOLANs in the local subnet The DeviceManager can be accessed by only the admin user Unique Features DeviceManager supports the following unique features The ability to download the same configuration file to several IOLANs in one operation The ability to save a configuration file locally in text format in addition to the binary format The ability to create a configuration file without being connected to the IOLAN The ability to open a session to the IOLAN and download a saved configuration file to it The ability to download upload keys certificates to from the IOLAN The ability to download custom files such as new terminal definitions and a custom language files to the IOLAN Connecting to the IOLAN Using DeviceManager 46 Before you can use DeviceManager you need to install it on your Windows operating system from the IOLAN CD ROM or you can download it from the Perle website After the DeviceManager application is installed click Start All Programs Perle DeviceManager DeviceManager to start the application When you launch the DeviceManager it will scan the network for IOLANs Establish Connection to Model MAC Address IP Address Server Name Firmware Discovered IOLAN SDS2 00 80 D4 06 00 02 Not Configured localhost 3 3 Auto Refresh IOLAN SDS SCS STS User s Guide Version 3 4 DeviceManager All discovered IOLANs will be displayed on the list
188. ddress that is part of the same network or subnetwork as the remote end Do not use the IOLAN s main IP address in this field if you do so routing will not take place correctly Field Format The first 64 bits of the Interface Identifier must be zero therefore abcd abcd abcd abcd is the expected format 141 Serial Port Profiles 142 IPv6 Remote Interface Identifier ACCM MRU Authentication The remote IPv6 interface identifier of the remote end of the PPP link Choose an address that is part of the same network or subnetwork as the IOLAN If you enable Negotiate IP Address Automatically the IOLAN will ignore the remote IP address value you enter here and will allow the remote end to specify its IP address If your user is authenticated by RADIUS and the RADIUS parameter Framed Interface ID is set in the RADIUS file the IOLAN will use the value in the RADIUS file in preference to the value configured here Field Format The first 64 bits of the Interface Identifier must be zero therefore abcd abcd abcd abcd is the expected format Specifies the ACCM Asynchronous Control Character Map characters that should be escaped from the data stream Field Format This is entered as a 32 bit hexadecimal number with each bit specifying whether or not the corresponding character should be escaped The bits are specified as the most significant bit first and are numbered 31 0 Thus if bit 17 is set the 17th character shou
189. de Version 3 4 IP Settings Ethernet1 Speed and Duplex Ethernet2 Speed and Duplex Define the Ethernet connection speed desktop models can support up to 100 Mbps and rack models can support up to 1000 Mbps Data Options Auto automatically detects the Ethernet interface speed and duplex 10 Mbps Half Duplex 10 Mbps Full Duplex 100 Mbps Half Duplex 100 Mbps Full Duplex 1000 Mbps Full Duplex Default Auto Define the Ethernet connection speed available on SCS models only Data Options Auto automatically detects the Ethernet interface speed and duplex 10 Mbps Half Duplex 10 Mbps Full Duplex 100 Mbps Half Duplex 100 Mbps Full Duplex 1000 Mbps Full Duplex Default Auto 85 Advanced Advanced Host Table Overview The Host table contains the list of hosts that will be accessed by an IP address or Fully Oualified Domain Name FODN from the IOLAN This table will contain a symbolic name for the host as well as its IP address or FODN When a host entry is required elsewhere in the configuration the symbolic name will be used Functionality You can configure up to 20 hosts using IPv4 or IPv6 internet addresses on desktop IOLAN models you can configure up to 49 hosts on rack mount IOLAN models Field Descriptions Host Table Route List DNS WINS RIP Dynamic DNS Host Name Host Address Add Ed Delet IP Filtering Allow all traffic Block all traffic except to from
190. definitions 383 Device Server models 27 DeviceManager overview 46 setting an IP address 66 DHCP parameters 56 setting an IP address 68 direct connect setting an IP address 67 E EasyPort Web 75 email notification events 105 269 F factory defaults resetting to 298 H host based printing 307 IOLAN SDS SCS STS User s Guide Version 3 4 385 Index N installing IOLAN modem card 359 rack mount 39 interface IOLAN 59 VO Modbus 249 UDP 246 VO SNMP traps 260 IOLAN interface 59 CLI 52 Menu 53 NFS Decoder utility 357 port buffering 177 NIS parameters 204 O online help using 26 OpenSSH 221 IOLAN supported models 59 P IPv6 setting an IP address 69 parameters BOOTP DHCP 56 J LDAP 201 i modems 182 Jumpers NIS 204 line termination 341 port buffering 178 power out 341 RADIUS 199 setting 341 SecurID 203 SSH server 205 K TACACS 202 password keys admin default 66 HTTPS 221 IOLAN admin 59 SSH 221 lost 299 PCI slot 359 pin power in L DB25 female 333 language DB25 male 332 translating 296 upgrading firmware 296 LDAP parameters 201 line termination setting jumper 341 LPD printing 306 serial RJ45 333 pinouts DB25 female 332 DB25 male 331 DB9 male 334 335 RJ45 ethernet 335 RJ45 SCS48C serial 334 RJ45 serial 333 M port buffering 177 Decoder utility Menu Decoder utility 178 conventions 54 local 177 IOLAN 59 parameters 178 Menu IOLAN interf
191. di sad seed den es 356 Eror Eege 357 Rep EE EE EE EE U reer 357 Appendix H Accessories ees EE EE EE 359 Jude TE d ne 359 Installing a Perle PCI Card eene ees eek ee ER EER RR RR RR RR EE 359 21 Table of Contents Starter Kit Adapters Cable ees EER RR RR RR RR KEER RE EE EE RE 362 RJ45F to DB25M DTE Crossover AdapterF e sesse sesse see ee EE RE ee 362 RJ45F to DB25M DCE Modem Adapter sesse seek R ee ee RR ER KERE 363 RJ45F to DB25F DTE Crossover AdapteF esse esse e ese EE EE RE ee 364 RJ45F to DB9M DTE Crossover AdapteF sesse ee ee ee EER RR RR RR RE 365 RJ45F to DB9F DTE Crossover AdapteF sesse sesse EE EE RE ee 366 Sun Cisco RJ45M Connector Cable for Rack Mount Models 366 SCS48C SCS32C SCS16C SCS8C Starter Kit Adapters Cable 367 RJ45F to DB25M DTE Crossover AdapteF sesse ee esse ee RR RR RR RR 367 RJ45F to DB25M DCE Modem Adapter sesse ees R ee ee RR ER KERE ee 368 RJ45F to DB25F DTE Crossover AdapteF eee sees ss ee EE EE RE ee 369 RJ45F to DB9M DTE Crossover Adapter sesse eens e ese EER R Ee ee 370 RJ45F to DB9F DTE Crossover AdapteF sesse sesse ee ee EER 371 Sun Cisco Roll Over Adapter for Rack Mount Models 371 Appendix Troubleshooting 0000000000000 373 Idee te IT GD TEEN 373 Hardware Troubleshooting eers esse ee EE EER RR RR ER RR RE EE 373 COMMUNICATION ISSU
192. ding on your IOLAN model Hardware and Connectivity 33 Getting to Know Your IOLAN 1 Port 34 Console Serial Switch Found on desktop models only rack mount models have a dedicated console port this switch determines whether port 1 functions as a serial port or a console port If you have an extended temperature or I O model you will see two console switches Console Serial Switch 1 is used to determine the console serial setting for Port 1 and the Console Serial Switch 2 is not used Reset The inset RESET button will reboot the IOLAN if pushed in and released quickly It will reset the IOLAN to factory defaults if pushed in and held for more than three seconds Serial Activity e Tx Flashes with transmit serial activity There is a Tx LED for each serial port e Rx Flashes with receive serial activity There is an Rx LED for each serial port Ethernet The Ethernet connector SCS models have dual Ethernet This section describes the components found on the IOLAN 1 port models Console Serial Switch Reset External Power Supply Ethernet Power Ready Link 10 100 Activity LAN Serial Activity meer wen Serial Port The 1 port IOLAN has one serial connection that is one of the following connectors DB25 male DB25 female RJ45 or DB9 male IOLAN SDS SCS STS User s Guide Version 3 4 Getting to Know Your IOLAN 2 Port This section describes the components found on the IOLAN
193. does not timeout Corrupt data e Check your line settings baud rate stop bits etc Missing data Verify that the same type of flow control is set in both your terminal and on the IOLAN s port Error message not permitted on a dumb terminal after typing the CLI command screen e Set your Line to Termtype VT100 ANSI or WYSE60 or other form of terminal emulation if you have downloaded one The default line type in the IOLAN is Dumb which does not support the graphics characters necessary to view the text based menus Screen corruption when using the text based menu system Verify that the terminal setup in the IOLAN matches your terminal Verify that entries in the term file match your terminal setup e If using a PC computer verify that the type of terminal emulation selected in your application matches those supported by the IOLAN When using the function keys on your keyboard nothing happens or your sessions keep swapping e Change your Hotkey Prefix character The function keys on the keyboards of some terminals like WYSE60 send character sequences which begin with a unfortunately a is also the default Hotkey Prefix which you use to switch between sessions A valid alternative would be Ab hex 02 If you are the system administrator you can change any user s Hotkey Prefix character When using a downloaded terminal definition you are having problems using arrow keys e Use Ctrl K Ctrl J Ctrl H an
194. dy be configured with a known IP address see Setting Up the Network on page 66 to configure an IP address on your IOLAN To connect to the IOLAN through the WebManager 1 Open your web browser and type in the IP address of the IOLAN that you want to manage configure and press Enter for example http 123 123 123 123 2 If you successfully connect to the IOLAN a login screen will appear localhost IOLAN SDS2 Version 3 3 A1 Username admin Password Login Secure Login 3 If you are accessing the IOLAN in non secure HTTP just type in the Admin password the factory default password is superuser If the IOLAN has already been configured for secure access mode HTTPS select the For a Secure Login Click Here link and then type in the Admin password 50 IOLAN SDS SCS STS User s Guide Version 3 4 WebManager Using WebManager After you have successfully logged into WebManager you will see the following Configuration Services C Network a Serial B Users gt C Security B Clustering C System Network Security Clustering System WebManager IP Settings Ethernet Settings Routing tables etc Serial Port Profile Serial Port Hardware setup Local user database Authentication SSH SSL TLS and IOLAN services Single view of multiple IOLANs System settings IOLAN management and Alerts Users Guide www perle com Logged in as admin Logout EasyPo
195. e Interval Enable Roaming Callback Complete this field only if you have specified PAP or CHAP security protocols in the Security field and you wish to dedicate this line to a single remote user and this user will be authenticated by the IOLAN or you are using the IOLAN as a router back to back with another IOLAN Remote password means the following e When PAP is specified this is the password the IOLAN will use to authenticate the remote device e When CHAP is specified this is the secret password known to both ends of the link upon which responses to challenges will be based Remote Password is the opposite of the parameter Password Your IOLAN will only authenticate the remote device when PAP or CHAP is operating Field Format You can enter a maximum of 16 alphanumeric characters The timeout in minutes during which successful PAP or CHAP authentication must take place when PAP or CHAP are specified If the timer expires before the remote end has been authenticated successfully the link will be terminated Range 1 255 Default 1 minute The interval in minutes for which the IOLAN will issue a CHAP re challenge to the remote end During CHAP authentication an initial CHAP challenge takes place and is unrelated to CHAP re challenges The initial challenge takes place even if re challenges are disabled Some PPP client software does not work with CHAP re challenges so you might want to leave the paramete
196. e Default A route that provides general access beyond your local network e Host A route defined for accessing a specific host external to your local network e Network A route defined for accessing a specific network external to your local network You can specify up to 20 routes on desktop IOLAN models you can specify up to 49 routes on rack mount IOLAN models Field Descriptions Host Table Route List DNS WINS RIP Dynamic DNS Destination Network Mask Type Gateway Add The following buttons are available on this window Add Button Adds a route to the Route List Edit Button Changes an existing route in the Route List Delete Button Deletes a route from the Route List IOLAN SDS SCS STS User s Guide Version 3 4 Advanced Adding Editing Routes From the Route List tab if you click the Add or Edit button you will be able to add a new or edit an existing route Destination Type Host O Network Default IP Address Gateway Host Configure the appropriate parameters Type Specify the type of route you want to configure Data Options e Host A route defined for accessing a specific host external to your local network e Network A route defined for accessing a specific network external to your local network e Default A route which provides general access beyond your local network Default Default IP Address When the route Type is defined as Host this field will contai
197. e IOLAN s Date and Time Resetting Calibration Data You can reset the I O channels calibrations to the factory calibrations in DeviceManager by selecting Tools VO Channels Reset Calibrate Data or in WebManager by selecting Administration Reset VO Calibration Setting the IOLAN s Date and Time When you set the IOLAN s time the connection method and time zone settings can affect the actual internal clock time that is being set For example if you are connecting to the IOLAN through the DeviceManager and your PC s time zone is set to Pacific Standard Time GMT 8 00 and the IOLAN s time zone is set to Eastern Standard Time GMT 5 00 the IOLAN s time is actually three hours ahead of your PC s time Therefore if you set the IOLAN s time to 2 30 pm in the DeviceManager the IOLAN s actual internal clock time is 5 30 pm This is the only configuration method that interprets the time and converts it between time zones as necessary All other configuration methods set the IOLAN s internal clock time to the time specified with no interpretation To set the IOLAN s system clock in DeviceManager select Tools Advanced Set Unit Time Date The Set Date Time window is displayed Set Date Time Eastern Standard Time Date E 20 2007 Time 11 09 39 AM v Use the PC s Date Time Set Date Time Configure the following parameters Date The IOLAN s date The format of the IOLAN s date is de
198. e IP address Using DeviceManager 66 To use the DeviceManager you must first install it on a Windows operating system The DeviceManager is able to automatically discover all IOLANs on your local network even if they have not yet been assigned an IP address If routers on the network have been setup to propagate multicasts DeviceManager will also be able to discover IOLANs in other networks The DeviceManager installation wizard can be found on the CD ROM included in the IOLAN package 1 Connect the IOLAN to the network 2 Power on the IOLAN 3 From the CD ROM that was included in the IOLAN packaging select the DeviceManager link 4 Click on the link under Location and click Open to automatically start the DeviceManager installation 5 Install the DeviceManager by following the installation wizard On the last window check the Yes I want to launch DeviceManager now box and click the Finish button 6 When you launch the DeviceManager it will automatically scan the local network and display any IOLANs that it can find 7 Any IOLAN that does not have an IP address will be displayed as Not Configured with the Model and MAC Address to identify the IOLAN Highlight the IOLAN that you want to assign an IP address to and click the Assign IP button 8 Choose the method you want to use to assign an IP address to the IOLAN e Type in the IP address that you want to assign to this IOLAN e Enable the Have the IOLAN automatically
199. e Network 4 Use a utility for example Openswan s newhostkey showhostkey utilities to generate the RSA signature public key Copy the public key portion to a file using the following format lt description gt lt keydata gt or just lt keydata gt For example RSA 1024 bits scs48_vpn Tue Jan 3 15 29 33 2006 leftrsasigkey 0sAQ0EmzSTdNv1ZUIW9UmPtUY8 4gM5AGEAOq 9gUwE qnOUSES fnuX1xPet Mctuf XYvglvxYZOXhdIhl1FwFeelOLYRvD447m7jriMFjJfheMUtHAOZhvwWSE18ZfGEXNOo7yagZaLz jxu9 XJIA2SAGV LL3epP qW2 V5ORxVrf 7uWn7 I 5FQ Note that the pound sign indicates a comment line and all characters in that line are ignored The key value itself should not have an carriage returns In the DeviceManager select Tools Advanced Keys and Certificates In the WebManager select Tools Administration Keys Certificates Download the RSA signature file to the DeviceManager specifying the IPsec tunnel it s for Keys and Certificates Key Certificate Download IPsec RSA Public Key x File Name C serial_devices_rsa_sig txt IPsec Tunnel Name Serial_Devices Y OK Cancel In the same Keys and Certificates window upload the IOLAN s RSA signature public key Keys and Certificates Key Certificate Upload IPsec RSA Public Key x File Name serial_devices_rsa_pub_key txt a m Install the IOLAN s public key in the remote VPN gateway for the Serial_Devices IPsec tunnel 309 Confi
200. e The path and file name relative to the default path of your TFTP server software of the configuration file for the IOLAN that will be loaded when the IOLAN is rebooted 279 Management 280 Message of the Day MOTD Tab Field Descriptions You must have a TFTP server running on any host that you are uploading or downloading files to from when using TFTP When you specify the file path the path must be relative to the default path set in your TFTP server software You can download a MOTD file to the IOLAN in the DeviceManager by selecting Tools Advanced Custom Files and then selecting the Download Other File option and browse to the MOTD file In WebManager select Administration Custom Files and select the Other File option and browse to the MOTD file After the MOTD is downloaded to the IOLAN you must specify the MOTD file name in the Filename field to access it as the message of the day no TFTP Host parameter is required when the file is internal Login Bootup Files Message of the Day MOTD TFTP Console Port TFTP Host Filename Configure the following parameters TFTP Host The host that the IOLAN will be getting the Message of the Day file from Filename The path and file name relative to the default path of your TFTP server software of the file that contains a string that is displayed when a user connects to the IOLAN The IOLAN will look for the file internally it must already be downloaded if
201. e e T O Interface e Power over Ethernet e e Power Supply External AC D e e e Internal AC D e oe DC D e Dedicated Console Port e e e 28 IOLAN SDS SCS STS User s Guide Version 3 4 IOLAN Features Software This section describes the supported software features available Accessing the IOLAN All IOLAN models can be accessed through any of the following methods Easy Config Wizard an easy configuration wizard that allows you to quickly setup the IOLAN in a Windows environment DeviceManager a fully functional Windows 98 NT 2000 ME Server 2003 XP Vista configuration management tool WebManager a web browser HTTP HTTPS option for configuring managing the IOLAN Menu a window oriented menu interface for configuration and user access CLI a Command Line Interface option for configuration management and user access SNMP allowing remote configuration via SNMP as well as statistics gathering DHCP BOOTP a method of automatically updating the IOLAN IOLAN interface for IOLAN users IOLAN models with 16 ports or fewer can be configured using the IOLAN menu General Features Basic IOLAN software features are available on all IOLAN models IPv6 support Support for TCP IP and UDP protocols including telnet and raw connections Printer support via LPD and RCP Virtual modem emulation Fixed tty support for several operating systems using Perle s TruePort utility DHCP
202. e excite wire to Al the sense wire to Als and leave the fourth wire disconnected nn L o tou a a AA sa NAN OON o et 4 TT MT lt lt TT TT lt lt EI of o bel EH 2 EI Kail E 8 215 Relay Output Normally Open Contact To connect Relay channel R1 for a circuit that is normally inactive connect one wire to the COM common connector and one wire to the NO normally open connector v ovo 22022 ma N z z Normally Closed Contact To connect relay channel R1 for a circuit that is normally active connect one wire to the COM common connector and one wire to the NC normally closed connector 2 O 9 vo 0220822 RI R2 VO Wiring Diagrams 353 Wiring VO Diagrams 354 IOLAN SDS SCS STS User s Guide Version 3 4 Introduction This chapter provides information on the TruePort and Decoder utilities TruePort TruePort is a com port redirector utility for the IOLAN It can be run in two modes e TruePort Full mode This mode allows complete device control and operates exactly like a directly connected serial port It provides a complete COM port interface between the attached serial device and the network e TruePort Lite mode This mode provides a simple raw data interface between the device and the network Although the port will still operate as a COM p
203. e of the following User Service parameters Telnet Rlogin TCP Clear SSH or SSL Raw Session Timeout under the serial port Advanced settings Combination of the Enable Callback and Phone Number fields under User Advanced settings Combination of the Enable Callback and Phone Number fields under User Advanced settings RADIUS and TACACS 319 RADIUS Perle RADIUS Dictionary Example The IOLAN has defined Vendor Specific RADIUS attributes in order for the RADIUS server to be configured to support the IOLAN features of Line Access Rights and User Level These attributes have been defined in Supported RADIUS Parameters on page 315 to allow the RADIUS server to be configured for RADIUS users to have this level of configuration See below for an example of the Perle defined attributes for the RADIUS server for a 4 port IOLAN although the dictionary can contain 48 ports even if they are not all defined Perle dictionary Perle Systems Ltd http www perle com Enable by putting the line SINCLUDE dictionary perle into the main dictionary file Version 1 20 30 Nov 2005 Add new line access right values for ports up to 49 Version 1 10 11 Nov 2003 Add new line access right values Version 1 00 17 Jul 2003 original release for vendor specific field
204. e potential replacement for the default in front of the ATH command This register will hold the hex value of the escape character Any value gt 27 will disable the ability to escape into command mode Sets the value of the S12 register The 12 register controls the minimum length of idle time which must elapse between the receipt of the escape character and the A first character of the ATH sequence Units are 1 50th of a second The default is 50 1 second ATO ATD with no phone number Establishes a connection using the IP and port specified in the telephone number field ATDS1 Establishes a connection using the IP and port or phone number specified in the Phone Number field stored by the AT amp Z1 command 330 IOLAN SDS SCS STS User s Guide Version 3 4 Pinouts and Cabling Diagrams Serial Pinouts DB25 Male This section defines the pinouts for the DB25 male connection used on the 1 port IOLAN The power out pin Pin 9 is available in the SDS model only Pin 1 Pin 13 Pin 14 Pin 25 The following table provides pinout information EIA 485 EIA 485 Pinout EIA 232 EIA 422 Full Duplex Half Duplex 1 Shield Shield Shield Shield 2 out TxD 3 in RxD 4 out RTS 5 in CTS 6 in DSR 7 GND GND GND GND 8 in DCD 9 Power out Power out Power out Power out 12 Power in Power in Power in Power in 13 CTS 14 TxD TxD DATA 15 TxD TxD DATA IOLAN SDS SCS STS
205. e terminal Printer The Printer profile configures a serial port to support a serial printer that can be accessed by the network Serial Tunneling The Serial Tunneling profile configures a serial port to establish a virtual link over the network to a serial port on another IOLAN Both IOLAN serial ports must be configured for Serial Tunneling typically one serial port is configured as a Tunnel Server and the other serial port as a Tunnel Client IOLAN SDS SCS STS User s Guide Version 3 4 Setting Up the Serial Port s e Virtual Modem The Virtual Modem Vmodem profile configures a serial port to simulate a modem When the serial device connected to the IOLAN initiates a modem connection the IOLAN starts up a TCP connection to another IOLAN configured with a Virtual Modem serial port or to a host running a TCP application e Control Signal UO The Control Signal VO profile enables the use of the EIA 232 serial port signal pins to be used as assigned Digital Inputs or Digital Outputs e Modbus Gateway The Modbus Gateway profile configures a serial port to act as a Modbus Master Gateway or a Modbus Slave Gateway e Power Management The Power Management profile configures a serial port to communicate with a Remote Power Switch s RPS administration port This allows network access to the RPS and permits access to statistics and control of the RPS s power plugs e Remote Access PPP The Remote Access PPP profile confi
206. e the configuration and then display it the IOLAN s System Information and you can begin configuring the IOLAN Configuration Methods 47 DeviceManager Using DeviceManager 48 After you have successfully connected to the IOLAN you will see the following window DeviceManager localhost 10 10 200 25 Connected File Edit Tools View Window Help DOER lt lt Menu Options lcons System Info Name localhost Modet IOLAN SDS2 Firmware 3 3 Build 1 Uptime 00 23 45 MAC Address 00 80 D4 06 00 02 S ul Statistics IPv4 Address 10 10 200 25 kd Meters IPvE Address es il User S il Serial Ports S il System Navigation f Tree Configuration Info lt Download Button You navigate through the different configuration windows by selecting an option in the left hand navigation tree If double click on option that is next to a folder more navigation are displayed when you click on it i System Info HEY Network IP Settings Advanced E IP Settings Advanced System Name localhost The Network folder contains two configuration options IP Address and Advanced Notice that when the IP Address option is selected there are more navigation options in the form of the tabs IP Settings and Advanced When you have completed all your configuration changes click the Download Changes button to download the configuration to the IOLAN You must reboot the IOLAN to make those configuration cha
207. e trying each of these hosts and keeping the user waiting e Adjust RADIUS configuration specify just one host reduce Timeout and Retry values to the default or less than default You cannot progress beyond the login and password prompts when authentication is set to RADIUS e Onthe RADIUS host check the secret password you should see it displayed in clear text in the RADIUS clients file If you are unsure whether it is the same secret which you entered in the IOLAN go to the IOLAN and re enter a new secret e On the RADIUS host verify that there is only one entry for a particular user do not have multiple entries of the same user name even if the passwords are different Troubleshooting 375 Login Problems Login Problems You cannot obtain a login on any of the serial ports e Connect via the Admin port and check the settings of the front mounted ports they have probably been set to direct or silent telnet rlogin You have lost or don t know your password as Admin user e You must reset the IOLAN to its factory default settings using the Reset switch on the rear panel There is no procedure to access the IOLAN without a password Problems with Terminals The following section concerns problems with the appearance of data on your terminal screen The IOLAN logs me out after a few minutes e Check the Idle Timer value set for the user The default setting for the Idle Timer for all users is 0 seconds
208. e when Dial Out is enabled TCP Sockets Profile Overview The TCP Socket profile allows for a serial device to communicate over a TCP network The TCP connection can be initiated from a host on the network and or a serial device This is typically used with an application on a Workstation or Server that communicates to a device using a specific TCP socket This is often referred to as a RAW connection Functionality The TCP Sockets profile permits a raw connection to be established in either direction meaning that the connection can be initiated by either the Workstation Server or the IOLAN bad SCH Raw TCP Incoming Serial lt lt Data _____ gt Connection Scanner yen Bar Code en N p Ga Re P 4 Sa Cash al a Register ae Pi IOLAN Bar P System Device MN TCP Sockets POS NT 122 IOLAN SDS SCS STS User s Guide Version 3 4 Serial Port Profiles General Tab Field Descriptions General Advanced Hardware Email Alert Packet Forwarding SSL TLS TCP Socket Settings Listen for connection TCP Pot 10001 Allow Multiple Hosts to Connect C Connect to C Pemit Connections in Both Directions Configure the following parameters Listen for Connection TCP Port Allow Multiple Hosts to Connect Connect To Host Name TCP Port Connect to Multiple Hosts Define Additional Hosts Button Initiate Connection Automatically When enabled the IOLAN listens for a connection to
209. eManager and WebManager have very similar navigation methods The left hand side of the manager is the navigation tree and the center is the configuration area The DeviceManager has menu and guick access buttons whereas the WebManager has system information and some navigation options on the far right hand side DeviceManager 74 The DeviceManager uses a folder page navigation tree You can expand the folders to see the available configuration pages When you access a configuration page you can often navigate the tabs in the configuration area to access all of the configuration options DeviceManager Tracy SDS2 10 10 200 25 Connected e ge Menu Quick Access Buttons D 1 System Info Configuration Ip CO Network Ip CO Serial e Users Ip CO Security 3 Clustering Hy System Control il Statistics ji Navigation Tree System Info Name Tracy SDS2 Model IOLAN SDS2 Firmware 3 3 Build 1 Uptime 02 41 41 MAC Address 00 80 D 4 06 00 02 IPv4 Address 10 10 200 25 IPv6 Addressfes fe80 280 d4ff fe06 2 I Configuration Area Download All Changes IOLAN SDS SCS STS User s Guide Version 3 4 Navigating DeviceManager WebManager WebManager The WebManager uses a expandable collapsible buttons with folders and pages for the navigation tree You can expand the buttons to view the folders and pages to see the available configuration options When you
210. econds U Enable Callback Configure the following parameters Idle Timeout The amount of time in seconds before the IOLAN closes a connection due to inactivity The default value is 0 zero meaning that the Idle Timer will not expire the connection is open permanently The User Idle Timeout will override all other Serial Port Idle Timeout parameters Range 0 4294967 Default 0 191 Adding Editing Users Session Timeout Enable Callback Phone Number Language Hotkey Prefix The amount of time in seconds before the IOLAN forcibly closes a user s session connection The default value is 0 zero meaning that the session timer will not expire the session is open permanently or until the user logs out The User Session Timeout will override all other Serial Port Session Timeout parameters Range 0 4294967 Default 0 When enabled enter a phone number for the IOLAN to call the user back the Enable Callback parameter is unrelated to the Serial Port Remote Access PPP profile Dial parameter Note the IOLAN will allow callback only when a user is authenticated If the protocol over the link does not provide authentication there will be no callback Therefore when the Serial Port profile is set to Remote Access PPP you must use either PAP or CHAP because these protocols provide authentication The IOLAN supports another type of callback Roaming Callback which is configurable when the Serial
211. ecreasing severity levels Each time an alarm is triggered or cleared you can specify any combination of the following to be initiated e An SNMP trap An email message e A message to syslog Basic Analog Alarm Settings The basic Analog Alarm Settings window allows you to configure one severity alarm whereas the advanced window allows you to configure up to five severity alarm levels Analog Alarm Settings Basic Settings C Trigger alarm when input value is Alarm Actions Configure the following parameters Trigger alarm Specify the value that will trigger an alarm the measurement is based on the when input value is Type and Range that you specify This value must not fall within the scope of the value used to clear an alarm Clear alarm when Specify that value that will clear an alarm the measurement is based on the input value is Type and Range that you specify This value must not fall within the scope of the value used to trigger an alarm Send Email Alert When enabled sends an email alert to an email account s set up in the System settings when an alarm is triggered or cleared The email alert data includes the severity level and the value that caused the alarm to trigger or clear The Email Alert is associated with Level Critical Default Disabled 243 Channels Send Syslog Alert Send SNMP Alert When enabled sends a message to syslog when an alarm is triggered or cleared The syslog entry in
212. ection to a host Login Telnet Rlogin SSH SLIP PPP SSL TLS Terminal Type Configure the following parameter Terminal Type Type of terminal attached to this serial port for example ANSI or WYSE60 When Connect to remote system is selected the Rlogin window requires the name of the user who is connecting to the host Rlogin Configure the following parameters Terminal Type Type of terminal attached to this serial port for example ANSI or WYSE60 User This name is passed on to the specified host for the Rlogin session so that the user is only prompted for a password 137 Serial Port Profiles 138 SSH Settings The SSH settings apply when the User Service is set to SSH or the Terminal profile specifies an SSH connection to a host Login Telnet Rlogin SSH suip PPP SSL TLS Terminal Type C Verbose Mode C Enable Compression Auto Login Name Protocol SSH 1 Cipher 3DES v v SSH2 Cipher Opt1 3DES Cipher Opt2 Blowfish v Cipher Opt3 Cipher Opt4 Cipher Opt5 Arcfour wi Authentication MRSA DSA Keyboard Interactive Configure the following parameters Terminal Type Verbose Mode Enable Compression Auto Login Name Password SSH1 SSH1 Cipher SSH2 Type of terminal attached to this serial port for example ANSI or WYSE60 When enabled displays debug messages on the terminal Default
213. ed with the IP address of the Tunnel Server The TCP port that the IOLAN will use to connect to the Tunnel Server Default 10000 serial port number so serial port 5 is 10005 IOLAN SDS SCS STS User s Guide Version 3 4 Serial Port Profiles Virtual Modem Profile Overview Virtual Modem Vmodem is a feature of the IOLAN that provides a modem interface to a serial device It will respond to AT commands and provide signals in the same way that a serially attached modem would This feature is typically used when you are replacing dial up modems with the IOLAN in order to provide Ethernet network connectivity Functionality The serial port will behave in exactly the same fashion as it would if it were connected to amodem Using AT commands it can configure the modem and the issue a dial out request ATTD The IOLAN will then translate the dial request into a TCP connection and data will be begin to flow in both directions The connection can be terminated by hanging up the phone line You can also manually start a connection by typing ATD lt ip_address gt lt port_number gt and end the connection by typing ATH The ip_address can be in IPv4 or IPv6 formats and is the IP address of the receiver For example ATD123 34 23 43 10001 or you can use ATD12303402304310001 without any punctuation although you do need to add zeros where there are not three digits presents so that the IP address is 12 digits long Dial
214. elnet N A Retry Interval N A TERM Debug options N A Authentication N A Video pages 5 Map CR to CR LF No Mode Raw CLI Menu CLI Hex data N A Connection None 1 Reset Term No Secure N A Host MOTD Yes Remote Port 0 Local Port 10001 User Name only when using LPD LPR Name no longer is used as the queue name Options Rlogin Telnet Options Debug options Options Hex data Options Secure Keys Sess Access UDP Retries Access Retry Interval Access Authentication 60 IOLAN SDS SCS STS User s Guide Version 3 4 IOLAN Interface e When you select line Access the following fields are not available on the Access Menu Administrator ACCESS MENU REMOTE ADMIN TTY Name Access Authentication Mode UDP Retries Interval 1 abcd Local N A Raw N A N A 2 abcdef Local N A Raw N A N A e Authentication e UDP Retries Interval e When you select line Options the following fields are not available on the Options Menu Administrator OPTIONS MENU REMOTE ADMIN TTY Opt CR HEX Rlogin Telnet Keepalive 1 N A No N A N A No 2 N A No N A N A No Opt HEX e Rlogin Telnet Configuration Methods 61 IOLAN Interface 62 When you select access Remote access sites the following fields are not available on the Remote Access Systems Screen Administrator REMOTE ACCESS SYSTEMS SCREEN REMOTE ADMIN Sitename User name Passwor
215. els Resets the highlighted channel click on a channel to highlight it IOLAN SDS SCS STS User s Guide Version 3 4 IPsec Tunnel Control IPsec Tunnel Control You can start stop and restart all the IPsec tunnels When you start the IPsec tunnels the Boot Action configured for each IPsec tunnel is what determines its state Start Stop All IPsec Tunnels Start all IPsec tunnels Stop all IPsec tunnels Stop start all IPsec tunnels The following buttons are available Start Button Starts all IPsec VPN tunnels Stop Button Stops all IPsec VPN tunnels Restart Button Stops and then starts all IPsec VPN tunnels 287 IPsec Tunnel Control 288 IOLAN SDS SCS STS User s Guide Version 3 4 System Administration Introduction This chapter addresses the functions that the Admin user or a user with Admin Level privileges might do This chapter uses the DeviceManager as the configuration method described in most administrative functions As a general rule administrative functions are accessed from the menu bar in the DeviceManager and under the Administration option in the WebManager s navigation tree Managing Configuration Files Saving Configuration Files When you connect to the IOLAN using either DeviceManager or WebManager the IOLAN s active configuration file is loaded into the configurator To save a backup of the configuration file locally do the following e In DeviceManager select File Save As
216. en specify a delay before the output goes from inactive to active or active to inactive You can also specify a failsafe action that can either active or inactivate the Relay output when the failsafe timer is triggered see Failsafe Timer Functionality on page 227 for more information In an industrial freezer warehouse the IOLAN A4R2 is used to monitor humidity transducers which are used to help prevent freezer burn If the humidity reaches a certain percentage monitored by an Analog channel a syslog message is sent to the Monitoring Application causing the Relay channel to activate an internal freezer dehumidifier The Relay channel is deactivated when the Analog channel sends a clear syslog message to the Monitoring Application and the Relay channel is deactivated mm A4D2 Relay Relay I O Analog Monies Device Server Relay Application Industrial Freezers IOLAN SDS SCS STS User s Guide Version 3 4 Channels Field Descriptions Channel Settings Relay R2 Description Relay Settings Output Failsafe Action Configure the following parameters Description Output Pulse Mode Pulse Count Inactive Signal Width Cancel Provide a description of the channel making it easier to identify Data Options Maximum 20 characters including spaces Specify how the channel output will be handled Data Options e Manual You must manually manipulate the channel output e Pulse
217. ence in which case the user will be required to correct the interference at his her own expense EN 55022 1998 Class A Note WARNING This is a Class A product In a domestic environment this product may cause radio interference in which case the user may be required to take adequate measures Caution the IOLAN Device Server is approved for commercial use only WARNING The IOLAN Device Server SDS T models operate in an ambient air temperature above 70 C However at 70 C and above a burn hazard exists if the metal case is touched without proper hand protection Table of Contents Preface eebe 25 About TIS BOOK ese skies N ESEG ENG SEG SG GE Ge 25 Intended Audience sessie ee ee GE EG Ge ee 25 Documentation de ee EG NG EG GE GE 25 Typeface Convention en 26 Online Help a 26 Chapter 1 Introduction 444404000n0R Ran nnnnannnannnnnnnn 27 ADOBE the OLAN sede ee een ee ES EES GER RR N GO GR GEE Ge Ge 27 IOLAN Family Modelg esse nannten 27 IOLAN FeatureS GER EE GER N Ie Ee GR GR ERG Se ae oer 28 ET de TE TOOR GE nun nnnnn nun nun mann nun En nnmnnn 28 6 EE EEN 29 Accessing the IOLAN ee ee ee AA ee ee ee 29 General Features ee ee ee ee ee ee 29 Advanced Features 30 OCU NEY EE EO N EeebEdesge 30 Chapter 2 Hardware and Connectivity seed 31 Judde E TT GR AR Ke EEN 31 IOLAN Gomponenis RE R KERR RES KERE Ge Se EE EER 31 What S Inelided is id Res ae de Re Se N N da Ge Ge N AN
218. enter to login to the IOLAN Confirm Password Enter the user s password again to verify it is entered correctly 187 Adding Editing Users Level The access that a user is allowed Data Options e Admin The admin level user has total access to the IOLAN You can Create more than one admin user account but we recommend that you only have one They can monitor and configure the IOLAN Users configured with this level can access the unit either via serial Terminal Profile connection or via a network originated Telnet or SSH connection to the IOLAN e Normal The Normal level user has limited access to the IOLAN Limited CLIcommands and Menu access are available with the ability to configure the user s own configuration settings Users configured with this level can access the unit either via serial Terminal Profile connection or via a network originated Telnet or SSH connection to the IOLAN e Restricted The Restricted level user can only access predefined sessions or access the Easy Port Access menu Users configured with this level will be restricted to pre defined sessions or limited CLI commands when connecting through the serial port via the Terminal Profile The CLI commands are limited to those used for initiating a session If connection to the IOLAN is done with Telnet or SSH from the network the user will be presented with the Easy Port Access menu e Menu The menu level user will only be able to access predefined sessi
219. er IOLAN connection Click the Assign IP button Double click the IOLAN in the IOLAN List If this is the first time you are accessing the IOLAN type in the factory default Admin password superuser and click OK The DeviceManager will display a window indicating that it is trying to authenticate and connect you on the IOLAN If the authentication and connection are successful the Server Info window is displayed You are now ready to configure the IOLAN If authentication was unsuccessful try to connect to the IOLAN again you probably mistyped the password for the Admin user For more information about managing the IOLAN see Configuration Files on page 79 Using DeviceManager and WebManager 77 Using DeviceManager to Connect to the IOLAN Adding Deleting Manual IOLANs To permanently add delete the IOLAN to from the IOLAN List click the Add button The following window is displayed Add Servers Add a device to the list of available device servers on the LAN IP Address 172 16 33 151 Add Server To permanently add the IOLAN to the IOLAN list type in the IP address of the IOLAN and click the Add Server button To permanently delete the IOLAN from the IOLAN list select the IOLAN s IP address and click the Delete Server button Logging in to the IOLAN 78 To log in to the IOLAN double click on the IOLAN in the Device Server List You will be prompted for the Admin Password the default is superuser e Authent
220. er s Guide to manage the files that you have downloaded to the IOLAN For example using sample outraw program you would type outraw 192 168 2 1 10001 Acct 10001 if you were starting the application on a serial port Field Format Maximum of 80 characters IOLAN SDS SCS STS User s Guide Version 3 4 Port Buffering Port Buffering Overview The Port Buffering feature allows data activity on the IOLAN s serial ports to be held in memory for viewing at a later stage without affecting the normal operation of the serial ports Functionality Port Buffering is required by system administrators to capture important information from devices attached to the IOLAN If a device such as a Router has a problem and sends a warning message out of its console port while no one is connected the warning can be lost With Port Buffering enabled the messages will be captured in memory or in a file and can be viewed later to aid administrators in diagnosing and fixing problems Local Port Buffering Port buffer information for the serial port can be viewed after successful connection to a device on a serial port The user can toggle between communicating to the device on the serial port and viewing the port buffer data for that device by entering a the View Buffer String default view Local port buffering is limited to 256Kb and will be flushed after the IOLAN reboots To view the local port buffer for a particular serial port you must
221. er where a unique remote file is created for each serial port using the configured serial port Name for the file name If the serial port Name parameter is left blank the IOLAN will create unique files using the IOLAN s Ethernet MAC address and serial port number It is recommended that a unique NFS directory and serial port Name be configured if multiple IOLANs use the same NFS host for Remote Port Buffering The filenames will be created on the NFS host with a ENC extension to indicate data encrypted files or DAT for unencrypted files If the data is encrypted the Decoder utility application must be run on the NFS server to convert the encrypted data to a readable file for administrators to analyze The Decoder Utility can be found on your installation CDROM or on the Perle website www perle com The data that is sent to the remote buffer file is appended to the end of the file even through IOLAN reboots so you will want to create a size limit on the file on your remote NFS host to keep the buffer file size from becoming too large for your system Field Definitions Port buffering displays or logs data received on the IOLAN serial port Serial Port Data Buffering C Enable Local Buffering Enable Remote NFS Buffering NFS Host None v NFS Directory device_server portlogs Encrypt Data C Duplicate NFS to Syslog Add Time Stamp to Data C Buffering Key Stroke Configure the following parameters En
222. es if a line is looping back If enabled On random numbers are sent on the link The random numbers should be different unless the link loops back Default Disabled Use this timer to close a connection because of inactivity When the Idle Timeout expires the IOLAN will end the connection Range 0 4294967 seconds about 49 days Default 0 zero which does not timeout so the connection is permanently open Specify this option when a modem is not connected to this serial port Default Enabled IOLAN SDS SCS STS User s Guide Version 3 4 Serial Port Profiles Dial In If the device is remote and will be dialing in via modem or ISDN TA enable this parameter Default Disabled Dial Out If you want the modem to dial a number when the serial port is started enable this parameter Default Disabled MS Direct Host Specify this option when the serial port is connected to a Microsoft Guest device Default Enabled MS Direct Guest Enable this option when the serial port is connected to a Microsoft Host device Default Disabled Dial Timeout The number of seconds the IOLAN will wait to establish a connection to a remote modem Range 1 99 Default 45 seconds Dial Retry The number of times the IOLAN will attempt to re establish a connection with a remote modem Range 0 99 Default 2 Modem The name of the predefined modem that is used on this line Phone The phone number to use when Dial Out is enabled
223. es the performance of interactive traffic such as Telnet or Rlogin If your user is authenticated by the IOLAN this VJ compression value will be overridden if you have set a Framed Compression value for a user If your user is authenticated by RADIUS and the RADIUS parameter Framed Compression is set in the RADIUS file the IOLAN will use the value in the RADIUS file in preference to the value configured here Default Enabled IOLAN SDS SCS STS User s Guide Version 3 4 Serial Port Profiles PPP Settings The PPP settings apply when the User Service is set to PPP Login Telnet Rlogin SSH IPv4 Local IP Address IPv4 Remote IP Address IPv4 Subnet Mask IPv6 Local Interface Identifier IPv6 Remote Interface Identifier ACCM MRU Authentication User Password Remote User Remote Password Routing SLIP PPP SSL TLS 0 0 0 0 Configure Req Timeout 0 0 0 0 0 0 nn Configure Rea Retries Teminate Reg Timeout Terminate Reg Retries Configure NAK Retries JI 0 Authentication Timeout _ Enable Roaming Callback allenge Interval ol re L z lt CH ru Address Control Compression Protocol Compression VJ Compression Magic Negotiation IP Address Negotiation OORSEE v Configure the following parameters IPv4 Local IP Address IPv4 Remote IP Address IPv4 Subnet Mask IPv6 Local Interface Identifier The IPV4
224. ess of the IOLAN You can specify defaultroute when the IP address of the IOLAN is not always known for example when it gets its IP address from DHCP When default route is used a default gateway must be configured in the route table Network Advanced Route List tab Field Format IPv4 IPv6 FODN defaultroute Local External ID When NAT Traversal NAT_T is enabled this is IOLAN s external IP address Address or FQDN When the IOLAN is behind a NAT router this will be its public IP address Field Format IPv4 IPv6 FODN Local Next Hop The IP address of the router gateway that will forward data packets to the remote VPN if required The router gateway must reside on the same subnet at the IOLAN Leave this parameter blank if you want to use the Default Gateway configured in the IOLAN Field Format IPv4 or IPv6 address Default 0 0 0 0 Local Host Network The IP address of a specific host or the network address that the IOLAN will Address provide a VPN connection to Field Format IPv4 or IPv6 address Default 0 0 0 0 Local IPv4 Subnet The subnet mask of the local IPv4 network Keep the default value when you Mask are configuring a host to host VPN connection Default 255 255 255 255 Local IPv6 Subnet The subnet bits of the local IPv6 network Keep the default value when you are Bits configuring a host to host VPN connection Default 0 Remote IP Address The IP address or FQDN of the remote VPN peer If you want
225. etup Menu to specify whether you are setting up the serial line as a E1A 232 or EIA 422 line Configuration Methods 63 IOLAN Interface 64 IOLAN SDS SCS STS User s Guide Version 3 4 Getting Started Introduction There are several different configuration methods available to configure the IOLAN see Chapter 3 Configuration Methods on page 43 for more information This chapter describes the three main minimal configuration requirements for the IOLAN through either Easy Config Wizard cannot configure users using this method DeviceManager or WebManager 1 Setting up the network This minimally consists of configuring an IP address or enabling DHCP BOOTP Once the IOLAN has an IP address you can use any configuration method 2 Setting up the serial ports You will want to select the serial port profile that matches the serial port requirement scenario for your serial device 3 Setting up users This is an optional step which is only required when your implementation requires users to access the IOLAN and you are not using external authentication Easy Configuration Wizard The Easy Config Wizard quickly sets up the IOLAN s network configuration and all serial ports to one of the following FasyConfig Welcome to EasyConfig perle EasyConfig Wizard discovers and configures IOLAN on a local network to one of the following profiles gt Discover ara i TruePort Configure S Ter S Rew TCP Temini
226. failure e The remote site has an SSL TLS error and is sending this message with an alert message Look at the error messages on the remote end and fix the problem indicated VO Models An I O Digital or Relay controlled motor is starting stopping e Digital and Relay channels have automatically resetting fuses meaning that if the circuit gets overloaded and the fuse blows it will automatically reset when the circuit cools down An A4R2 model is starting stopping e The A4R2 model can run at 55 degrees Celsius ambient temperature when the input voltage is 22VDC or below If the input voltage exceeds 22VDC the maximum ambient temperature will drop into the range of 45 50 degrees Celsius to run successfully Troubleshooting 379 Contacting Technical Support Contacting Technical Support Making a Technical Support Query Who To Contact Note Perle offers free technical support to Perle Authorised Distributors and Registered Perle Resellers If you bought your product from a registered Perle supplier you must contact their Technical Support department they are qualified to deal with your problem Have Your Product Information Ready When you make a technical support enquiry please have the following information ready Hem Write Details Here Product Name Problem Description Your Name Company Name and Address Country Phone Number Fax Number Email Address Makin
227. following window is displayed Serial Port 1 Settings General Advanced Hardware Email Alert Packet Forwarding Terminal Settings Terminal Type PE Si Require Login Connect to remote system Protocol Host name TCP Part 0 Initiate Connection 100 IOLAN SDS SCS STS User s Guide Version 3 4 Serial Ports Click the Change Profile button to select a different serial port profile if you don t want the displayed profile Choose Serial Port Profile Profile Selection The Terminal profile configures a serial port to allow network access from a terminal connected to the IOLAN s Console Management serial port This profile is used to access predefined hosts on the network from the terminal TruePort O TEF Sockets O UDP Sockets Terminal Connect gt e 3 e N Printer gt Begleet Serial Tunneling s Ss ed Virtual Modem Terminal IOLAN Ki UNIX Linux Modbus Gateway System Power Management Remote Access PPP Remote Access SLIP Custom App Plugin As you select the different serial port profiles a short description and a picture representing a typical application of the profile is displayed When you have selected the appropriate profile for the serial port click OK and those serial port profile configuration options will be displayed Copying a Serial Port Once you configure a serial port you can copy the serial port setting
228. for RIP packets on the PPP and SLIP interfaces Values are e None RIP packets are neither received nor sent by the IOLAN e Send RIP packets can only be sent by the IOLAN e Listen RIP packets can only be received by the IOLAN e Send and Listen RIP packets are sent and received by the IOLAN Default None 190 IOLAN SDS SCS STS User s Guide Version 3 4 Adding Editing Users Enable VJ Used for User Service PPP or SLIP determines whether Van Jacobsen Compression Compression is used on the link VJ compression is a means of reducing the standard TCP IP header from 40 octets to approximately 5 octets This gives a significant performance improvement particularly when interactive applications are being used For example when the user is typing a single character can be transmitted and thus have the overhead of the full TCP IP header VJ Compression has minimal effect on other types of links such as ftp where the packets are much larger The User VJ Compression option will override the VJ Compression value set for a Serial Port Default Disabled Advanced Tab Overview The Advanced tab is used to configure those parameters that control the user session this includes session length language the hotkey used for switching between sessions access to clustered ports etc Field Descriptions User Settings General Services Advanced Sessions Serial Port Access Idle Timeout H seconds Session Timeout 0 s
229. for callback when they dial in Remote Procedure Call A type of protocol that allows a program on one computer to execute a program on a server computer Silent connections are the same as direct connections except that they are permanently established The host login prompt is displayed on the screen Logging out redisplays this prompt Silent connections unlike direct connections however make permanent use of pseudo tty resources and therefore consume host resources even when not in use A protocol for managing network devices Identifies the device s IP address which portion constitutes the network address and which portion constitutes the host address IOLAN SDS SCS STS User s Guide Version 3 4 Index A D admin default password 66 lost password 299 analog calibrating 292 API VO commands 256 356 TruePort 255 ARP Ping setting an IP address 69 authentication general 197 binary configuration file 80 BOOTP parameters 56 setting an IP address 68 C cabling EIA 232 336 calibrating analog 292 temperature 292 certificates LDAP CA list 221 SSH OpenSSH 221 SSL 221 CLI IOLAN interface 52 configuration files formats 80 connecting to the Device Server console mode 38 serial mode 38 setting IP address 44 console mode 38 DB25 pinouts female 332 male 331 power in pin female 333 male 332 DB9 male pinouts 334 335 DC power requirements 33 Decoder utility 357 default admin password 66
230. fore during and after the TruePort session When disabled the EIA 232 signals remain low inactive e TruePort Full Mode During the session the TruePort client will be control the state of these signal before and after the connection Default Enabled Enable Message of Enables disables the display of the message of the day the Day MOTD Idle Timeout Session Timeout Dial In Dial Out Default Disabled Use this timer to close a connection because of inactivity When the Idle Timeout expires the IOLAN will end the connection Default 0 seconds so the port will never timeout Range 0 4294967 seconds about 49 days Use this timer to forcibly close the session connection when the Session Timeout expires Default 0 seconds so the port will never timeout Range 0 4294967 seconds about 49 days If the device is remote and will be dialing in via modem or ISDN TA enable this parameter Default Disabled If you want the modem to dial a number when the serial port is started enable this parameter Default Disabled 121 Serial Port Profiles Dial Timeout The number of seconds the IOLAN will wait to establish a connection to a remote modem Range 1 99 Default 45 seconds Dial Retry The number of times the IOLAN will attempt to re establish a connection with a remote modem Range 0 99 Default 2 Modem The name of the predefined modem that is used on this line Phone The phone number to us
231. g a support duery via the Perle web page If you have an internet connection please send details of your problem to Technical Support using the email links provided on the Perle web site in the Support Services area Click here to access our website at the following URL http www perle com 380 IOLAN SDS SCS STS User s Guide Version 3 4 Contacting Technical Support Repair Procedure Before sending the IOLAN for repair you must contact your Perle supplier If however you bought your product directly from Perle you can contact directly Customers who are in Europe Africa or Middle East can submit repair details via a website form This form is on the Perle website www perle com in the Support Services area Click here to access our web site at the following URL http www perle com support_services rma_form asp Feedback on this Manual If you have any comments or suggestions for improving this manual please email Perle using the following address Email ptac perle com Please include the title part number and date of the manual you can find these on the title page at the front of this manual Troubleshooting 381 Contacting Technical Support 382 IOLAN SDS SCS STS User s Guide Version 3 4 Glossary This chapter provides definitions for Device Server terms BOOTP BOOTstrap Protocol Callback CHAP Challenge Handshake Authentication Protocol Community SNMP DHCP Dynamic Host Configur
232. ges to the IOLAN To do this set the Status variable to 4 If you want to discard the changes set the Status variable to 6 e 4 Indicates that the changes in the container folder are to be submitted to the IOLAN e 6 Indicates that the changes in the container folder are to be discarded If you want to save all the changes that have been submitted to the IOLAN you need to expand the adminInfo container folder and SET the adminFunction to 1 to write to FLASH To make the configuration changes take effect SET the adminFunction to 3 to reboot the IOLAN IOLAN SDS SCS STS User s Guide Version 3 4 IOLAN Interface IOLAN Interface Overview For environments that have both IOLAN and IOLAN models or for users who prefer to configure using the IOLAN Menu or CLI the IOLAN user interface is available The JIOLAN interface is supported on all IOLAN SDS SCS and STS models up to and including 16 serial ports Access Platforms The Menu is accessed by any application that supports a Telnet or SSH session to the IOLAN s IP address such as Putty SecureCRT or from a command prompt You can also access the Menu from a dumb terminal or PC connected to a serial port Connecting to the IOLAN to Use the IOLAN Interface To connect the IOLAN to using the IOLAN interface follow the directions for Connecting to the IOLAN Using the CLI on page 52 Using the IOLAN Interface After you have successfully logged in to the IOLAN yo
233. gures a serial port to allow a remote user to establish a PPP connection to the IOLAN s serial port This is typically used with a modem for dial in or dial out access to the network e Remote Access SLIP The Remote Access SLIP profile configures a serial port to allow a remote user to establish a SLIP connection to the IOLAN s serial port This is typically used with a modem for dial in or dial out access to the network e Custom Application Plugin The Custom Application Plugin profile configures a serial port to run a custom application or IOLAN plugin After you download the custom application files and specify the application name and any parameters you want to pass to it the IOLAN will execute the application when the serial port is started Each serial port profile contains all the parameters that are required to completely configure the serial port scenario represented by the profile To select a serial port profile in the DeviceManager connect through the DeviceManager to the IOLAN you are configuring and select Serial Serial Ports in the navigation pane Highlight the serial port you want to configure and then click Edit E 4B Configuration 3 9 Network B IP Settings dvanced Eg Serial 2 Serial Ports B Port Buffering H Advanced J Users H Security d Clustering d Option Card D System Serial Potts En III E bi lt W041 Name Profile
234. guring a Virtual Private Network Network to Network The following examples shows how to configure a network to network IPsec tunnel This example uses the X 509 Certificate authentication method so it includes the configuration requirements for the X 509 certificate NAT Traversal NAT_T is enabled in this example on both sides because the VPN tunnel is going private network to public network to private network Notice also that the serial devices connected to the IOLAN can be accessed by the VPN tunnel since they are included in the network configuration as part of the 172 16 45 0 subnetwork n External IP Address External IP Address n 196 15 23 56 199 15 23 56 Right E Remote VPN A i Router Gateway Left d Pe gt x EH H 172 16 45 1 172 16 45 99 192 168 45 99 5h 192 168 45 45 Unenerypted IPsec Tunnel Encrypted Data Data Unencrypted Data sl re nr 172 16 45 23 172 16 45 84 192 168 45 87 192 168 45 12 1 Configure the IPsec tunnel in the IOLAN IPsec Tunnel IPsec Tunnel Name Net to Net Authentication Method vam Certificate w Remote Validation Criteria Secret Local Device IOLAN Left Right Local Remote IP Address 172 16 45 1 IP Address 199 15 23 56 ExtemalIP 196 15 23 56 External IP Address Address NextHop 172 16 45 99 Next Hop 0 0 0 0 Host Network 172 16 45 0 Host Network 192 168 45 0 ress Add Address IPv4 Subnet 255 255 F IPv4 Subnet
235. h or go above the specified value when Trigger Type is Low Defines the Level severity settings for up to five levels If the Trigger Type is Low an alarm is triggered when the input drops below the specified Trigger value other severity level trigger values must decrease in value with each subsequent level If the Trigger Type is High an alarm is triggered when the input is higher than the specified Trigger value other severity level trigger values must increase in value with each subsequent level 244 IOLAN SDS SCS STS User s Guide Version 3 4 Channels Trigger Clear Email Syslog SNMP If the Trigger Type is Low an alarm is triggered when the input drops below the specified Trigger value other severity level trigger values must decrease in value with each subsequent level If the Trigger Type is High an alarm is triggered when the input is higher than the specified Trigger value other severity level trigger values must increase in value with each subsequent level To clear an alarm the input must drop below the specified value when Trigger Type is High or go above the specified value when Trigger Type is Low When enabled sends an email alert to an email account s set up in the System settings when an alarm is triggered or cleared The email alert data includes the severity level and the value that caused the alarm to trigger or clear The Email Alert is associated with Level Critical Default Disabled When e
236. hannels VO Channels Overview When the DeviceManager is connected to an I O model IOLAN the I O Status Control option is available You can view the I O status and manually control such options as clearing alarms clearing minimum maximum values resetting the channel s and activating deactivating output 1 0 Channel Status Channel Type Description Value Minimum Maximum Latched Yalue Alarm Al Input thermocouple 99 79 89 38 242 43 Level1 A2 Input Open 59 38 305 25 Level 0 A3 Input Open 59 38 305 25 Level 0 Ad Input Open 59 38 305 25 Level 0 1 0 Channel Control Reset Channel Clear Alarm Clear Minimum Yalue Reset All Channels Clear Maximum Value The following buttons are available Reset Channel Button Clear Alarm Button Clear Latched Input Button Clear Minimum Value Button Clear Maximum Value Button Activate Output Button Deactivate Output Button Reset All Channels Button Refresh Button Resets the highlighted channel click on a channel to highlight it Clears the alarm Note that if the condition that tripped the alarm still exists the alarm will not look like it s cleared but will reflect the appropriate alarm level severity Alarm Level 0 means that the alarm has not been triggered Clears the latched value Clears the minimum value Clears the maximum value Manually activates the channel output Manually deactivates the channel output Resets all the chann
237. hat is tried for user authentication Default None If the first SecurID server does not respond to an authentication request this is the next SecurlD server that is tried for user authentication Default None The port number that SecurlD listens to for authentication requests Default 5500 The type of encryption that will be used for SecurID server communication Data Options DES SDI Default SDI If you are running SecurlD 3 x or 4 x you need to run in Legacy Mode If you are running SecurID 5 x or above do not select Legacy Mode Default Disabled 203 Authentication NIS Field Descriptions NIS Settings NIS Domain Primary NIS Host None Configure the following parameters NIS Domain The NIS domain name Primary NIS Host The primary NIS host that is used for authentication Default None Secondary NIS Host The secondary NIS host that is used for authentication should the primary NIS host fail to respond Default None 204 IOLAN SDS SCS STS User s Guide Version 3 4 SSH SSH Overview The IOLAN contains SSH Server software that you need to configure if the IOLAN is going to be accessed via SSH If you specify more than one Authentication method and or Cipher the IOLAN will negotiate with the client and use the first authentication method and cipher that is compatible with both systems Functionality When you are using the SSH connection protocol keys need to be distribute
238. he EIA 232 signal DSR Data Set Ready should be monitored This is used with modems or any device that sends a DSR signal When it is monitored and the IOLAN detects a DSR signal the line profile is started If both Monitor DCD and Monitor DSR are enabled both signals must be detected before the line profile is started Default Disabled Specifies whether the EIA 232 signal DCD Data Carrier Detect should be monitored This is used with modems or any other device that sends a DCD signal When it is monitored and the IOLAN detects a DCD signal the line profile is started If both Monitor DCD and Monitor DSR are enabled both signals must be detected before the line profile is started Default Disabled Used with EIA 422 and EIA 485 on SDS rack mount IOLAN models specifies whether or not the line is terminated use this option when the serial port is connected to a device at the end of the serial network Default Disabled This parameter applies only to EIA 485 Half Duplex mode All characters will be echoed to the user and transmitted across the serial ports Some EIA 485 applications require local echo to be enabled in order to monitor the loopback data to determine that line contention has occurred If your application cannot handle loopback data echo suppression should be enabled Default Disabled 104 IOLAN SDS SCS STS User s Guide Version 3 4 Serial Port Profiles Email Alert Tab Field Descriptions Email notificat
239. he IOLAN Disconnecting 48V Power Supplies from the IOLAN To disconnect the power supply s from the IOLAN do the following 1 Switch off the IOLAN 2 Switch off the power source s 3 Disconnect all DC power input cables from the IOLAN terminal connector block 4 Remove any attached devices to the serial or Ethernet port s Your IOLAN is ready to be moved Hardware and Connectivity 41 Powering Up the IOLAN 42 IOLAN SDS SCS STS User s Guide Version 3 4 Configuration Methods Introduction This chapter provides information about the different methods you can use to configure the IOLAN Before you can configure the IOLAN you must assign an IP address to the IOLAN See the Chapter 4 Getting Started on page 65 to find out how to assign an IP address to the IOLAN Once an IP address is assigned to the IOLAN you can use any of the configuration methods to Configure users Configure IOLAN server parameters Configure serial port parameters Configure network parameters Configure time parameters Reboot the IOLAN Manage the Perle Remote Power Switch when applicable Manage I O channels when applicable View statistics while connected to the IOLAN IOLAN SDS SCS STS User s Guide Version 3 4 43 Configuration Methods Overview Configuration Methods Overview Some of the IOLAN configuration methods have the capability of configuring an IP address which is the first required configuration s
240. he modem connection using any of the following commands Command ATQn Description Quite mode Determines if result codes will be sent to the connected terminal Basic results codes are OK CONNECT RING NO CARRIER and ERROR Setting quite mode also suppresses the RING message for incoming calls Options n 0 no result codes will be sent n 1 result codes will be sent default ATVn ATEn Verbose mode Determines if result codes are displayed as text or numeric values Echo mode Determines whether characters sent from the serial device will be echoed back by the IOLAN when VModem is in command mode n 0 display as numeric values n 1 display as text default n 0 disable echo n 1 enable echo default ATH Hang up This command instructs the IOLAN to terminate the current session and go into command mode ATA Answer call Instructs the VModem to accept connection requests VModem will give the terminal up to 3 minutes to answer the call If the ATA is not received within 3 minutes all pending sync messages will be discarded ATIO Return the modem manufacturer name ATI3 Return the modem model name ATSO Sets the value of the SO register The SO register controls the auto answer behavior In manual mode the IOLAN will not accept incoming sessions until an ATA is issued by the serial device In auto answer mode the IOLAN will automatic
241. he plug 163 Serial Port Profiles 164 Editing Power Management Plug Settings Field Descriptions Power Management Plug Settings Plug H Name E Power Up Interval 5 v seconds Default State Ott On Mapped Port None v Configure the following parameters Plug Displays the plug number you are configuring Name Specify a name for the plug to make it easier to recognize and manage Power Up Interval Specify the amount of time in seconds that the RPS will wait before powering up a plug This can be useful if you have peripherals that need to be started in a specific order Data Options 5 1 2 5 15 30 60 120 180 300 Default 5 seconds Default State Sets the default state of the plug Data Options On Off Default Off Mapped Port When a server or router has its console port connected to one of the serial ports on this IOLAN and that server router is also powered by this RPS the server router serial port number should be entered here This will give you direct access to some RPS commands when managing that server or router using Telnet or SSH IOLAN SDS SCS STS User s Guide Version 3 4 Serial Port Profiles Remote Access PPP Profile Overview The Remote Access PPP profile configures a serial port to allow a remote user to establish a PPP connection to the IOLAN s serial port This is typically used with a modem for dial in or dial out access to the network or a wireles
242. hex value received on the serial port is recelved Default Disabled Permit When this option is enabled the connection can be initiated by either the Connections in IOLAN or a host Both Directions Default Disabled Adding Editing Additional Hosts You can define a list of hosts that the serial device will communicate to or a primary backup host Connect to Additional Hosts Define additional hosts to connect to Establish connections to all hosts on the list Host TCP Port Add Define a primary host and a backup host to connect to Configure the following parameters Define additional When this option is enabled you can define up to 49 hosts that the serial device hosts to connect to connected to this serial port will attempt communicate to With this mode of operation the IOLAN will connect to multiple hosts simultaneously Default Enabled Add Button Click the Add button to add a host to the list of hosts that will be receiving communication from the serial device connected to the IOLAN Edit Button Highlight an existing host and click the Edit button to edit a host in the list of hosts that will be receiving communication from the serial device connected to the IOLAN Delete Button Click the Delete button to delete a host to the list of hosts that will be receiving communication from the serial device connected to the IOLAN 124 IOLAN SDS SCS STS User s Guide Version 3 4 Serial Port Profiles
243. ial Port Access tab controls the user s read write access on any given IOLAN serial port This pertains to users that are connecting from the network to a serial over a Console Management type session This can be useful when you have multiple users connecting to the same serial device and you wish to control the viewing and or the write to and from the device See the Multisessions and User Authentication parameters in the Console Management Profile on page 113 for the serial port settings Field Descriptions User Settings General Services Advanced Sessions Serial Port Access Read Write Read In ReadOut dc KI KI KI KI KI 000000 IIIIIIIIIIIIII u jun ja u u u nn nn Allow Access to Clustered Ports Configure the following parameters Serial Port Access Specifies the user access rights to each IOLAN serial port device There can be multiple users connected to a particular serial device and these settings determine the rights of this user for any of the listed serial ports Data Options e Read Write The user has read and write access to the serial port e Read In The User will see data going to the serial port from all network connected users that have write privileges to this serial port e Read Out The user will have access to all data originating from the serial device Users can read data going in both directions by selecting both the Read In and Read Out options Default Read
244. ibrating Analog Input To calibrate an Analog input channel read the section that applies to the type of input you are calibrating Note that calibration will be done for the active channel configuration for example if Channel Al is set to voltage you cannot calibrate it for current The voltage range configured for this channel will also dictate what is being calibrated For example if this channel is configured for a range of 10V calibrating this channel will calibrate all channels which are configured for 10V During the calibration process you will be asked to apply the minimum and maximum configured range value to the channel for example to calibrate for voltage 10V you will be prompted to first apply 10V and then 10V to the channel Also you cannot actively calibrate disabled channels although for Voltage if you enable the channel and then set it for a range that has already been calibrated for another channel it will also be calibrated Calibrating Voltage When calibrating the IOLAN Analog input for voltage you will need a calibration meter that is better than 1 volts precision When you calibrate one channel all voltage channels are automatically calibrated for that range if another channel is set for a different range you will need to calibrate that channel separately but all channels that use that range are also automatically calibrated Calibrating Current When calibrating the IOLAN Analog input for c
245. ication required Please enter the password for the admin user Password Ce If the authentication and connection are successful the IOLAN s Server Info window is displayed If you cannot connect to the IOLAN you can highlight the IOLAN and click the Ping button to verify that the DeviceManager can communicate with the IOLAN s IP Address If the ping times out then you might need to set up a Gateway in your IOLAN or verify that your network is communicating correctly IOLAN SDS SCS STS User s Guide Version 3 4 Using WebManager to Connect to the IOLAN Using WebManager to Connect to the IOLAN WebManager can only connect to IOLANs that already have an assigned IP address To connect to the IOLAN type the IP address of the IOLAN into the Address field as such http 10 10 234 34 You will see the login screen IOLAN SDS2 Version 3 3 Tracys SDS2 Username admin Password Login Secure Login Logging into the IOLAN Type in the Admin password in the Password field and click the Login button A user who does not have admin privileges can access EasyPort Web to access clustered serial ports Perle Remote Power Switches RPS and or RPS plugs must already be configured on this IOLAN by typing their user name and password on the login screen Configuration Files Creating a New IOLAN Configuration in DeviceManager In DeviceManager when you select File New the New Configuration window is d
246. iew The IOLAN supports configuration and management through SNMP SNMP Management tools SNMP client MIB browser software can be used to set IOLAN configuration parameters and or view IOLAN statistics Before you can configure manage the IOLAN using SNMP although you need to set the IOLAN IP address and configure a read write user for SNMP version 3 or acommunity for SNMP version 1 or 2 You can use DeviceManager CLI or the Menu to set the IP address and user community don t forget to reboot the IOLAN before connecting with the SNMP manager to make your changes take effect Access Platforms You can access the IOLAN SNMP MIB from any system that runs your SNMP client MIB browser software Unique Features SNMP supports the following unique features You can configure SNMP traps e Since not all versions of SNMP support secure communication password parameters must be set using another configuration method Connecting to the IOLAN Using SNMP Before you can connect to the IOLAN through an SNMP Management tool or MIB browser you need to set the following components through another configuration method 1 Configure a known IP address on the IOLAN 2 Configure a read write user for SNMP version 3 or acommunity for SNMP version 1 or 2 on the IOLAN 3 Reboot the IOLAN to make sure the changes take effect To connect to the IOLAN through an SNMP Management tool or MIB browser do the following 1 Load the perle sds MIB f
247. iguring Clustering esse 261 INWOBUCHON N EE EE EEN 261 Clustering Slave List susse RR RR RR ee EER EER RR RR RR RR RR KEER EER EER EE 261 Dey ME EE EE OE EDE ER 261 Adding Clustering Slaves sussa ek ks Ad N AAR GR AN NA AA Se ee Rd dd 262 ST SE EE N EE EE N ER 262 ae el eis AA OR EE AE 262 Advanced Clustering Slave OptionS ee sees EER EER EE EE 263 VERENIG ei ee ee GE EE nase ee neue 263 Editing Clustering Slave Settings sees ee ee ee ee ee ee ee een 263 Chapter 12 Configuring the Option Card sesse ees 265 Jude tie die AE N HE EE EO N ennrey 265 Option Card Settings EE EE GRAS EE RGN RE RARR 265 OVEFVIEW sessies OER Ad nk 265 ele 265 Table of Contents Configuring the IOLAN Modem Card ees ees ee RE RR RE EE 265 Configuring a Wireless WAN Card esse see ee Rae RE ER Ee 266 OVEFVIEW asse NEE de ai 266 Field Deseriplions E 266 Chapter 13 Configuring the System ees EER ER RR 269 idee DT neun ee ee 269 TE OE TE N EE ects 269 Email Alerts u 269 ODI ME EE EE E E 269 Functionality EE N EE 269 Field Descriptions iss n EE een 270 SAA o 1e DE 271 KEENT 271 Field Wee lee 271 El le E tse een 272 Ee 272 KENE ee 272 Field Descriptions anne ea 272 la 274 BA EE EE AR N EE N OE ARE 274 Functionality EE RE een 274 Network Time Tab Field Descrpotons iese ee ee ee RA ee ee 275 Time Zone Summer Time Tab Field Descriptions 276 Custom App NET ed en ee 277 ONEVIEW RA ME AE ER E
248. ile from the IOLAN CD ROM or Perle website into your SNMP manager this MIB works for all SDS SCS and STS models 2 Verify that the read write user for SNMP version 3 or a community for SNMP version 1 or 2 match the configuration on the IOLAN 3 Type in the IOLAN s IP address and connect to the IOLAN You are now ready to start configuring the IOLAN using SNMP Configuration Methods 57 SNMP Using the SNMP MIB 58 After you have successfully connected to the IOLAN through your SNMP Management tool or MIB browser expand the PERLE IOLAN SDS MIB folder to see the IOLAN s parameter folders Below is an example of the configurable parameters under the Servicesinfo folder B E PERLE IOLAN SDS MIB iso org dod int H adminInfo EE serverInfo H hostsInfo ER userInfo ES portInfo EE modemInfo gt servicesInfo serviceStatus serviceDHCP serviceRouteD serviceTelnetD serviceSSHD serviceHTTPD serviceSnmpD serviceSPCD serviceSNTP serviceHTTPSD serviceSyslog serviceDeviceManagerD Lu The first variable in each folder is the Status variable for example serviceStatus When you perform a GET on this variable one of the following values will be returned e 1 Indicates that the container folder is active with no changes e 2 Indicates that the container folder is active with change s Once you have completed setting the variables in a folder you will want to submit your chan
249. ime to take effect Mode e None No summer time change e Fixed The summer time change goes into effect at the specified time every year For example April 15 at 1 00 pm e Recurring The summer time changes goes into effect every year at same relative time For example on the third week in April on a Tuesday at 1 00 pm Default None Fixed Start Date Sets the exact date and time in which the IOLAN s clock will change to summer time daylight saving time hours Fixed End Date Sets the exact date and time in which the IOLAN s clock will end summer time hours and change to standard time 276 IOLAN SDS SCS STS User s Guide Version 3 4 Management Recurring Start Sets the relative date and time in which the IOLAN s clock will change to Date summer time daylight saving time hours Sunday is considered the first day of the week Recurring End Date Sets the relative date and time in which the IOLAN s clock will end summer time hours and change to standard time Sunday is considered the first day of the week Custom App Plugin Overview You can create custom applications for the IOLAN by using the Perle SDK See the SDK Programmer s Guide the SDK and guide are found on the Perle website at www perle com downloads index shtm1 for information about the functions that are supported You must download the program and any ancillary files to the IOLAN and set the Serial Port Profile to Custom App Plugin to run a cus
250. in the IOLAN Field Format Maximum 15 alphanumeric characters including spaces Specify the IP address of the slave IOLAN in the clustering group Field Format IPv4 Specify the number of ports in the Slave IOLAN that you are adding to the clustering group Data Options 1 2 4 8 18 24 36 48 Default 1 Specify the first TCP Port number as specified in the slave IOLAN s serial port configuration on the slave host Default 10001 and increments by one for each serial port Specify the TCP port number you want to map the first slave IOLAN DS Port number to This number should not be a port number that is already in use by the master IOLAN Default 1024 and then increments by one for each new slave entry Specify the protocol that will be used to access the slave IOLAN port Data Options SSH Telnet Field Format Telnet IOLAN SDS SCS STS User s Guide Version 3 4 Clustering Slave List Advanced Clustering Slave Options Overview The Advanced button provides a means of configuring each individual serial port s name connection protocol and port association in the clustered IOLAN slave The Clustering Slave Settings window displays each clustered serial port slave entry you need to click the Edit button to configure the individual serial port settings Clustering Slave Settings Server Name accounting IP Address 1 1 1 1 Port Name Slave Port Master Port Protocol port 1 1 1 1 10001 Telnet
251. in the RADIUS file in preference to the value configured here The network subnet mask For example 255 255 0 0 If your user is authenticated by RADIUS and the RADIUS parameter Framed Netmask is set in the RADIUS file the IOLAN will use the value in the RADIUS file in preference to the value configured here IOLAN SDS SCS STS User s Guide Version 3 4 Serial Port Profiles Advanced Tab Field Descriptions General Advanced Hardware Email Alert Packet Forwarding Advanced SLIP Settings MTU 256 Routing None VJ Compression Dial Options Direct Connect Dial In Dial Out Dial Timeout Dial Retry Modem Phone 45 seconds 2 len modem ze Configure the following parameters MTU Routing VJ Compression Direct Connect The Maximum Transmission Unit MTU parameter restricts the size of individual SLIP packets being sent by the IOLAN Enter a value between 256 and 1006 bytes for example 512 The default value is 256 If your user is authenticated by the IOLAN this MTU value will be overridden when you have set a Framed MTU value for the user If your user is authenticated by RADIUS and the RADIUS parameter Framed MTU is set in the RADIUS file the IOLAN will use the value in the RADIUS file in preference to the value configured here Default 256 Determines the routing mode RIP Routing Information Protocol used on the SLIP interface as one of the following options e None
252. ing Jumpers 345 Introduction Digital VO Module IOLANs that have Digital I O have an input output jumper that must be set for each channel and must match the software configuration for each channel Depending on the model the placement of the digital VO board can change so the diagram below shows how to set jumper for any digital board To change the settings do the following 1 Detach the IOLAN from the electrical power source and disconnect everything from the box 2 Open the case by unscrewing the five side screws two on each side plus the grounding screw and lifting off the top of the case You should see the following configuration for the digital VO board Channel 2 4 J5 o Pini J3 Channel 1 3 Pm VO 3 To configure either Channel 1 or Channel 3 depending on how many Digital channels your VO supports and following the mylar channel definitions for Input jumper J3 pin 1 and 2 as shown this is the default setting To configure either Channel 2 or Channel 4 depending on how many Digital channels your I O supports and following the mylar channel definitions for Output jumper J5 pin 2 and 3 as shown 4 Close the IOLAN case by replacing the case lid and the five screws You can now power it on with the new settings 346 IOLAN SDS SCS STS User s Guide Version 3 4 Introduction Analog Input Module IOLANs that have Analog Input have a voltage current jumper that
253. install the Perle IOLAN modem card and the Perle PCI adapter card used with a wireless WAN card in your SCS rack mount model IOLAN Modem Card PCI Adapter Card The location and brackets are slightly different for the 32 port and 48 port SCS rack mount models but the basic installation concept is the same The PCI adapter card bracket is found on the serial side of the 8 port 16 port 32 port models and the LED side of the 48 port model 1 Unscrew the six screws on the top of the SCS IOLAN IOLAN SDS SCS STS User s Guide Version 3 4 359 Installing a Perle PCI Card 2 Unscrew the four screws along the bottom of the serial side of the SCS IOLAN On the SCS 8 port 16 port 32 port models this includes the screw that is at the bottom of the PCI face plate 3 Slide the top of the IOLAN off of the chassis 4 Carefully holding the bracket just behind the face plate unscrew the two screws at the top of the 8 port 16 port 32 port removable face plate or the two side screws of the 48 port removable face plate of the piece you just took off 32 port model 48 port model The 8 port 16 port 32 port models are displayed below with the face plate and bracket taken apart 5 Unscrew the screw in the bracket The 8 port 16 port 32 port bracket is shown below 6 Slide the PCI adapter card into the bracket 32 port model 48 port model 360 IOLAN SDS SCS STS User s Guide Version 3 4 Installing a Perle PCI Ca
254. ion can be set at the Server and or Line levels You can set email notification at these levels because it is possible that the person who administers the IOLAN might not be the same person who administers the serial device s attached to the IOLAN port Therefore email notification can be sent to the proper person s responsible for the hardware The following event triggers an email notification on the Serial Port for the specified Level e DSR signal loss Warning Level e LVO alerts Critical Level General Advanced Hardware Email Alert Packet Forwarding I Enable Port Email Alert C Use System Email Alert Settings Level Addressing Send More Debug To Info Notice Subject Waming ES Eror Critical From Alert L gt Emergency fer Send Less Outgoing Mail Server SMTP Configure the following parameters Enable Port Email Enable disable email alert settings for this serial port Alert Default Disabled Use System Email Determines whether you want the Serial Port to inherit the Email Alert settings Alert Settings from the System Email Alert configuration If this is enabled System and Serial Port notification events will have the same Email Alert setting Default Enabled Level Choose the event level that triggers an email notification Data Options Emergency Alert Critical Error Warning Notice Info Debug Default Emergency To An email address or list of email addresses that
255. ion provides optimal network usage while ensuring that the application performance is not compromised Select this option when you want to minimize overall packet count such as when the connection is over a WAN Default Disabled This option detects the message packet or data blocking characteristics of the serial data and preserves it throughout the communication Select this option for message based applications or serial devices that are sensitive to inter character delays within these messages Default Disabled The minimum time in milliseconds between messages that must pass before the data is forwarded by the IOLAN Range 0 65535 Default 250 ms This option allows you to define the packet forwarding rules based on the packet definition or the frame definition Default Disabled IOLAN SDS SCS STS User s Guide Version 3 4 Serial Port Profiles Packet Definition Packet Size Idle Time Enable Triggerl Character Enable Trigger Character Frame Definition SOF1 Character SOF2 Character Transmit SOF Character s When enabled this group of parameters allows you to set a variety of packet definition options The first criteria that is met causes the packet to be transmitted For example if you set a Force Transmit Timer of 1000 ms and a Packet Size of 100 bytes whichever criteria is met first is what will cause the packet to be transmitted Default Enabled The number of bytes that must be
256. ion to communicate with the IOLAN over the network to access VO data You also have the option of enabling SSL as a security option to encrypt the data that is communicated between the IOLAN and the host machine SSL TLS must be configured in the Server settings and on the TruePort host VO Access Failsafe Timer UDP Choose the method in which the 1 0 interfaces are accessed via network by an external application Enable I O Access via Modbus protocol UID 1255 Advanced Modbus Settings Available Network Access Allow Modbus TCP Application API v Allows Modbus RTU ASCI via TruePort Enable 1 0 Access via TruePort C Enable SSL Encryption Listen TCP Port 33816 Available Network Access Allow 1 0 Access via API through TruePort J UID 15 ES F Es PC running a IOLA g Modbus Serial OLAN Application VO Digital TruePort Output The host running TruePort must be in Modbus ASCII or Modbus RTU mode 254 IOLAN SDS SCS STS User s Guide Version 3 4 TruePort VO API Over TruePort Only If you have a custom application that talks to a serial port you can use TruePort as a virtual serial port to communicate with the IOLAN over the network to access I O data using the Perle API You also have the option of enabling SSL as a security option to encrypt the data that is communicated between the IOLAN and the host machine SSL TLS must be configured in the Server settings and on the TruePort h
257. ions This window is used to configure the Modbus Slaves Destination Slave IP Settings UID Start UID End Destination IP Address Protocol Port Dest Type Cancel The following buttons are available Add Button Adds an entry into the Modbus Destination Slave IP Settings table Edit Button Edits an entry in the Modbus Destination Slave IP Settings table Delete Button Deletes an entry from the Modbus Destination Slave IP Settings table Adding Editing Modbus Slave IP Settings Destination Modbus Slave IP Settings UID Stat D Destination Type IP Address Start 0 0 0 0 Protocol TEP OUDP UDP TCP Port 502 Configure the following parameters UID Start When Destination is set to Host and you have sequential Modbus Slave IP addresses for example 10 10 10 1 10 10 10 2 10 10 10 3 etc you can specify a UID range and the IOLAN will automatically increment the last digit of the configured IP address Therefore you can specify a UID range of 1 100 and the IOLAN will route Master Modbus messages to all Modbus Slaves with IP addresses of 10 10 10 1 10 10 10 100 Range 1 247 Default 0 zero 160 IOLAN SDS SCS STS User s Guide Version 3 4 Serial Port Profiles UID End Type Start IP Address End IP Address Protocol UDP TCP Port When Destination is set to Host and you have seguential Modbus Slave IP addresses for example 10 10 10 1 10 10 10 2 10 10 10 3 etc you can
258. ires the IOLAN will retry the same host up to and including the number of retry attempts Range 1 255 Default 3 seconds Kerberos Field Descriptions Kerberos Settings Realm KDC Domain KDC Port Configure the following parameters Realm The Kerberos realm is the Kerberos host domain name in upper case letters KDC Domain The name of a host running the KDC Key Distribution Center for the specified realm The host name that you specify must either be defined in the IOLAN s Host Table before the last reboot or be resolved by DNS KDC Port The port that the Kerberos server listens to for authentication requests Default 88 200 IOLAN SDS SCS STS User s Guide Version 3 4 Authentication LDAP Overview If you are using LDAP with TLS you need to download a CA list to the IOLAN that includes the certificate authority CA that signed the LDAP certificate on the LDAP host by selecting Tools Advanced Keys and Certificates See Keys and Certificates on page 221 for more information on the LDAP certificate Field Descriptions LDAP Settings Host Name Port Base C Enable TLS Configure the following parameters Host Name The name or IP address of the LDAP host If you use a host name that host must either have been defined in the IOLAN s Host Table before the last reboot or be resolved by DNS If you are using TLS you must enter the same string you used to create the LDAP certificate tha
259. is entered as a 32 bit hexadecimal number with each bit specifying whether or not the corresponding character should be escaped The bits are specified as the most significant bit first and are numbered 31 0 Thus if bit 17 is set the 17th character should be escaped that is 0x11 XON The value 000a0000 will cause the control characters 0x11 XON and 0x13 XOFF to be escaped on the link thus allowing the use of XON XOFF software flow control If you have selected Soft Flow Control on the Serial Port you must enter a value of at least 000a0000 for the ACCM Default 00000000 which means no characters will be escaped The Maximum Receive Unit MRU parameter specifies the maximum size of PPP packets that the IOLAN s port will accept If your user is authenticated by the IOLAN the MRU value will be overridden if you have set a MTU value for the user If your user is authenticated by RADIUS and the RADIUS parameter Framed MTU is set in the RADIUS file the IOLAN will use the value in the RADIUS file in preference to the value configured here Range 64 1500 bytes Default 1500 171 Serial Port Profiles 172 Configure Request Timeout Configure Request Retries Terminate Request Timeout Terminate Request Retries Configure NAK Retries Enable Address Control Compression Enable Protocol Compression Enable VJ Compression Enable Magic Negotiation Idle Timeout Direct Connect The maximum
260. isplayed New Configuration Choose the IOLAN Model e on D5 T5 Osps OstTs Oscs Select the IOLAN model for which you want to create a new configuration file Any configuration file created in this manner can only be save locally To download a created configuration file you must first connect to the IOLAN import the created configuration file into DeviceManager this is not available in WebManager and then download the configuration file to the IOLAN and reboot it Using DeviceManager and WebManager 79 Managing the IOLAN Opening an Existing Configuration File If you select the File Open a browse window is opened so you can select the configuration file you want to edit IOLAN configuration files saved in the DeviceManager can be in the IOLAN native binary format dme or as a text file txt which can be edited with a text editor Either configuration version can be imported into the DeviceManager IOLAN configuration files saved from WebManager can also be opened into DeviceManager Importing an Existing Configuration File If you have a local saved configuration file that you want to download to the IOLAN you must first connect to the IOLAN that you want to download the configuration file to Once you have successfully logged into the IOLAN in DeviceManager select Tools Import Configuration from a File and in WebManager select Administration Restore Backup You need to download the file in DeviceManager an
261. istening on UDP port 520 V IPsec listening and sending on UDP port 500 Enable disable the following options Telnet Server Telnet daemon process in the IOLAN listening on TCP port 23 Default Enabled TruePort Full The TruePort daemon process in the IOLAN that supports TruePort Full Mode Mode on UDP port 668 You can still communicate with the IOLAN in Light Mode when this service is disabled Default Enabled Syslog Client Syslog client process in the IOLAN Default Enabled Modbus Modbus daemon process in the IOLAN listening on port 502 Default Enabled SNMP SNMP daemon process in the IOLAN listening on port 161 Default Enabled 219 Services 220 DeviceManager WebManager HTTP WebManager HTTPS SSH Server SNTP Client Dynamic Routing RIP IPsec DeviceManager daemon process in the IOLAN If you disable this service you will not be able to connect to the IOLAN with the DeviceManager application The DeviceManager listens on port 33812 and sends on port 33813 Default Enabled WebManager daemon process in the IOLAN listening on port 80 Default Enabled Secure WebManager daemon process in the IOLAN listening on port 443 Default Enabled If you are using the WebManager in secure mode HTTPS you need to download the SSL TLS private key and certificate to the IOLAN You also need to set the SSL Passphrase parameter with the same password that was used to generate the key See Keys
262. ith the IOLAN emulates a local serial port COM port to the application to provide connectivity to a remote serial device over the network The TruePort profile operates in conjunction with the TruePort software Functionality TruePort is a COM port redirector utility for the IOLAN It can be run in two modes these modes will be set on the client software when it is configured e TruePort Full mode This mode allows complete device control and operates as if the device was directly connected to the Workstation Server s local serial port It provides a complete COM port interface between the attached serial device and the network All serial controls baud rate control etc are sent to the IOLAN and replicated on its associated serial port e TruePort Lite mode This mode provides a simple raw data interface between the application and the remote serial port Although the port will still operate as a COM port control signals are ignored In this mode the serial communications parameters must be configured on the IOLAN See the TruePort User s Guide for more details about the TruePort client software Client Initiated Connection K aa lt Serial IOLAN Device Server Initiated Connection _ gt Serial Application with TruePort Client 117 Serial Port Profiles General Tab Field Descriptions The TruePort General tab determines how the TruePort connection is initiated and then sets up the appropri
263. k when the IOLAN is booted Data Options e Start Starts the VPN network initiating communication to the remote VPN e Add Adds the VPN network but doesn t initiate a connection to the remote VPN e Ignore Maintains the VPN network configuration but the VPN network is not started and cannot be started through the IPsec command option When defining peer VPN gateways one side should be defined as Start initiate and the other as Add listen It is invalid to define both gateways as Add VPN connection time can take longer when both gateways are set to Start as both sides will attempt to initiate the same VPN connection Default Start 217 VPN Remote Validation Criteria Field Descriptions When the Authentication Method is set to X 509 Certificate you can configure the remote validation criteria The information in the remote X 509 certificate must match exactly the information configured in this window in order to successfully authenticate and create a valid connection IPsec Remote Validation Criteria PR C Country CO State Province CO Locality C Organization C Organization Unit C Common Name O Emai Configure the following parameters Country State Province Locality Organization Organization Unit Common Name Email A country code for example US This field is case sensitive in order to successfully match the information in the remote X 509 certificate D
264. ld be escaped that is Ox11 XON The value 000a0000 will cause the control characters 0x11 XON and 0x13 XOFF to be escaped on the link thus allowing the use of XON XOFF software flow control If you have selected Soft Flow Control on the Serial Port you must enter a value of at least 000a0000 for the ACCM Default 00000000 which means no characters will be escaped The Maximum Receive Unit MRU parameter specifies the maximum size of PPP packets that the IOLAN s port will accept If your user is authenticated by the IOLAN the MRU value will be overridden if you have set a MTU value for the user If your user is authenticated by RADIUS and the RADIUS parameter Framed MTU is set in the RADIUS file the IOLAN will use the value in the RADIUS file in preference to the value configured here Range 64 1500 bytes Default 1500 The type of authentication that will be done on the link You can use PAP or CHAP to authenticate a serial port or user on the IOLAN from a remote location or authenticate a remote client device from the IOLAN When setting either PAP and CHAP make sure the IOLAN and the remote client device have the same setting For example if the IOLAN is set to PAP but the remote end is set to CHAP the connection will be refused Data Options e None e PAP is a one time challenge of a client device requiring that it respond with a valid username and password A timer operates during which successful authentica
265. ld will be a bit field with the LSBit corresponding to the IO channel referenced by the starting register IOLAN SDS SCS STS User s Guide Version 3 4 Accessing I O Data Via TruePort Successful Response Format Bytes ofBytes Value 1 1 Command code from request 2 2 Starting register number see A4 T4 Registers on page 251 A4D2 A4R2 Registers on page 252 or D4 D2R2 Registers on page 253 for this value from request 4 2 Number of registers written Unsuccessful Response Format Bytes ofBytes Value 1 1 Command that this is a response to If an error has been detected the command value will have the high bit set OR with 0x80 For example The Command is 0x10 so the command field in the response would be 0x90 1 1 Error code see Error Codes on page 260 Example 1 Turn on the first relay on a D2R2 unit The first relay R1 is a digital out coil register with a decimal value of 6659 hex 0x1A03 Request OxOF 0x1A 0x03 0x00 0x01 0x01 0x01 Response OxOF 0x1A 0x03 0x00 0x01 Example 2 Turn on the first and second relay on a D2R2 unit The first relay R1 is a digital out coil register with a decimal value of 6659 hex 0x1A03 Request OxOF 0x1A 0x03 0x00 0x02 0x01 0x03 03 00000011 which sets R1 and R2 to 1 Response OxOF 0x1A 0x03 0x00 0x02 Bits Value for second register Value for first register 259 VO SNMP Traps Error Codes Code Name Description 01 Il
266. legal Function The function code received in the query is not an allowable action for the server or slave 02 Illegal Data The data address received in the query is not an allowable address for Address the server or slave 03 Illegal Data Value A value contained in the query data field is not an allowable value for server or slave 04 Slave Device An unrecoverable error occurred while the server or slave was Failure attempting to perform the requested action VO SNMP Traps When you enable SNMP traps for Digital and Analog inputs a value is returned when an alarm triggers or clears This section decodes the SNMP specific trap numbers The value returned from the trap will be the I O channel number that is generating the trap Specific Trap Alarm Description 0 IO DI ALARM SENSOR Trap for the Digital input Trigger 1 IO DI ALARM SERIAL DSR Trap for the Digital input DSR serial pin Trigger 2 IO DI ALARM SERIAL DCD Trap for the Digital input DCD serial pin Trigger 3 IO DI ALARM SERIAL CTS Trap for the Digital input CTS serial pin Trigger 4 IO AL ALARM LEVELI Trap for Analog input Alarm Level 1 5 IO_AI_ALARM_LEVEL2 Trap for Analog input Alarm Level 2 6 IO_AI_ALARM_LEVEL3 Trap for Analog input Alarm Level 3 7 IO AI ALARM LEVEL4 Trap for Analog input Alarm Level 4 8 IO AL ALARM LEVELS Trap for Analog input Alarm Level 5 9 IO DI ALARM SENSOR CLEAR Trap for Digital input trigger Clear M
267. lowing data fields big Endian format Total Data Data Length Exists 2 Bytes 1 Byte curRawValue minRawValue maxRawValue curEngValue minEngValue maxEng Value in bits 2 Bytes 2 Bytes 2 Bytes 4 Bytes 4 Bytes 4 Bytes The following section describes the values in the Analog Data field e curRawValue tThe current raw value received from the Analog to Digital converter e minRawValue The minimum value received from the Analog to Digital converter until it is cleared e maxRawValue The maximum value received from the Analog to Digital converter until it is cleared e curEngValue The current converted value voltage current for Analog or Celsius Fahrenheit for Temperature e minEngValue The minimum converted value voltage current for Analog or Celsius Fahrenheit for Temperature until it is cleared e maxEngValue The maximum converted value voltage current for Analog or Celsius Fahrenheit for Temperature until it is cleared Digital Relay Data The digital data is in bit format 1 meaning On and 0 zero meaning Off Each channel has its own bit in least significant bit order Length Data Data 1 Byte one bit for each channel Exists 2 Bytes 1 Byte Channel4 Channel3 Channel 2 Channel 1 in bits IOLAN SDS SCS STS User s Guide Version 3 4 VO Modbus Slave Serial Pin Signal Data The serial data is in
268. ly connects to the Development Server via SSH through the IOLAN Allthe SSH negotiation is being done between the IOLAN and the target servers therefore the following keys need to be exchanged e Download the SSH Host Public Key to the IOLAN for each of the hosts that the IOLAN is connecting to Download the SSH User Private Key for each user whose User Service is set to SSH Copy the SSH User Public Key to the host that the user is connecting to this is done outside the scope of the IOLAN Lynn Sales Server n Eg ES u Tracy Sales Server Private Key aon Dennis Public Key Device Server Sales Server Public Key BE n HR Server Public Key Dennis EES Lynn Private Key NEER Tracy Private Key EE zE Dennis Private Key HR Server HR Server Private Key Lynn Public Key Tracy Public Key IOLAN SDS SCS STS User s Guide Version 3 4 SSH Field Descriptions 55H Server SSH settings that apply to all incoming SSH connections default Allow SSH 1 Protocol Authentication RSA Password Ciphers 3DES CAST Break String break C Enable Verbose Output J Allow Compression Keyboard M Interactive V Blowfish AES Configure the following parameters Allow SSH 1 Protocol RSA DSA Keyboard Interactive Password 3DES CAST Blowfish Arcfour AES Allows the user s client to negotiate an SSH 1 connection in addition to SSH 2
269. m Phone Number Entry Create an entry in the Phone Number to Host Mapping window Phone Entry Phone Number Host IP Address TCP Port Configure the following parameters Phone Number Specify the phone number your modem application sends to the modem Note The IOLAN does not validate the phone number so it must be entered in the exact way the application will send it For example if you enter 555 1212 in this table and the application sends 5551212 the IOLAN will not match the two numbers Host IP Address Specify the IP address of the IOLAN that is receiving the virtual modem connection TCP Port Specify the TCP Port on the IOLAN that is set to receive the virtual modem connection Default 0 Control Signal I O Profile Overview The Control Signal VO profile is only available on IOLAN I O models When you configure a serial port for Control Signal I O you are using the DSR DCD CTS DTR and RTS serial pins for I O channel Digital Input DSR DCD and CTS or Digital Output DTR and RTS Functionality The Control Signal VO profile enables the use of the EIA 232 serial port pins to be used as assigned Digital Inputs or Digital Outputs IOLAN VO N SS DB9 Male Connector DSR Digital Input Monitoring Application CTS Digital Input Ground DTR Digital Output DCD RTS Digital Input Digital Output 153 Serial Port Profiles General Tab Field Descriptions The General tab dis
270. m initialization Virtual Modem Features C Enable Message of the Day MOTD AT Command 1250 mili Response Delay IE Configure the following parameters Echo characters in When enabled echoes back characters that are typed in equivalent to command mode ATEO ATE1 commands Default Disabled DTR Signal Always Specify this option to make the DTR signal always act as a DTR signal On Default Enabled DTR Signal Acts as Specify this option to make the DTR signal always act as a DCD signal DCD Default Disabled DTR Signal Acts as Specify this option to make the DTR signal always act as a RI signal RI Default Disabled RTS Signal Always Specify this option to make the RTS signal always act as aRTS signal On Default Enabled RTS Signal Acts as Specify this option to make the RTS signal always act as a DCD signal DCD Default Disabled RTS Signal Acts as Specify this option to make the RTS signal always act as a RI signal RI Default Disabled 151 Serial Port Profiles 152 Additional modem initialization Enable Message of the Day MOTD AT Command Response Delay You can specify additional virtual modem commands that will affect how virtual modem starts The following commands are supported ATOn ATVn ATEn ATH ATA ATIO ATI3 ATSO AT amp Z1 AT amp Sn AT amp Rn AT amp Cn AT amp F ATS2 ATS12 ATO ATD with no phone number and ATDS1 See Appendix C Virtual Modem AT Commands on page 329 f
271. m service provider Refer to www DynDNS com for information on setting up an account Functionality When the IOLAN is assigned a dynamic IP address it will inform the DynDNS com service provider of its new IP address Users can then use DynDNS com as a DNS service to get the IP address of the IOLAN In order to take advantage of this service the following steps need to be taken 1 Create an account with DynDNS com and configure the name your IOLAN will be known by on the internet the Host name For example create a host name such as yourcomapnySCs DynDNS org 2 Enable the Network Dynamic DNS feature and configure the IOLAN s dynamic DNS parameters to match the Host s configuration on the DynDNS com server Every time the IOLAN gets assigned a new IP address it will update DynDNS com with the new IP address 3 Users accessing the IOLAN via the internet can now access it via its fully qualified host name For example telnet yourcompanySCS DynDNS org Field Descriptions Host Table Route List DNS WINS RIP Dynamic DNS Enable Dynamic DNS for the system Account Settings Configure the appropriate parameters Enable Dynamic Enables disables the dynamic DNS feature When Dynamic DNS is enabled DNS for the system the IOLAN will automatically update its IP address with DynDNS org if it changes Default Disabled Host Specify the registered hostname with DynDNS org that will be updated with the IOLAN
272. method used by SSH version 2 Use DSA authentication for the SSH session Default Enabled Keyboard When enabled the user types in a password for authentication Authentication Default Enabled SLIP Settings The SLIP settings apply when the User Service to SLIP Login Telnet Rlogin SSH SLIP PPP SSL TLS Local IP Address 0 EE EER Remote IP Address Kies On n Subnet Mask EE NA e LN MTU 256 Routing None v VJ Compression Configure the following parameters Local IP Address The IPv4 address of the IOLAN end of the SLIP link For routing to work you must enter an IP address in this field Choose an address that is part of the same network or subnetwork as the remote end for example if the remote end is address 192 101 34 146 your local IP address can be 192 101 34 145 Do not use the IOLAN s main IP address in this field if you do so routing will not take place correctly Remote IP Address The IPv4 address of the remote end of the SLIP link Choose an address that is part of the same network or subnetwork as the IOLAN If your user is authenticated by the IOLAN this remote IP address will be overridden if you have set a Framed IP Address for the user If your user is authenticated by RADIUS and the RADIUS parameter Framed Address is set in the RADIUS file the IOLAN will use the value in the RADIUS file in preference to the value configured here Subnet Mask The network subnet
273. must be set for each channel and must match the software configuration for each channel To change the settings do the following 1 2 Detach the IOLAN from the electrical power source and disconnect everything from the box Open the case by unscrewing the five side screws two on each side plus the grounding screw and lifting off the top of the case You should see the following configuration for the analog input board Channel 1 Channel2 Channel 3 Channel 4 oo oo LS JP1 VO JP2 JP3 VO JP4 To configure Channel for Voltage no jumper should be set as shown this is the default setting To configure Channel 2 for Current jumper both J2 pins as shown Close the IOLAN case by replacing the case lid and the five screws You can now power it on with the new settings Setting Jumpers 347 Introduction 348 IOLAN SDS SCS STS User s Guide Version 3 4 VO Wiring Diagrams Wiring VO Diagrams This section describes how to wire the various IOLAN I O models Digital VO Make sure the Digital I O jumpers support the software setting see Digital I O Module on page 346 for jumper settings Digital Input Wet Contact If you are using a wet contact for your Digital input for channel D1 connect one wire to D1 and the other wire to GND The power source is supplied by the GND ground connector A fF a Z OU A 0 Ur Power Source Digital Input Dr
274. n Cisco Roll Over Adapter for Rack Mount Models The adapters cable can be purchased as a kit or individually RJ45F to DB25M DTE Crossover Adapter The following diagram shows the IOLAN RJ45F gt DB25M DTE crossover adapter pinouts This is model number DBA0011C E 14 S 2 I 1 e SUR V 3 A RJ45F DB25M RJ45F DB25M DTE TxD 3 3 RxD RxD 6 2 TxD GND 4 7 GND GND 5 DTR 2 6 DSR 8 DCD DSR 7 20 DTR RTS 1 5 CTS CTS 8 4 RTS Accessories 367 SCS48C SCS32C SCS16C SCS8C Starter Kit Adapters Cable RJ45F to DB25M DCE Modem Adapter The following diagram shows the IOLAN RJ45F gt DB25M DCE modem adapter pinouts This is model number DBA0013C l em e e o o o o o o o o o o D o oo0o0o000090009090 25 RJ4SF DB25M RJ45F DB25M TxD 3 2 TxD RxD 6 3 RxD GND 4 7 GND GND 5 DTR 2 20 DTR DSR 7 8 DCD RTS __ 4 RTS CTS 8 _ _ 5 CTS 368 IOLAN SDS SCS STS User s Guide Version 3 4 SCS48C SCS32C SCS16C SCS8C Starter Kit Adapters Cable RJ45F to DB25F DIE Crossover Adapter The following diagram shows the IOLAN RJ45 gt DB25F DTE crossover adapter pinouts This is model number DBAOO10C RJ4SF RJ45F DB25F TxD 3 3 RxD RxD 6 2 TxD GND 4 7 GND GND 5 DTR 2 6 DSR 8 DCD DSR 7 20 DTR RTS 1 5 CTS CT
275. n back to the Menu the screen may not be redrawn correctly If this happens use this command to redraw it properly This is always Ctrl R regardless of the Hotkey Prefix The User Hotkey Prefix value overrides the Serial Port Hotkey Prefix value You can use the Hotkey Prefix keys to lock a serial port only when the serial port s Allow Port Locking parameter is enabled Default Hex 01 Ctrl a or a 192 IOLAN SDS SCS STS User s Guide Version 3 4 Adding Editing Users Sessions Tab Overview The Sessions tab is used to configure specific connections for users who are accessing the network through the IOLAN s serial port Functionality Users who have successfully logged into the IOLAN User Service set to DSprompt can start up to four login sessions on network hosts These users start sessions through the Easy Port Menu option Sessions Multiple sessions can be run simultaneously to the same host or to different hosts Users can switch between different sessions and also between sessions and the IOLAN using Hotkey commands see Hotkey Prefix on page 192 for a list of commands Users with Admin or Normal privileges can define new sessions and use them to connect to Network hosts they can even configure them to start automatically on login to the IOLAN Restricted and Menu users can only start sessions predefined for them in their user configuration 193 Adding Editing Users Field Descriptions User Settings
276. n the Analog channel sends a clear syslog message to the Monitoring Application and the Relay channel is deactivated Relay Analog I O Analog Relay Monitoring Application Device Server Industrial Freezers 230 IOLAN SDS SCS STS User s Guide Version 3 4 Channels Field Descriptions Analog A1 Description Analog Settings Type Voltage Range OM Alarm Settings Configure the following parameters Description Provide a description of the channel making it easier to identify Data Options Maximum 20 characters including spaces Type Select the type of input being measured Data Options Current or Voltage Default Current Range Select the range for the measurement type Data Options e Current 20 mA 4 20 mA e Voltage 10V 5V 1V 500mV 150mV Default Current is 0 20 mA Voltage is 10V Alarm Settings Click the Alarm Settings button to specify the trigger and clear levels for the Button alarms Notice that the Analog Alarm Settings window has two alarm configuration views a basic alarm view and an advanced alarm view See Alarm Settings on page 243 for field descriptions 231 Channels Digital Input 232 Overview When the channel is set for digital input it monitors voltage or current Note that the internal jumpers must match the software setting and must be set to Input which is the default see Digital I O Module on page 3
277. n the IP address of the host If the route Type is defined as Network the network portion of the IP address must be specified and the Host port of the address will be set to 0 Example to access network 10 10 20 the address 10 10 20 0 would be specified in this field Format IPv4 or IPv6 Address IPv4 Subnet Mask When the route is a Network route you must specify the network s subnet mask IPv6 Subnet Bits If the IP address is IPv6 then you must specify the network s subnet bits Range 0 128 Host The host that is being used at the route gateway 89 Advanced DNS WINS Overview You can configure WINS servers for PPP client name resolution and DNS servers for PPP client name resolution and IOLAN host name resolution for example when specifying Bootup file Functionality You can configure up to four DNS and four WINS servers If only one DNS and or one WINS servers is required these parameters can be specified on the Network IP Settings page by making an entry there they will automatically be entered into these tables If the DNS or WINS is provided by the DHCP server these tables can be used to supplement what DHCP provides Field Descriptions Host Table Route List DNS WINS RIP Dynamic DNS DNS Add DNS WINS Add WINS The following buttons are available on this window Add DNS Button Adds a DNS server Edit DNS Button Edits an existing DNS server Delete DNS Button Deletes a DNS server
278. n this line The phone number to use when Dial Out is enabled When you configure UDP you are setting up a range of IP addresses and the port numbers that you will use to send UDP data to or receive UDP data from Functionality The UDP profile configures a serial port to broadcast UDP data to systems and or receive UDP data from systems Serial Device Server Application UDP Socket Data Server Application UDP Socket 127 Serial Port Profiles An example UDP configuration is described based on the following window General Hardware Email Alet Packet Forwarding UDP Socket Settings The 128 Listen for connections on UDP port 10001 Host Range 1 Direction Both v UDP Pat SEER AutoJeam Start IP Address 1721611 End IP Address 172 16 1 25 Pot 33001 Host Range 2 UDP Port Direction LAN to Serial v AutoJeam Start IP Address 17216120 O Any Pot End IP Address 172 16 1 50 Pot 3010 Host Range 3 UDP Port Direction Serialto LAN v Start IP Address 1172 16 1 75 End IP Address 172 16 1 80 Pot 33009 Host Range 4 EE UDP Port Direction Disabled v Start IP Address 0 0 0 0 Si End IP Address 0 0 0 0 UDP configuration window taken from the DeviceManager is configured to UDP Entry 1 All hosts that have an IP address that falls within the range of 172 16 1 1 to 172 16 1 25 and listen to Port 33001 will be sent the data from the serial device in UDP format
279. n to proceed to EasyPort Web The Clustering Slave List window displays the slave IOLAN entries and the number of ports on those slave IOLANs Clustering Slave List Name IP Address of Ports The following buttons are available Add Button Click this button to display a window to configure and add a new Slave IOLAN s configuration to the clustering group See Adding Clustering Slaves on page 262 for more information Delete Button Select a Slave IOLAN and click this button to delete it from the clustering group Advanced Button Select a Slave IOLAN and click this button to configure the individual Slave IOLAN s serial ports See Advanced Clustering Slave Options on page 263 for more information IOLAN SDS SCS STS User s Guide Version 3 4 261 Clustering Slave List Overview Adding Clustering Slaves When you add a clustering slave IOLAN entry you are adding the IOLAN that users will access through this master IOLAN Field Descriptions New Clustering Slave Server Name IP Address Number of Ports 1 Starting Slave TCP Port Starting Master TCP Port 1024 Protocol Telnet 10001 xj Cancel Configure the following parameters Server Name IP Address Number of Ports Starting Slave TCP Port Starting Master TCP Port Protocol Specify a name for the slave IOLAN in the clustering group This name does not have to correspond to the proper host name as it is just used with
280. n will use only SSLv3 Default Any Specify whether the IOLAN serial port will act as an SSL TLS client or server Default Client Cipher Suite Button Click this button to specify SSL TLS connection ciphers Validate Peer Certificate Validation Criteria Button SSL Certificate Passphrase Enable this option when you want the Validation Criteria to match the Peer Certificate for authentication to pass If you enable this option you need to download an SSL TLS certificate authority CA list file to the IOLAN Default Disabled Click this button to create peer certificate validation criteria that must be met for a valid SSL TLS connection This is the SSL TLS passphrase used to generate an encrypted RSA DSA private key This private key and passphrase are required for both HTTPS and SSL TLS connections unless an unencrpyted private key was generated then the SSL passphrase is not required Make sure that you download the SSL private key and certificate if you are using the secure HTTP option HTTPS or SSL TLS If both RSA and DSA private keys are downloaded to the IOLAN they need to be generated using the same SSL passphrase for both to work 209 SSL TLS 210 Cipher Suite Field Descriptions The SSL TLS cipher suite is used to encrypt data between the IOLAN and the client You can specify up to five cipher groups Cipher Suite an Tita Key Size Max Key Size Key EE HMAC Any 40 256 Any Any Delete
281. nabled sends a message to syslog when an alarm is triggered or cleared The syslog entry includes the severity level and the value that caused the alarm to trigger or clear The syslog message is associated with Level Critical Default Disabled When enabled sends an SNMP trap when an alarm is triggered or cleared The trap consists of the severity level and whether the alarm was triggered or cleared Default Disabled 245 VO UDP VO UDP The VO UDP broadcast feature periodically broadcasts the I O channel status in a UDP message You can configure up to four sets of IP address entries each entry consisting of a start and end IP address range to broadcast I O status data The data depends on the I O model Analog Digital Serial Pin Signals and contains information for all channels UDP Unicast Format In order to interpret the UDP unicast data you must use the following tables to decipher the appropriate data If your model does not support a data format for example digital data or you do not have any channels configured for a data format it will be included in UDP broadcast package with a Total Length of 0 zero and no data following 246 Version Total Length Analog Data Digital Data Serial Signal Data Each section with the exceptions of the Version and Total Length sections is comprised of its own subset of bytes Analog Data Each Analog channel is comprised of the fol
282. nctionality Overview The Temperature tab configures the temperature scale settings for T4 models Field Descriptions ay VO Access Failsafe Timer UDP Temperature Temperature Scale Celsius v Configure the following parameter Temperature Scale Select the temperature scale that will be used to display temperature data Data Options Fahrenheit or Celsius Default Celsius 229 Channels Channels The Channels section displays the I O Channels window through which you can enable disable the V O channels 1 0 Channels Enable Channel Type Name IV Di Digital Input Iw D2 Digital Input Iw R1 Relay Iw R2 Relay Highlight a channel and then click the Edit button to configure the parameters for that channel Analog Overview Analog channels monitor current voltage input Note that the internal jumpers must match the software setting by default they are set to Current see Analog Input Module on page 347 to find out how to set the internal jumpers For example in an industrial freezer warehouse the IOLAN A4R2 is used to monitor humidity transducers which are in place to help prevent freezer burn If the humidity reaches a certain percentage monitored by an Analog channel a syslog message is sent to the Monitoring Application The Monitoring Application then sends a command to the IOLAN via the Perle API that causes the Relay channel to activate an internal freezer dehumidifier The relay is turned off whe
283. ne number This is the same implementation as 19 Callback Number but 19 takes precedence if both are set Perle s defined attributes for line access rights and user level See Perle RADIUS Dictionary Example on page 320 for an example of this file Line Access Rights for port n where n is the line number Name Perle Line Access Port n Type 100 n Data Type Integer Value Disabled 0 ReadWrite 1 ReadInput 2 ReadInputWrite 3 ReadOutput 4 ReadOutputWrite 5 ReadOutputInput 6 ReadOutputInputWrite 7 Name Perle User Level Type 100 Data Type Integer Value Admin 1 Normal 2 Restricted 3 Menu 4 Maximum number of seconds the user will be allowed to stay logged on Use this timer to close a connection because of inactivity When the Idle Timeout expires the IOLAN will end the connection The maximum value is 4294967 seconds about 49 days A value of 0 zero means the Idle Timeout will not expire so the connection is permanently open The remote IPv6 interface identifier for the remote end of the PPP link RADIUS and TACACS 317 RADIUS Accounting Message This section describes the attributes which will be included by the IOLAN when sending an accounting message to the RADIUS server Type Name Description 1 a VM A 40 42 43 45 46 47 48 49 User Name NAS IP Address NAS Service Type Acct Status Type Acct Input Octets Acct Out
284. nee 224 VO ACCESS Functionality ass sessies soe NKR A Rd RR Ge iN BR Ee EE Ge kk eN RR KA AN 224 Field SSC leen 224 Advanced Slave Modbus Settings ee ee ee ee Re ee 225 Failsafe Timer Functionality saak ss sae EE RAAR ke ke e GN i 227 EEN ME EE OE EE N OE 227 ge oek AE EE EE A aE 227 UDP Functionallty asses ks ss eke de kwade SNR ek ee ewe Ges den in ae sd 228 BARE EE ER IE EE AE AE 228 eieiei de 228 VO UDP Setting S neuerer 229 Temperature Functionality sees ee EER EE EER EE EE RR EE ER RE REGEER EE EE EE 229 RU N EE EE ED EE at 229 elle MRT ele 229 Table of Contents MINIONS EE RE PIERRE 230 ANALOG D 230 POW dees 230 Field UR le dan 231 Did al BEE se ese oe se ee AE ton ei ew ei een en wane 232 OVENIEW N OE EE EE N 232 Functionality au en ee euer 232 Field Descriptions EE 233 Digital Output TE 235 ONEVIEW si EE EE ee 235 Edele ge AR N ea 235 Field SSC le den 236 Relay issie dd ann aka 238 EENEG 238 Field ele den 239 le ET 241 ele Me le de 242 Alarm SUING Sen dees Ns ee Ge SLENG ae Ge N Ad N Oe dd 243 Basic Analog Alarm Settings a 243 Advanced Analog Alarm Settings Re ee ee 244 VO UDP u ea 246 UDP Unicast Format ae 246 Analog Data asses di nn nahe 246 Digital Relay Data essens eks nun sk GR dd ke GER ee Es de ae N aa es 246 serial Pin Signal Data ss ur sade dee AN ed N EK ke N N ee Ke NR Ke GN 247 UDP Unicast Example sessies dd sk Re de ve N sk ke ed AN EN ee dd 247 Kei Ile 247
285. network attached Modbus Masters This means that all Modbus Slaves attached to the IOLAN s serial ports must have a unique UID Multiple Masters on the network can communicate with these Modbus Slaves Note If a transaction is in progress to a Modbus Slave other requests to that same device will be queued until that transaction is complete Modbus Master IB Serial Slave Gateway isaw eS Slave I TCP TOLAN EIA 422 485 ep d Modbus Ma Master Slave Modbus Slave Modbus Sla Slave 302 IOLAN Device Server User s Guide Version 3 4 Configuring Modbus Modbus Serial Port Settings Modbus Master Settings When the Modbus Masters is attached to the IOLAN s serial port configure that serial port to the Modbus Gateway profile acting as a Modbus Master You must configure the Modbus TCP Slaves on the TCP Ethernet side so the IOLAN can properly route messages using the Modbus Slave s UIDs to the appropriate TCP attached devices Modbus Slave IP 10 10 10 12 UID 23 we Master Gateway TCP Serial EIA 232 d u _ IOLAN LEEN IP 10 10 10 10 EIA 422 485 Modbus Master e gd Modbus Slave d IP 10 10 10 11 3 Serial Port 1 UID 22 Modbus Master To configure the Modbus Master on serial port 1 do the following 1 Select the Modbus Gateway profile for serial port 1 2 On the General tab enable the Modbus Master parameter 3 Click the Destination Slave IP Mappings button and
286. nges take effect IOLAN SDS SCS STS User s Guide Version 3 4 WebManager WebManager Overview The WebManager is a web browser based method of configuring managing the IOLAN It follows the same design as the DeviceManager so it is easy to switch between the WebManager and DeviceManager when configuring your IOLAN See Chapter 5 Using DeviceManager and WebManager on page 73 for information on configuring managing the IOLAN with DeviceManager Access Platforms You can access the IOLAN through WebManager from any system that can run a web browser WebManager can be accessed by the admin user or any user who has Admin Level privileges Unique Features WebManager supports the following unique features The ability to open a session to the IOLAN and download a saved configuration file to it The ability to download upload keys certificates to from the IOLAN The ability to download custom files such as new terminal definitions and a custom language files to the IOLAN From WebManager you can launch EasyPort Web which can be used to access clustered IOLANs access ports configured with the Console Server profile and launch an SSH or Telnet session to those console ports exercise power management capability when using the Perle Remote Power Switch Configuration Methods 49 WebManager Connecting to the IOLAN Using WebManager Before you can connect to the IOLAN using WebManager the IOLAN must alrea
287. ngs Click this button to configure the Dynamic DNS DynDNS org account Button information See Account Settings on page 94 for information on how to configure the Account Settings window IOLAN SDS SCS STS User s Guide Version 3 4 Serial Port Profiles Advanced Tab Field Descriptions General Authentication Advanced Hardware Email Alert Packet Forwarding Advanced PPP Settings Routing E Dial Options f EE Connect ACCM BA Direct Connect MRU 1500 Dial In Dial Out Timeout seconds Retries OMS Direct Configure Request 10 Terminate Request 2 Configure NAK 10 Dial Timeout 45 seconds Dial Retry 2 Enable Address Control Compression SE L Enable Protocol Compression Modem fiolan_ modem v Enable VJ Compression Phe C Enable Magic Negotiation Idle Timeout 0 seconds Configure the following parameters Routing ACCM MRU Determines the routing mode RIP Routing Information Protocol used on the PPP interface This is the same function as the Framed Routing attribute for RADIUS authenticated users Data Options e None Disables RIP over the PPP interface e Send Sends RIP over the PPP interface e Listen Listens for RIP over the PPP interface e Send and Listen Sends RIP and listens for RIP over the PPP interface Default None Specifies the ACCM Asynchronous Control Character Map characters that should be escaped from the data stream Field Format This
288. nication from the serial device connected to the IOLAN Delete Button Highlight an existing host and click the Edit button to edit a host in the list of hosts that will be receiving communication from the serial device connected to the IOLAN Define a primary When this option is enabled you need to define a primary host that the serial host and backup device connected to this serial port will communicate to and a backup host in the event that the IOLAN looses communication to the primary host The IOLAN will first establish a connection to the primary host Should the connection to the primary host be lost or never established the IOLAN will establish a connection the backup host Once connected to the backup the IOLAN will attempt to re establish a connection to the Primary host once this is successfully done it gracefully shuts down the backup connection Default Disabled 119 Serial Port Profiles Primary Host Specify a preconfigured host that the serial device will communicate to through the IOLAN Default None TCP Port Specify the TCP port that the IOLAN will use to communicate to the Primary Host Default 0 Backup Host Specify a preconfigured host that the serial device will communicate to through the IOLAN if the IOLAN cannot communicate with the Primary Host Default None TCP Port Specify the TCP port that the IOLAN will use to communicate to the Backup Host Default 10000 Adding Editing a Multih
289. ning through routers IOLAN to Host Network The following example shows how to configure an IPsec tunnel between serial devices connected to the IOLAN and a host network NAT Traversal NAT_T is enabled in this example on both sides because the VPN tunnel is going private network to public network to private network This example uses an RSA signature for the authentication method so the steps required to configure the authentication are in this example Unencrypted Data m External IP Address External IP Address Right m 196 15 23 56 199 24 23 88 Remote VPN N Router an N Router EE H H IN 172 16 45 1 172 16 45 99 192 168 45 99 EE Left IPsec Tunnel Encrypted Data 192 168 45 45 Unencrypted Data ee 192 168 45 87 192 168 45 12 1 Configure the IPsec tunnel in the IOLAN IPsec Tunnel IPsec Tunnel Name Serial Devices Authentication Method RSA Signature Secret Local Device IOLAN Left Right Local Remote IP Address 172 16 45 1 IP Address 199 24 23 88 ExtemallP 196 15 23 56 External IP Address Address Hedi Hop 172 16 45 99 Next Hop 0 0 0 0 Host Network 172 16 45 1 Host Network 192 168 45 0 ESS Add IPv4 Subnet 255 255 g IPv4 Subnet 255 255 Mask Mask IPv6 Subnet IPv6 Subnet Bits L J Bits Address Boot Action Start Cancel 308 IOLAN Device Server User s Guide Version 3 4 Configuring a Virtual Privat
290. nloading IOLAN Firmware uuuuuusuunnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnn nn 291 Calibrating ie Ee 292 Calibrating Analog Input ises iss saaas skede EE Ed EER N Rd RAAK N AR AAR Ek KA dd 292 Calibrating Kee is ESE EE RE ee 292 Calibrating SUS EER EE De GE ie DE ek ES EE ER NEE 292 Calibrating Temperature Input uuurssssnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnn 292 Calibrating Thermocouple AEN 292 Calibrating RTD EE 293 Table of Contents Calibrating Analog Channels unnunnssssnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnannnnnnnnnnnn 293 Resetting Calibration Data uses RE namen 294 Setting the IOLAN s Date and Time esse sees ee ee ee Ee 294 Rebooting the OL AN ans 294 Resetting the IOLAN to Factory Defaults sesse EE EE 295 Resetting the SecurlD Node Secret EER RR RR RR RR RE 295 Language SUBBDrL use 295 Loading a Supplied Language uunessnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnannnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnn 295 Translation Guidance issie sea Ek NE Ke RANK N Ed GN EE BE nn 296 Software Upgrades and Language FileS iese EER EER ER EE 296 Downloading Terminal Definitions iese ees ee RR RE RR ER RR EE EE 297 Creating Terminal Definition File S uses ese EE EE EE EE REG ER EE 297 Resetting Configuration Parameters iese EER RR RR RR RR Ee 298 Last Admin Password 299 Chapter 16 Applications een 301 Je E Te N sade maaan aeeaaens 301 Reutte Re TC 301 OVERVIEW nen 301 Configuring a Master Gateway 301 C
291. nter by se vd CA D dE etwor Sy O Serial Tunneling Virtual Modem Terminal Control Signal 1 0 Modbus Gateway UNIX Linux System Power Management Remote Access PPP Remote Access SLIP Custom Application Console Management The Console Management profile configures a serial port to provide network access to a console or administrative port This profile sets up a serial port to support a TCP socket that listens for a Telnet or SSH connection from the network TruePort The TruePort profile configures a serial port to connect network servers or workstations running the TruePort software to a serial device as a virtual COM port This profile is ideal for connecting multiple serial ports to a network system or server TCP Sockets The TCP Sockets profile configures a serial port to allow a serial device to communicate over a TCP network The TCP connection can be configured to be initiated from the network a serial device connected to the serial port or both This is sometimes referred to as araw connection or a TCP raw connection UDP Sockets The UDP Sockets profile configures a serial port to allow communication between the network and serial devices connected to the IOLAN using the UDP protocol Terminal tThe Terminal profile configures a serial port to allow network access from a terminal connected to the IOLAN s serial port This profile is used to access predefined hosts on the network from th
292. nternet provider to access their network IOLAN SDS SCS STS User s Guide Version 3 4 Configuring a Wireless WAN Card Password Specify the password required by your internet provider to access their network Phone Number Specify the phone number provided by your service provider to access their wireless network Field Format Probably similar to 99 1 Initialization String Specify the initialization string required by your internet service provider for your wireless WAN card When you click the Advanced button the Remote Access PPP profile is displayed The wireless WAN card uses PPP to communicate with its wireless provider See Remote Access PPP Profile on page 165 for information on how to configure PPP 267 Configuring a Wireless WAN Card 268 IOLAN SDS SCS STS User s Guide Version 3 4 Configuring the System Introduction Alerts Email Alerts Ss This chapter describes the alerts email and syslog that can be configured pe mer for the IOLAN and the advanced options SNMP time custom 8 Serial applications plugins and other miscellaneous configuration options that Ge sel you will want to look at to see if they are reguired for your implementation 2a un stering A Email Alert D Syslog E Custom App Plugin B Advanced Overview Email notification can be set at the Server and or Line levels You can set email notification at these levels because it is possible that
293. o smacs smso page circ 297 Resetting Configuration Parameters For example term AT386 at386 386AT 386at at 386 console acsc jYk 1Zm qDtCu4x3 bold E 1m civis clear E 2J E H cnorm cup E i p1 02d p2 02dH rev E4A rmacs E 10m rmso E m smacs E 12m smso E 7m page circ n Resetting Configuration Parameters You can reset the IOLAN to its factory settings through any of the following methods You can push in the recessed button at the back of the IOLAN hardware for more than three seconds pushing it in and then quickly releasing will just reboot the IOLAN DeviceManager select Tools Reset Reset to Factory Defaults CLI at the command line type reset factory WebManager select Administration Reboot Unit and then click the Reboot button Menu select Network Configuration Reset to Factory Defaults SNMP in the adminlnfo folder Set the adminFunction variable to 2 298 IOLAN SDS SCS STS User s Guide Version 3 4 Lost Admin Password Lost Admin Password If the Admin user password is lost there are only two possible ways to recover it e reset the IOLAN to the factory defaults e have another user that has admin level rights if one is already configured reset the Admin password 299 Lost Admin Password 300 IOLAN SDS SCS STS User s Guide Version 3 4 Applications Introduction This chapter provides examples of how to integrate the IOL
294. o the IOLAN and communicate responses back the application TruePort will create a COM port to which the application can write commands to and read responses from Since all communications are done via this COM port the application need only use standard serial communication interface calls The following steps should be taken 1 Install the Trueport software on the server or workstation on which the application will be running 2 Configure the virtual communication port COM see Trueport User Guide for details 3 Run the application Typically the application will 1 Open the COM port 2 Send Commands to the COM port using standard write commands 3 Read Responses from the COM port using standard read commands 4 Once the desired operations are completed the COM port can be closed 256 IOLAN SDS SCS STS User s Guide Version 3 4 Accessing I O Data Via TruePort Format of API Commands There are two groups of commands e Get Commands Retrieve values of the I O channel registers e Set Commands Set values on the I O channel registers VO Channel registers are all assigned unique addresses which need to be referenced in all of the commands Please refer to the documentation specific you the applicable mode for the list and addresses of all the registers Model Go to A4 A4 T4 Registers on page 251 T4 A4 T4 Registers on page 251 A4D2 A4D2 A4R2 Registers on page 252 A4R2 A4D2 A4R2 Registers on
295. ode 10 IO DI ALARM SERIAL DSR CLEAR Trap for Digital input DSR serial pin trigger Clear Mode 11 IO DI ALARM SERIAL DCD CLEAR Trap for Digital input DCD serial pin trigger Clear Mode 12 IO DI ALARM SERIAL CIS CLEAR SE for Digital input CTS serial pin trigger Clear ode 13 IO AI ALARM LEVELI1 CLEAR Trap for the Analog input Alarm Level 1 Clear 14 IO Al ALARM LEVEL2 CLEAR Trap for the Analog input Alarm Level 2 Clear 15 IO AI ALARM LEVEL3 CLEAR Trap for the Analog input Alarm Level 3 Clear 16 IO Al ALARM LEVELA4 CLEAR Trap for the Analog input Alarm Level 4 Clear 17 IO Al ALARM LEVELS CLEAR Trap for the Analog input Alarm Level 5 Clear 260 IOLAN SDS SCS STS User s Guide Version 3 4 Configuring Clustering Introduction 48 Configuration Clustering is a way to provide access to the serial ports of many IOLANs Network through a single IP address Hy Serial 2 Users Clustering Slave List Searity Overview l Clustering The IP address that will be used to access all clustered serial ports will be that of the Master IOLAN in the cluster All other IOLANSs in the cluster will be referred to as Slave IOLANs Users can also access slave serial ports using EasyPort Web EasyPort Web is automatically launched when a user types in the IP address of the Master IOLAN in a web browser If the user has admin privileges the WebManager will first be displayed with an optio
296. on and select Dial Out Set the Modem parameter to the modem you just added Enter the Phone number that the modem will be calling 4 Still on the Advanced tab set the Idle Timeout parameter to a value that is not zero setting this value to zero creates a permanent connection 5 On the General tab enter one of the following e A Local and or Remote IPv4 Address e A Local and or Remote IPv6 Interface Identifier Note that this IP address or interface identifier should be on its own unique network that is not part of the local or remote networks In this example the local network has an IPv4 address of 172 16 0 0 16 and the remote network has an IPv4 address of 204 16 0 0 16 so we arbitrarily assigned the PPP IPv4 Local IP Address as 195 16 20 23 and the PPP IPv4 Remote IP Address as 195 16 20 24 PPP Settings IPv4 Local IP Address 195 16 20 23 IPv4 Remote IP Address 195 16 20 24 IPv4 Subnet Mask 25 25 25 0 305 Setting Up Printers 6 Next you need to create a gateway and destination route entry Select Network Advanced and the Route List tab For the destination if you want the connection to be able to reach any host in the remote network set the Type to Network and specify the network IP address and subnet prefix bits if you want the connection to go directly to a specific remote host set the Type to Host and specify the host s IP address We want a specific host to the be destination so we c
297. on for both TCP and UDP messages Default 502 Next Request Delay A delay in milliseconds to allow serial slave s to re enable receivers before issuing next Modbus Master request Range 0 1000 Default 50 ms Enable Serial When enabled a UID of 0 zero indicates that the message will be broadcast to Modbus Broadcasts all Modbus Slaves Default Disabled 225 Settings 226 Reguest Oueuing Embedded Remapped Remap UID Enable SSL TLS When enabled allows multiple simultaneous messages to be queued and processed in order of reception Default Enabled When this option is selected the address of the slave Modbus device is embedded in the message header Default Enabled Used for single device port operation Older Modbus devices may not include a UID in their transmission header When this option is selected you can specify the UID that will be inserted into the message header for the Modbus slave device This feature supersedes the Broadcast feature Default Disabled Specify the UID that will be inserted into the message header for the Slave Modbus serial device Range 1 247 Default 1 When enabled Modbus Slave Gateway messages to remote TCP Modbus using global settings Masters are encrypted via SSL TLS Default Disabled IOLAN SDS SCS STS User s Guide Version 3 4 Settings Failsafe Timer Functionality Overview The Failsafe Timer tab configures the I O failsafe timer
298. on when connecting through a serial port with the Terminal profile or will be limited to the Easy Port Access menu when connecting from the network The Easy Port Access allows the user to connect to the accessible line without disconnecting their initial connection to the IOLAN Does not have any access to CLI commands When the Admin user logs into the IOLAN the prompt ends with a whereas all other users prompts ends with a or depending on the character set Default Normal 188 IOLAN SDS SCS STS User s Guide Version 3 4 Adding Editing Users Services Tab Overview The Services tab configures the connection parameters for a user Any connection parameters configured in this window will override the serial port connection parameters Functionality When a Terminal profile is set for the serial port and Require Login has been selected user s accessing the IOLAN through the serial port will be authenticated Once authentication is successful the Service specified here is started For example if the Service Telnet is specified the IOLAN will start a Telnet connection to the specified Host IP TCP Port after the user is successfully authenticated logs in successfully Within the Terminal profile there are a number of settings that apply to possible Services Once it is known which user is connected and which service is to be used then the settings from both the Terminal profile and the user are used User parame
299. onfiguration to Multiple IOLANs 2 Specify the IOLANs that you want to download the configuration to Download Configuration to Multiple Units IP Address Server Name Password Reboot Server EE EER N No Cancel Enter the following information for each IOLAN that you want to configure with the same configuration file IP Address Enter the IP address of the IOLAN that you want to download the configuration to Server Name The name of the IOLAN The IOLAN name that you put in this field is passed into the configuration before it is downloaded to the IOLAN and cannot be left blank Password Enter the Admin user password for the IOLAN Reboot Server Determines whether or not the IOLAN is rebooted after it has received the new configuration The new configuration definitions will not go into effect until the IOLAN is rebooted 3 Click Add to add the IOLAN to the download list You can also click on the IOLAN entry and edit any information and then click Update to make the edits permanent 290 IOLAN SDS SCS STS User s Guide Version 3 4 Downloading IOLAN Firmware 4 Click the Download gt button to start the download process A status window will display with the configuration download status Download Configuration to Multiple Units IP Address Server Name Status NEE 222 22 ACCOUNTING_SDS Uploading Configuration Files When you upload a configuration to the DeviceManager you are uploading the IOLA
300. onfigured the Type as Host Destination Type Host O Network Default IP Address 204 16 25 72 We also need to create a Gateway entry using the same PPP IPv4 local IP address Any traffic that goes through the gateway will automatically cause PPP to dial out Gateway Host Ppp_aw v Host Entry Host Name Ppp_gw IP Address 195 16 20 23 Fully Qualified Domain Name resolved by DNS server Close Setting Up Printers The IOLAN can communicate with printers on its serial ports using LPD and RCP protocols as well as print handling software using TCP IP Remote Printing Using LPD When setting up a serial line that access a printer using LPD do the following 1 Set the serial port to Printer and configure the Speed Flow Control Stop Bits Parity and Bits parameters so that they match the printer s port settings 2 Save your settings and restart the serial port 3 Verify that LPD has been configured on the network host To configure LPD on the network host you need to know the name or IP address of the IOLAN and the print queue either raw_p lt port_number gt for a raw data connection or ascii_p lt portnumber gt for an ASCII character connection You can optionally append dor E to the queue name to adda lt control d gt or lt form feed gt to the end of the print job 306 IOLAN Device Server User s Guide Version 3 4 Setting Up Printers Remote Printing Using RCP When setting up a seri
301. onfiguring a Slave Gateway nn 301 Modbus Gateway Settings uuuuraunnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnn 302 Modbus Master Gateway een 302 Modbus Slave Gateway AEN 302 Modbus Serial Port Settings uuruusssnnnnennnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnn 303 Modbus Master Settings sie GEN een 303 Modbus Slave Gettnge AEN 304 Configuring PPP Dial On Demand uuussusssennnennnnnnnnnnnnn 305 18 IOLAN SDS SCS STS User s Guide Version 3 4 Table of Contents setting Up Printers see 306 Remote Printing Using PD ses se Ke di oe ee EA Ee nnna 306 Remote Printing Using RCP 220u00422000000000 00 000nnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnn 307 Remote Printing Using Host Based Print Handling Software 307 Configuring a Virtual Private Network unnuunnunnnnnnnnnnnnnnenn 308 IOLAN to HostiNetwork ase esse ss EKS ESE REEN NG EG BEER nnmnnn nnana 308 Network to Network s see ees RR RR RR RR RR RR RR RR RR RE RR RR RR EER Re Gee Gee RARR RR 310 eler oa gie EE EE EE EE nate N ed ee ee EE 311 VPN Client to Network ies RES REKE ie SE es RE SeSe EENKEER KERSE R EER We SEER 313 Appendix A RADIUS and TACACSH ees see 315 piele le diet ER EE nent N EEST a aana 315 heres ER EE OR EE EE 315 Supported RADIUS Parameters i e esse ees EER EER AR EE REGEER EE EE EE EE 315 Accounting Message is ke ie gend oe ie ie ee 318 Mapped RADIUS Parameters to IOLAN Parameters sees 319 Perle RADIU
302. onnection Default 0 seconds so the port will never timeout Range 0 4294967 seconds about 49 days Session Timeout Use this timer to forcibly close the session connection when the Session Timeout expires Default 0 seconds so the port will never timeout Range 0 4294967 seconds about 49 days Dial Timeout The number of seconds the IOLAN will wait to establish a connection to a remote modem Range 1 99 Default 45 seconds Dial Retry The number of times the IOLAN will attempt to re establish a connection with a remote modem Range 0 99 Default 2 Dial In If the device is remote and will be dialing in via modem or ISDN TA enable this parameter Default Disabled Dial Out If you want the modem to dial a number when the serial port is started enable this parameter Default Disabled 134 IOLAN SDS SCS STS User s Guide Version 3 4 Serial Port Profiles User Service Settings Login Settings These settings apply to users who are accessing the network from a terminal connected to the IOLAN s serial port The Telnet Rlogin SSH SLIP PPP settings take effect when the connection method is defined in the user s profile or are passed to the IOLAN by a RADIUS or TACACS server when those authentication methods are being used Login Telnet Rlogin SSH SLIP PPP SSL TLS Limit connection to user Initial Mode Command Line Menu Teminal Pages 5 v Configure the following parameters
303. ons C Dial In C Dial Out Dial Timeout 45 seconds Dial Retry 2 Modem Wen modem Phone EET Configure the following parameters Enable Message of Enables disables the display of the message of the day the Day MOTD Default Disabled Reset Terminal on When enabled resets the terminal definition connected to the serial port when disconnect a user logs out Default Disabled Allow Port Locking When enabled the user can lock his terminal with a password using the Hotkey Prefix default Ctrl a a I lowercase L The IOLAN prompts the user for a password and a confirmation Default Disabled Hotkey Prefix The prefix that a user types to lock a serial port or redraw the Menu Data Range e Aal Lowercase L Locks the serial port until the user unlocks it The user is prompted for a password any password excluding spaces and locks the serial port Next the user must retype the password to unlock the serial port Ar When you switch from a session back to the Menu the screen may not be redrawn correctly If this happens use this command to redraw it properly This is always Ctrl R regardless of the Hotkey Prefix You can use the Hotkey Prefix key to lock a serial port only when the Allow Port Locking parameter is enabled Default Hex 01 Ctrl a a 133 Serial Port Profiles Idle Timeout Use this timer to close a connection because of inactivity When the Idle Timeout expires the IOLAN will end the c
304. or a more detailed explanation of the support initialization commands When enabled displays the Message of the Day MOTD when a successful virtual modem connection is made Default Disabled The amount of time in milliseconds before an AT response is sent to the requesting device Default 250 ms Phone Number to Host Mapping If your modem application dials using a phone number you can add an entry in the Phone Number to Host Mapping window that can be accessed by all serial ports configured as Virtual Modem You need to enter the phone number sent by your modem application and the IOLAN IP address and TCP Port that will be receiving the call 1 port models support up to 4 entries all other desktop models support up to 8 entries and rack mount models support up to 48 entries Phone Number to Host Mapping Phone Number IP Address TCP Port The following buttons are available Add Button Edit Button Delete Button Click the Add button to display a window that allows you to configure the phone number or AT command your modem application sends and the IOLAN s IP address and TCP port number that is receiving the call Click on a phone number entry and click the Edit button to change any values configured for the phone number Click on a phone number entry and click the Delete button to remove it from the phone number list IOLAN SDS SCS STS User s Guide Version 3 4 Serial Port Profiles VMode
305. or serial port 1 then increments by one for each serial port When this option is enabled multiple hosts can connect to a serial device that is connected to this serial port Note These multiple clients Hosts need to be running TruePort in Lite mode Default Disabled 118 IOLAN SDS SCS STS User s Guide Version 3 4 Serial Port Profiles Adding Editing Additional TruePort Hosts You can define a list of hosts that the serial device will communicate to through TruePort Lite or a primary backup host Connect to Additional Hosts AN TruePort client must be configured to run Lite mode in order to support multiple connections Establish connections to all hosts on the list Host TCP Port Add Define a primary host and a backup host to connect to Configure the following parameters Define additional When this option is enabled you can define up to 49 hosts that the serial device hosts to connect to connected to this serial port will attempt communicate to With this mode of operation the IOLAN will connect to multiple hosts simultaneously Default Enabled Add Button Click the Add button to add a host to the list of hosts that will be receiving communication from the serial device connected to the IOLAN See Adding Editing a Multihost Entry on page 120 for more information Edit Button Highlight an existing host and click the Edit button to edit a host in the list of hosts that will be receiving commu
306. ore when a user is being authenticated using RADIUS it is possible that the user s configuration is a compilation of the parameters passed back from RADIUS the IOLAN parameters if the user has also been set up as a local user in the IOLAN and the Default User s parameters for any parameters that have not been set by either RADIUS or the user s local configuration Supported RADIUS Parameters This section describes the attributes which will be accepted by the IOLAN from a RADIUS server in response to an authentication request Type Name Description 1 User Name The name of the user to be authenticated 2 User Password The password of the user to be authenticated IOLAN SDS SCS STS User s Guide Version 3 4 315 RADIUS Type Name Description 6 Service Type 7 Framed Protocol 8 Framed IP Address 9 Framed IP Netmask 12 Framed MTU 13 Framed Compression 14 Login Host 15 Login Service Indicates the service to use to connect the user to the IOLAN A value of 6 indicates administrative access to the IOLAN Supported values are e 1 Login e 3 Callback Login Equivalent to the IOLAN User Service set by Type 15 Login Service 2 Framed 4 Callback Framed Equivalent to the IOLAN User Service set by Type 7 Framed Protocol 7 NAS prompt 9 Callback NAS prompt Equivalent to IOLAN User Service DSLogin 6 Administrative User 11 Callback Administrative User Equivalent to IOLAN User Servi
307. ort control signals are ignored In this mode the serial communications parameters must be configured on the IOLAN You use TruePort when you want to connect extra terminals to a server using the IOLAN rather than a multi port serial card TruePort is especially useful when you want to improve data security as you can enable an SSL TLS connection between the TruePort host port and the IOLAN When run on UNIX TruePort allows you to print directly from a terminal to an attached printer transparent printing You can also remap the slow baud rate of your UNIX server to a faster baud rate as shown below N _ Serial Connection Map UNIX baud rate 4 800 to 230 400 for faster throughput Ethernet UNIX running TruePort Daemon baud rate 4 800 Currently TruePort is supported on Linux Windows SCO Solaris and others For a complete list of of supported operating systems see the Perle website For more information see the TruePort User Guide or the TruePort Installation and Configuration Guide for Windows NT on the CD ROM IOLAN SDS SCS STS User s Guide Version 3 4 355 API VO Access Over TruePort API VO Access Over TruePort You can access IOLAN I O data through TruePort using the Perle API The API uses the command response format See the ioapiotp c sample program found on the product CD ROM for an example implementation API Request Format All data in the Request must be sent as a single write to the
308. orwarding Tab Field Descriptions sesse esse ee ee ee 106 SSL TLS Setting Tab Field Descriptions ee Re ee 109 Cipher Suite Field Descriptions ee ee Re ee ee ee ee 110 Adding Editing a Cipher Gute 111 Validation Criteria Field Descriptions sesse ee ee ee nenn 112 Console Management Profile uuuusssssnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnn 113 BA N RO N 113 Functionality ER EE OE ee 113 General Tab Field Descriptions en 114 Advanced Tab Field Descrptons nennen 115 8 IOLAN SDS SCS STS User s Guide Version 3 4 Table of Contents TruePon Proe ie eni or ae ee ae RE EAEE 117 OV CRO N AN LE EE EEE 117 Functionality AE OE RE RE EE RE N 117 General Tab Field Descrotons see ee ee ee ee ee Re ee ee 118 Adding Editing Additional TruePort Hosts AA 119 Adding Editing a Multihost ENHY s se ER ERG ge Gee ENS Se Dee De GE 120 Advanced Tab Field Descriptions ie ee RR ee 121 TOP Sockets Or UE 122 QUST EE Eegen 122 F NCIEN e een ee 122 General Tab Field Deschpli ns EERS Kei sie EE EES 123 Adding Editing Additional Hosts i e esse ee ee ee ee ee ee ee ee ee ee ee 124 Adding Editing a Multihost Ent 125 Advanced Tab Field Descriptions ie ee RR ee 126 UDP Sockets Pr file s dees sd es oe N sei WERS eie OP Ai GE 127 Bk RE EO EE eben 127 Functionality AR EE RE N OE EE eer 127 General Tab Field Descrotons see ee ee ee ee ee RA ee ee 129 Terminal Ed TEEN 130 DIVE ee 130 Functionality ser ee 130 General Tab Field Desc
309. ost See Accessing I O Data Via TruePort on page 256 for more information on the API VO Access Faisafe Timer UDP _ Choose the method in which the 1 0 interfaces are accessed via network by an external application Enable 1 0 Access via Modbus protocol UID 255 Advanced Modbus Settings Available Network Access Allow Modbus TCP Application API V Allows Modbus RTU ASCII via TruePort Enable 1 0 Access via TruePort C Enable SSL Encryption Listen TCP Port 33816 Available Network Access Allow 1 0 Access via API through TruePort PC running IOLAN ER Custom u Application APD VO Digital TruePort Output The host running TruePort must be in VO API mode 255 Accessing VO Data Via TruePort Accessing VO Data Via TruePort Introduction Analog and Digital VO data as well as output control can be accessed in several ways To have access from an application running on a workstation or server the I O Applications Program Interface API provided within Trueport can be used This API uses a command response format to get or set data on each individual I O channel register A sample program ioapiotp c demonstrating typical usage can be found on the IOLAN product CD ROM Setup After TruePort has been properly installed and configured on the workstation or server and initiated from the application it will setup a connection to the appropriate IOLAN It will then be available to relay commands t
310. ost Entry When you click the Add or Edit button the Host Entry window appears The hosts in the multihost list must already be defined If you add a host that was defined with its fully qualified domain name FQDN it must be resolvable by your configured DNS server Host Entry Host EEN TCP Port 10000 OK Close Configure the following parameters Host Name Specify the preconfigured host that will be in the multihost list Default None TCP Port Specify the TCP port that the IOLAN will use to communicate to the Primary Host Default 10000 serial port number 1 so serial port 47 defaults to 10046 120 IOLAN SDS SCS STS User s Guide Version 3 4 Serial Port Profiles Advanced Tab Field Descriptions The TruePort Advanced tab determines how the TruePort connection is initiated and then sets up the appropriate connection parameters General Advanced Hardware Email Alert Packet Forwarding SSL TLS Advanced TruePort Settings Signals high when not under TruePort client control C Enable Message of the Day MOTD Idle Timeout 0 seconds Session Timeout 0 seconds Dial Options C Dial in C Dial Out Dial Timeout 45 seconds Dial Retry 2 Modem pci modem Configure the following parameters Signals high when When a TruePort line becomes active this option has the following impact e TruePort Lite Mode When enabled the EIA 232 signals remain high active be
311. out diagrams What You Need to Supply Before you can begin you need to have the following A serial cable s to connect serial devices to your IOLAN unit An Ethernet CAT5 10 100 1000BASE T cable to connect the IOLAN unit to the network IOLAN SDS SCS STS User s Guide Version 3 4 31 Power Supply Specifications Available Accessories The following accessories are available for purchase for the various IOLAN models DIN Rail Mounting Kit 35mm for the desktop models IOLAN modem card for SCS rack mount models PCI adapter card for SCS rack mount models for wireless WAN cards 3 meter RJ45M RJ45M 8 wire Sun Cisco modular cable RJ45 to DB25 DTE Male adapter RJ45 to DB25 DCE Male adapter RJ45 to DB25 DTE Female adapter RJ45 to DB9 Male DTE adapter RJ45 to DB9 Female DTE adapter Contact your distributor for details Power Supply Specifications Desktop Models 32 Serial Only Models If you are providing a power supply for a desktop IOLAN model your power supply must meet the following requirements e Output between 9 30V DC e DC barrel connector The cable attached to the power supply should be about 20AWG length 6 feet approx The barrel dimensions of the cable plug are OD 5 5 ID 2 1 and length 9 5mm with a straight barrel and positive polarity on the inside and negative polarity on the outside e Power can also be provided by Serial Port 1 pin 1 on the DS SDS1 models Serial Port 2 pin 1 on the SD
312. pendent on the Windows operating system and regional settings Time The IOLAN s internal clock time based on your PC s time zone For example if your PC s time zone is set to Pacific Standard Time GMT 8 00 and the IOLAN s time zone is set to Eastern Standard Time GMT 5 00 the IOLAN s time is three hours ahead of your PC s time If you set the IOLAN s time to 2 30 pm the IOLAN s actual internal clock time is 5 30 pm Use the PCs When enabled sets the IOLAN s time to the PCs time Date Time Default Enabled This option is unique to the DeviceManager Rebooting the IOLAN When you download any file configuration keys certificates firmware etc to the IOLAN you must reboot the IOLAN for it to take effect by selecting Tools Reset Reboot Server in DeviceManager and Administration Reboot Unit in WebManager 294 IOLAN SDS SCS STS User s Guide Version 3 4 Resetting the IOLAN to Factory Defaults Resetting the IOLAN to Factory Defaults You can reset the IOLAN to its factory default configuration by selecting Tools Reset Reset to Factory Default in DeviceManager and Administration Reset Factory Defaults in WebManager The IOLAN will automatically reboot itself with the factory default configuration Resetting the SecurlD Node Secret If you are using SecurID external authentication you can select Tools Reset Reset SecurlD Node Secret in DeviceManager and Administration Reset SecurlD Secret in
313. pher suite is used to encrypt data between the IOLAN and the client You can specify up to five cipher groups Cipher Suite an Tita Key Size Max Key Size Key EE HMAC Any 40 256 Any Any Delete OK Cancel The following buttons are available on this window Add Button Adds a cipher to the cipher list Edit Button Edits a cipher in the cipher list Delete Button Deletes a cipher to the cipher list Move Up Button Moves a cipher up in preference in the cipher list Move Down Button Moves a cipher down in preference in the cipher list IOLAN SDS SCS STS User s Guide Version 3 4 Serial Port Profiles Adding Editing a Cipher Suite To see a list of valid cipher suite combinations see Appendix B SSL TLS Ciphers on page 327 Cipher Suite Edit Encryption Min Key Size Max Key Size Key Exchange HMAC Configure the following parameters Encryption Min Key Size Max Key Size Key Exchange Select the type of encryption that will be used for the SSL connection Data Options Any Will use the first encryption format that can be negotiated AES 3DES DES ARCFOUR ARCTWO Default Any The minimum key size value that will be used for the specified encryption type Data Options 40 56 64 128 168 256 Default 40 The maximum key size value that will be used for the specified encryption type Data Options 40 56 64 128 168 256 Default 256 The type of key to
314. plays the signal pins This window is also used to enable disable the signal pins General Control Signal 1 0 Enable Signal Description M DSR DSR Input Vv DCD DCD Input Vv CTS CTS Input Vv DTR DTR Output Iw RTS RTS Output Highlight a signal and then click the Edit button to configure the signal pin s parameters Input Signal Field Descriptions Channel Settings Digital Input DSR Description Digital Input Settings Latch C Invert Signal Alarm Settings Trigger Disabled Cancel Configure the following parameters Description Provide a description of the channel making it easier to identify Data Options Maximum 20 characters including spaces Latch Latches remembers the activity transition active to inactive or inactive to active Data Options None Inactive to Active Active to Inactive Default None Invert Signal When enabled inverts the actual condition of the UO signal in the status therefore an inactive status will be displayed as active Default Disabled 154 IOLAN SDS SCS STS User s Guide Version 3 4 Serial Port Profiles Trigger Auto Clear Mode Manual Clear Mode Email Syslog SNMP When the trigger condition is met triggers the specified alarm action Data Options e Disabled No alarm settings This is the default e Inactive When the expected Digital input is active going inactive will trigger an alarm Active
315. pplication API DM Allow Modbus RTU ASCII via TruePort Enable 1 0 Access via TruePort C Enable SSL Encryption Listen TCP Port 33816 Available Network Access Allow 1 0 Access via API through TruePort Configure the following parameters Enable I O Access Enables disables Modbus as the communication protocol for all the I O to Modbus protocol channels Default Disabled UID This is the UID you are assigning to the IOLAN which is acting as a Modbus slave Default 255 Advanced Modbus Click this button to configure global Modbus Slave settings Settings Batten See Advanced Slave Modbus Settings on page 225 for field descriptions Allow Modbus TCP Allows a host running a Modbus TCP application to communicate to the I O Application API channels using the standard Modbus API Default Permanently enabled when Enable I O Access via Modbus protocol is enabled See Modbus I O Access on page 249 for function codes and I O coil registration descriptions Allow Modbus Enables disables serial Modbus application access to the I O over the network RTU ASCI via using the TruePort COM redirector feature TruePort Default Disabled See Modbus VO Access on page 249 for function codes and I O coil registration descriptions and Accessing I O Data Via TruePort on page 256 for the Perle API 224 IOLAN SDS SCS STS User s Guide Version 3 4 Settings Enable VO Access Enables disables serial application access to the I O ove
316. pted 172 16 45 99 External IP Address Right 199 24 23 88 IOLAN VPN Gateway Router DHCP assigned IP 192 168 45 99 Unencrypted Data IPsec Tunnel Encrypted Data Data IR 172 16 45 2 EE 192 168 45 87 The following window configures the Left IOLAN VPN Gateway IPsec Tunnel IPsec Tunnel Name Left Authentication Method Shared Secret Secret pasas Local Device IOLAN Left Right Local IP Address defaultroute ExtemalIP 196 15 23 56 Address Next Hop 172 16 45 99 Host Network 172 16 45 23 Address IPv4 Subnet 20 25 Mask IPv6 Subnet Bits Boot Action Remote IP Address 199 24 23 88 External IP Address Next Hop 0 0 0 0 RE 192 168 45 87 Addre IPv4 Subnet 255 255 255 Mask IPv6 Subnet Bits Cancel defaultroute is entered for the Local IP Address because the IP address is DHCP assigned and is therefore subject to change 311 Configuring a Virtual Private Network 312 The following window configures the Right IOLAN VPN Gateway IPsec Tunnel IPsec Tunnel Name Authentication Method Shared Secret Secret Local Device IOLAN Local IP Address External IP Address Next Hop Host Network Address IPv4 Subnet Mask IPv6 Subnet Bits Boot Action Right defaultroute 199 24 23 88 192 168 45 99 192 168 45 87 Add O Left 25 25 Remote
317. purchased separately for use with a user supplied wireless WAN card SC Serial Users H H CO Security Option Card Settings D Oustering Option Card Overview The Option Card settings allow you to configure the option card slot for either a Perle IOLAN modem card or a Perle PCI Adapter wireless WAN card Functionality The Perle IOLAN modem card or Perle PCI Adapter wireless WAN card slide into the PCI slot as described in Installing a Perle PCI Card on page 359 Configuring the IOLAN Modem Card The IOLAN Modem card Configure button automatically takes you to the PPP serial port profile although you can set and configure any serial port profile appropriate for modem use See the Chapter 7 Configuring Serial Ports on page 99 for information on the configuration options for the serial port profile that fits your modem usage IOLAN SDS SCS STS User s Guide Version 3 4 265 Configuring a Wireless WAN Card Configuring a Wireless WAN Card Overview SCS IOLAN models support a wireless WAN card that can be installed to permit access to the IOLAN via the internet or other WAN network When the PCI card type has been configured to be a Wireless WAN card the serial port associated with the wireless WAN card is automatically set to PPP No other PPP configuration is typically required The wireless WAN card will establish a GPRS data connection over the service provider s GSM network The service provider will assign an IP address to
318. put Mode you will have to also change the internal hardware jumpers Default Disabled Specify the type of digital output Data Options e Sink Specifies that the channel will be grounded when active e Source Specifies that the channel will provide voltage when active e Sink and Source Specifies that channel will be grounded when it is inactive and will provide voltage when it is active Default Sink Specify how the channel output will be handled Data Options e Manual You must manually manipulate the channel output e Pulse Activates and deactivates the channel output activity in intervals after it is manually activated e Inactive to Active Delay tThe channel output will remain inactive for the specified time interval after it is manually started Active to Inactive Delay The channel output will go inactive after the specified time interval after it is manually started Default Manual IOLAN SDS SCS STS User s Guide Version 3 4 Channels Pulse Mode Pulse Count Inactive Signal Width Active Signal Width Delay Failsafe Action When Output is set to Pulse you can specify the manner of the pulse Data Options e Continuous Continuously pulses active and inactive e Count Pulses an active inactive sequence for the specified number of times Default Continuous The channel output will pulse for the specified number of times each count consists of an active inactive sequence
319. put Octets Acct Session ID Acct Authentic Acct Session Time Acct Input Packets Acct Output Packets Acct Terminate Cause The name of the user to be authenticated IP Address of IOLAN LAN interface Port Line number of IOLAN Indicates the service to use to connect the user to the IOLAN A value of 6 indicates administrative access to the IOLAN Supported values are e 1 Login e 3 Callback Login Equivalent to the IOLAN User Service set by Type 15 Login Service 2 Framed 4 Callback Framed Equivalent to the IOLAN User Service set by Type 7 Framed Protocol e 7 NAS prompt e 9 Callback NAS prompt Equivalent to IOLAN User Service DSPrompt e 6 Administrative User e 11 Callback Administrative User Equivalent to IOLAN User Service DSPrompt and the User gets Admin privileges Indicates if this is the beginning or end of a session Supported values are 1 Start 2 Stop Number of bytes which were received from the user during this session Number of bytes where were transmitted to the user during this session A string which identifies the session The same string must be used in the start and stop messages Indicates how the user was authenticated Supported values are 1 Local 2 RADIUS Number of seconds for which the user has been connected to a specific session Number of packets which were received from the user during this session Number of packets which were transmitted to the use
320. quire a private key or certificate Choose this key if you do not want to authenticate the peer device but you want the data encrypted on the SSL TLS connection Default Any IOLAN SDS SCS STS User s Guide Version 3 4 Advanced HMAC Select the key hashing for message authentication method for your encryption type Data Options e Any e MD5 e SHAI Default Any Validation Criteria Field Descriptions If you choose to configure validation criteria the information in the peer SSL TLS certificate must match exactly the information configured in this window in order to pass peer authentication and create a valid SSL TLS connection SSL Validation Criteria CO Country CO State Province O Locality CO Organization C Organization Unit C Common Name C Email Configure the following parameters Country State Province Locality Organization Organization Unit A country code for example US This field is case sensitive in order to successfully match the information in the peer SSL TLS certificate Data Options Two characters An entry for the state province for example IL This field is case sensitive in order to successfully match the information in the peer SSL TLS certificate Data Options Maximum 128 characters An entry for the location for example Chicago This field is case sensitive in order to successfully match the information in the peer SSL TLS certificate Data
321. quirements perform the following steps 1 Verify that the power switch on the IOLAN unit and the power source is in the Off position 2 Connect the primary and secondary DC input using the following specifications a Use wire gauge 20 to 22 AWG b Strip insulation 7mm from wire ends If using stranded wire twist all strands together to ensure all wire strands are used for the connection c Connect supply with reference to the terminal block diagram and electrical specifications Earthing wire Secondary Supply Negative wire Secondary Supply Positive wire Primary Supply Negative wire Primary Supply Positive wire DC Power Supply amp 1 2 Primary Supply Positive wire to Circuit 1 terminal marked Negative wire to Circuit 1 terminal marked Secondary back up Supply Positive wire to Circuit 2 terminal marked Negative wire to Circuit 2 terminal marked Farthing Wire Ground wire to terminal marked with circular earthing symbol Screws Tighten terminal connector block screws to 7 Ibs inches torque 3 Switch On the power supplies 4 Switch On the IOLAN The power LEDS 1 and 2 will indicate the status of the power source at the respective input If both the primary and secondary power source are available both LED 1 and LED 2 will be luminated indicated power detected from each input 40 IOLAN SDS SCS STS User s Guide Version 3 4 Powering Up t
322. r disabled in the IOLAN Range 0 255 Default 0 zero meaning CHAP re challenge is disabled A user can enter a telephone number that the IOLAN will use to callback him her This feature is particularly useful for a mobile user Roaming callback can only work when the User Enable Callback parameter is enabled Enable Roaming Callback therefore overrides fixed User Enable Callback To use Enable Roaming Callback the remote end must be a Microsoft Windows OS that supports Microsoft s Callback Control Protocol CBCP The user is allowed 30 seconds to enter a telephone number after which the IOLAN ends the call Default Disabled 169 Serial Port Profiles 170 Dynamic DNS Field Descriptions Dynamic DNS can be enabled and configured on a serial port level If you enable Dynamic DNS and leave the parameters blank the Dynamic DNS system parameters will be used Network Advanced Dynamic DNS tab Dynamic DNS C Enable Dynamic DNS for this Serial Port Host User Name Password Account Settings Configure the following parameters Enable Dynamic Enables disables the ability to register a new IP address with the DNS server DNS for this Serial Default Disabled Port Host Specify the host name that will be updated with the PPP session s IP address on the DNS server User Name Specify the user name used to access the DNS server Password Specify the password used to access the DNS server Account Setti
323. r during this session Indicates how the session was terminated Supported values include 1 User Request 2 Lost Carrier 3 Lost Service 4 Idle Timeout 5 Session Timeout 14 Port Suspended 16 Callback 318 IOLAN SDS SCS STS User s Guide Version 3 4 RADIUS Mapped RADIUS Parameters to IOLAN Parameters When authentication is being done by RADIUS there are several Serial Port and User parameters that can be set by the RADIUS server Any parameters sent by that RADIUS server that are not supported by the IOLAN are discarded Below is a list of the RADIUS parameters and their IOLAN parameters RADIUS Parameter User Service Framed Protocol Framed Address Framed Netmask Framed Compression Framed MTU Idle Timeout Login Service Session Timeout Callback Number Callback ID IOLAN Parameter This has no IOLAN field although it needs to be set to Framed User in the RADIUS server Set to SLIP or PPP service Remote IP Address field under either SLIP or PPP Caution the exception to the above rule is aFramed Address value of 255 255 255 254 When this value is specified in the RADIUS file the unit will use the Remote IP address configured for a PPP line in the IOLAN IPv4 Subnet Mask field under either SLIP or PPP VJ Compression field under either SLIP or PPP MTU field under SLIP MRU field under PPP Idie Timeout under the serial port Advanced settings Corresponds to on
324. r cleared The email alert data includes the severity level and the value that caused the alarm to trigger or clear The Email Alert is associated with Level Critical Default Disabled When enabled sends a message to syslog when an alarm is triggered or cleared The syslog entry includes the severity level and the value that caused the alarm to trigger or clear The syslog message is associated with Level Critical Default Disabled When enabled sends an SNMP trap when an alarm is triggered or cleared The trap consists of the severity level and whether the alarm was triggered or cleared Default Disabled IOLAN SDS SCS STS User s Guide Version 3 4 Channels Digital Output Overview When the channel is set for digital output either voltage is applied to the channel or the channel is grounded Note that the internal jumpers must match the software setting and must be set to Output by default they are set to Input see Digital VO Module on page 346 to find out how to set the internal jumpers Functionality The Digital output channels support three types of Digital output sink voltage source ground and sink and source apply voltage or ground For the output type you can configure the following options e You can choose to manually activate deactivate the Digital output e You can choose to manually activate deactivate the Digital output and then specify that the Digital output will either pulse you get to
325. r the network using the via TruePort TruePort COM redirector feature Default Disabled Enable SSL Enables disables SSL encryption for the I O data between the IOLAN and the Encryption TruePort host Default Disabled Listen TCP Port The TCP port that the IOLAN will listen to for VO channel data reguests from TruePort Default 33816 Allow I O Access Allows serial application access to the I O over the network using the TruePort via API through COM redirector feature via a custom application using the Perle API TruePort Default Permanently enabled when Enable VO Access via TruePort is enabled See Modbus I O Access on page 249 for function codes and I O coil registration descriptions and Accessing I O Data Via TruePort on page 256 for the Perle API Advanced Slave Modbus Settings The parameters in this window configure global Modbus gateway settings that apply to all serial ports configured first as the Modbus Gateway profile and then as a Modbus Slave EM Advanced Slave Settings A These settings are global and apply to all serial ports configured as a Modbus Slave Gateway Slave Gateway Settings TCP UDP Port aa Next Request Delay 50 milliseconds C Enable Serial Modbus Broadcasts Request Queuing UID Address Mode Embedded Remapped C Enable SSL TLS using global settings Security gt SSL TLS Configure the following parameters TCP UDP Port The network port number that the Slave Gateway will listen
326. r the serial port See SSL TLS Setting Tab Field Descriptions on page 109 IOLAN SDS SCS STS User s Guide Version 3 4 Serial Port Profiles Hardware Tab Field Descriptions The Hardware tab configures all the serial port hardware connection information The window below shows an SDS1 model your Hardware tab might display a subset of the parameters described General Advanced Hardware Email Alert Packet Forwarding Serial Interface EA22 ei Speed 9600 v Data Bits 8 v Parity None v Stop Bits 1 v Flow Control v M Enable Inbound Flow Control Z Enable Outbound Flow Control C Monitor DSR C Monitor DCD Configure the following parameters Serial Interface Speed Data Bits Parity Stop Bits Duplex Specifies the type of serial line that is being used with the IOLAN Data Options EIA 232 EIA 422 or EIA 485 SCS STS models support only EIA 232 Default EIA 232 Specifies the baud rate of the serial line keep in mind that speed is affected by the length of the cable You can also specify a custom baud rate When you enter a custom baud rate the IOLAN will calculate the closest baud rate available to the hardware The exact baud rate calculated can be viewed in the Serial Ports statistics Range 50 230400 custom supports 50 1843200 Default 9600 Specifies the number of bits in a transmitted character Default 8 Specifies the type of parity being used for the data communication
327. rameter Framed Compression is setin the RADIUS file the IOLAN will use the value in the RADIUS file in preference to the value configured here Default Enabled Determines if a line is looping back If enabled On random numbers are sent on the link The random numbers should be different unless the link loops back Default Disabled Specifies whether or not IP address negotiation will take place IP address negotiation is where the IOLAN allows the remote end to specify its IP address When On the IP address specified by the remote end will be used in preference to the Remote IP Address set for a Serial Port When Off the Remote IP Address set for the Serial Port will be used Default Disabled Launches the Dynamic DNS window when IP Address Negotiation is enabled which can then update the DNS server with the IP address that is negotiated and accepted for the PPP session See Dynamic DNS Field Descriptions on page 170 for more information 145 Serial Port Profiles Printer Profile Overview The Printer profile allows for the serial port to be configured to support a serial printer device that can be access by the network 4 x Serial IOLAN S Geng UNIX Linux System General Tab Field Descriptions Generel Hardware Email Alert Packet Forwarding Printer Profile Settings C Map CR to CR LF Configure the following parameter Map CR to CR LF Defines the default end of line terminator a
328. rd 7 The black bracket should then fit on the inside of the PCI adapter card bracket Align the adapter card bracket and then insert the screw and tighten it to keep it firmly in place 32 port model 48 port model 8 If you are installing the PCI Adapter card slide the wireless WAN card into the adapter card 10 You can now replace the top of the IOLAN chassis by aligning it and sliding it into the base You can throw away the face plate as you will not be needing it 32 port model 48 port model 11 Replace all the screws on the top and the serial side of the IOLAN If you installed a wireless WAN card you can now attach the external antennae to the card Accessories 361 Starter Kit Adapters Cable Starter Kit Adapters Cable The IOLAN Starter Kit includes the following RJ45F to DB25M DTE Crossover Adapter RJ45F to DB25M DCE Modem Adapter RJ45F to DB25F DIE Crossover Adapter RJ45F to DB9M DIE Crossover Adapter RJ45F to DB9F DTE Crossover Adapter Sun Cisco RJ45M Connector Cable for Rack Mount Models The adapters cable can be purchased as a kit or individually RJ45F to DB25M DTE Crossover Adapter The following diagram shows the IOLAN RJ45F gt DB25M DTE crossover adapter pinouts This is 362 model number DBA0011 RJ4SF RJ45F TxD 4 RxD 5 GND 6 DTR 8 DSR 3 RTS 2 CTS 7 o o o o o o o o o o o o 0000082080090 25 DB25
329. received from the serial port before the packet is transmitted to the network A value of zero 0 ignores this parameter Range 0 1024 bytes Default 0 The amount of time in milliseconds that must elapse between characters before the packet is transmitted to the network A value of zero 0 ignores this parameter Range 0 65535 ms Default 0 When enabled specifies the character that when received will define when the packet is ready for transmission The actual transmission of the packet is based on the Trigger Forwarding Rule Range Hex 0 FF Default 0 When enabled creates a sequence of characters that must be received to specify when the packet is ready for transmission if the End Trigger character is not immediately followed by the End Trigger2 character the IOLAN waits for another End Trigger character to start the End Trigger 1 End Trigger2 character sequence The actual transmission of the packet is based on the Trigger Forwarding Rule Range Hex 0 FF Default 0 When enabled this group of parameters allows you to control the frame that is transmitted by defining the start and end of frame character s If the internal buffer 1024 bytes is full before the EOF character s are received the packet will be transmitted and the EOF character s search will continue Default Disabled When enabled the Start of Frame character defines the first character of the frame any character s received before the Star
330. red Secret A text based secret that is used to authenticate the IPsec tunnel case sensitive e RSA Signature RSA signatures are used to authenticate the IPsec tunnel When using this authentication method you must download the IPsec RSA public key to the IOLAN and upload the IPsec RSA public key from the IOLAN to the VPN gateway e X 509 Certificate X 509 certificates are used to authenticate the IPsec tunnel When using this authentication method you must include the signing authority s certificate information in the SSL TLS CA list and download it to the IOLAN Default Shared Secret 215 VPN 216 Validation Criteria Click this button to configure the remote X 509 certificate information that is Button required to successfully authenticate the VPN connection Note that all validation criteria must be configured to match the X 509 certificate An asterisk is valid as a wildcard See Remote Validation Criteria Field Descriptions on page 218 for more information on the X 509 certificate validation criteria Secret When the Authentication Method is set to Shared Secret enter the case sensitive secret word Text Characteristics Maximum of 16 characters spaces not allowed Local Device When the VPN tunnel is established one side of the tunnel is designated as Right and the other as Left You are configuring the IOLAN side of the VPN tunnel Data Options Left Right Default Left Local IP Address The IP addr
331. ribes the basic components of all rack mount IOLAN models This example uses the IOLAN SCS with dual Ethernet and dual AC power Console Port LED View Server LEDs Serial Activity Console Port Power ON OFF Serial Ethernet View Serial Ports Dual Ethernet Dual AC Power PCI Card ern SCS models only Reset Hardware and Connectivity 37 Getting to Know Your IOLAN Console Serial Switch Located at the back of the desktop IOLAN models is a switch that controls whether serial port 1 is in Console or Serial mode Look at your model to verify the direction of the ON switch position ON indicates that serial port 1 is in Console mode otherwise serial port 1 is in Serial mode Console Mode Console mode is used when you have a direct connection between a serial device like a terminal or a PC and the IOLAN accessed by the Admin user to configure manage the IOLAN Console mode automatically sets serial port settings as Serial Interface to EIA 232 Speed to 9600 Flow Control to No Bits to 8 Stop Bits to 1 Parity to None Console mode also displays extra system messages Serial port 1 will ignore any Serial Port settings when in Console mode so you need to turn Console mode off to use serial port 1 in your network Serial Mode Serial mode is used when the IOLAN acts as a communications server or anytime you are not connecting directly to the IOLAN to configure it You can connect directly to the IOLAN in
332. ring you can map that phone number to the destination host See Phone Number to Host Mapping on page 152 for information about the window that appears when you click this button When enabled the connection success failure indication strings are sent to the connected device otherwise these indications are suppressed This option also determines the format of the connection status results that are generated by the virtual modem Default Enabled When enabled the connection status is sent by text strings to the connected device Default Disabled String that is sent to the serial device when a connection succeeds Default CONNECT lt speed gt for example CONNECT 9600 String that is sent to the serial device when a connection fails Default NO CARRIER IOLAN SDS SCS STS User s Guide Version 3 4 Serial Port Profiles Numeric Codes When enabled the connection status is sent to the connected device using the following numeric codes e 1 Successfully Connected e 2 Failed to Connect e 4 Error Default Enabled Advanced Tab Field Descriptions General Advanced Hardware Email Alert Packet Forwarding SSL TLS Advanced Virtual Modem Settings Modem Setup Echo characters in command mode Hardware Signal Assignment DTR Signal RTS Signal Aways On Aways On O Acts as DCD O Acts as DCD O Acts as RI O Acts as RI DCD Signal Aways On On when host connection established Additional mode
333. rk connection Data Options You can specify control unprintable codes by putting the decimal value in angle brackets lt gt for example ESC b is lt 027 gt b Default menu When a user connects to the IOLAN through the network the string is used to access the Reverse Session Menu Data Options You can specify control unprintable codes by putting the decimal value in angle brackets lt gt for example ESC b is lt 027 gt b Default lt 026 gt s Ctrl z s Power Management Users accessing the IOLAN through the network can enter the string to bring Menu String Monitor Connection Interval Status up the Power Bar Management menu Data Options You can specify control unprintable codes by putting the decimal value in angle brackets lt gt for example ESC b is lt 027 gt b Default lt 016 gt Ctrl p Specify how often in seconds the IOLAN will send a TCP Keepalive to services that support TCP Keepalive Default 30 seconds 181 Advanced Modems Tab 182 Overview You need to configure a modem if there is a modem connected to the IOLAN If your IOLAN model contains an internal modem or a PCI slot SCS models for a modem card a permanent modem string called internal_modem or IOLAN modem respectively exists permanently in your configuration Functionality Modems are usually configured for PPP SLIP dial in out connections although some modems do support raw data communication
334. rptons nn 131 Advanced Tab Field Descriptions nennen 133 User Service Seltings 0s0000u iN SE N RA eN Rd Ke Ed AK Ek naar 135 Login Settings EE 135 Telnet ue ee EE Ee ee ee 136 slee Reel ds N RE EE E 137 SSH SENGS au EG 138 SLIP Settings N N EE a 139 PPP SELINGS nee 141 Printer die ME EE N EE EE anena Ea 146 ONEVIEW ee niet 146 General Tab Field Descrottons un 146 Serial Tunneling Profile 147 BE EE eek 147 Functionality AR OR AE Rd EE EE EE OE 147 General Tab Field Descrotons see ee Re ee Re ee ee 148 Virtual Modem Profile Siekes eed ee ee EK dee n ee na 149 EEN RE AE EE OE AL EEE A 149 Functionality AA OE RE EE EE ME N 149 General Tab Field Descrptons iese ee ee AA ee Re ee ee ee 150 Advanced Tab Field Descriptions ie ee ee Re ee 151 Phone Number to Host Mapping iis EERS ESE Ee Gegee NEE 152 VModem Phone Number Ent 153 Table of Contents Control Signal VO Profile essens ds Ke N eN EN AK Se Ke se ee de de AN He eN dek Ka 153 OU POW EE N ER N IE EN 153 F nctionalty EE EE AE EE EO EE N 153 General Tab Field Descriptions iss EKS EER eek Ee Ee EE EES 154 Input Signal Field Descriptions sees RR ee nennen 154 Output Signal Field Descriptions ie Re ee ee ee 156 Modbus Gateway Profile nennen 157 OVENIEW EE OR N RE EE EE EK ve 157 lisie ad EE RE EE EE ee 157 General Tab Field Descriptions ee ee ee ee RA ee ee 158 Advanced Field Descriptions ese RA ee ee ee 159 Modbus Slave IP
335. rt Web System Name Tracys SDS2 Model IOLAN SDS2 Firmware Version 33 MAC Address 00 80 d4 06 00 02 IP Address 10 10 200 40 System Information You navigate through the different configuration windows by selecting an option in the left hand navigation tree If click on option that is next to a folder more navigation are displayed when you click on it IP Settings EI Advanced IP Settings System Name localhost Navigation Tabs The Network folder contains two configuration options IP Address and Advanced Notice that when the IP Address option is selected there are more navigation options in the form of the tabs IP Settings and Advanced Remember that in the WebManager it is necessary to press the Apply button to save your changes Configuration Methods 51 Command Line Interface Command Line Interface Overview The Command Line Interface CLI is a command line option for IOLAN configuration management See the Command Line Interface Reference Guide for a full breakdown of all the CLI commands and their functionality Access Platforms The CLlis accessed by any application that supports a Telnet or SSH session to the IOLAN s IP address such as Putty SecureCRT or from a command prompt You can also access the CLI from a dumb terminal or PC connected to a serial port Unique Features The CLI suppotts the following unique features You can access the IOLAN from any
336. s First Authentication Host v Authentication Port Accounting C Enable Accounting RADIUS Configuration Retry Timeout Configure the following parameters First Authentication Name of the primary RADIUS authentication host Host Default None Second Name of the secondary RADIUS authentication host Authentication Host Default None Secret The secret password shared between the IOLAN and the RADIUS authentication host Authentication Port The port that the RADIUS host listens to for authentication requests Default 1812 Enable Accounting Enables disables RADIUS accounting Default Disabled First Accounting Name of the primary RADIUS accounting host Host Default None Second Accounting Name of the secondary RADIUS accounting host Host Default None Secret The secret password shared between the IOLAN and the RADIUS accounting host 199 Authentication Account Port The port that the RADIUS host listens to for accounting reguests Default 1813 Enable Accounting Enables disables whether or not the IOLAN validates the RADIUS accounting Authenticator response Default Enabled Retry The number of times the IOLAN tries to connect to the RADIUS server before erroring out Range 0 255 Default 5 Timeout The time in seconds that the IOLAN waits to receive a reply after sending out a request to a RADIUS accounting or authentication host If no reply is received before the timeout period exp
337. s CR LF ASCII carriage return line feed when enabled Default Disabled 146 IOLAN SDS SCS STS User s Guide Version 3 4 Serial Port Profiles Serial Tunneling Profile Overview The Serial Tunneling profile allows two IOLANS to be connected back to back over the network to establish a virtual link between two serial ports based on RFC 2217 Functionality The serial device that initiates the connection is the Tunnel Client and the destination is the Tunnel Server although once the serial communication tunnel has been successfully established communication can go both ways gt gt _ ss Serial Device IOLAN IOLAN Serial Device A more detailed implementation of the Serial Tunneling profile is as follows d Serial Serial Ss H Server Client Tunnel IOLAN IOLAN Tunnel E S The Server Tunnel will also support Telnet Com Port Control protocol as detailed in RFC 2217 d Serial E E Server Fm Tunnel IOLAN Running 2217 Application The IOLAN serial port signals will also follow the signals on the other serial port If one serial port receives DSR then it will raise DTR on the other serial port If one serial port receives CTS then it will raise RTS on the other serial port The CD signal is ignored 147 Serial Port Profiles General Tab Field Descriptions General Hardware Email Alert Packet Forwarding SSL TLS Serial Tunneling Settings A serial tunnel can consist of two unit
338. s WAN card lt gt C DA lt PPP BS BT ESCH O Network 2 N A rf e I N ge Ba Modem Modem IOLAN Server Dial In Connection Applicati Functionality You can download a secrets file to the IOLAN for CHAP or PAP authentication the files must be downloaded to the IOLAN using the names chap secrets and pap secrets respectively File can be downloaded to the IOLAN in under the Custom Files option and then the Download Other File parameter An example of the CHAP secrets file follows Secrets for authentication using CHAP client server secret acceptable local IP addresses barney fred flintstonel234567890 192 168 43 1 fred barney wilma 192 168 43 2 An example of the PAP secret file follows Secrets for authentication using PAP client server secret acceptable local IP addresses barney flintstonel234567890 fred ZS wilma 165 Serial Port Profiles 166 General Tab Field Descriptions pa General Authentication Advanced Hardware Email Alet Packet Forwarding PPP Settings Pv4 Local IP Address Pv4 Remote IP Address Pv4 Subnet Mask Dynamic DNS IPv6 Local Interface Identifier IPv6 Remote Interface Identifier C Negotiate IP Address Automatically Configure the following parameters IPv4 Local IP Address IPv4 Remote IP Address IPv4 Subnet Mask Negotiate IP Address Automatically Dynamic DNS Button The IPV4 IP address of the IOLAN end of the PPP link
339. s connected over TCP IP to virtually link serial ports RFC 2217 Act as Tunnel Server Listen for connections on TCP port 10001 Enable IP Aliasing C Enable TCP Keepalive O Actas Tunnel Client Configure the following parameters Act As Tunnel Server TCP Port Enable TCP Keepalive Act as Tunnel Client Host Name TCP Port 148 The IOLAN will listen for an incoming connection request on the specified Internet Address on the specified TCP Port Default Enabled The TCP port that the IOLAN will listen for incoming connection on Default 10000 serial port number so serial port 5 is 10005 Enables a per connection TCP keepalive feature After the configured number of seconds the connection will send a gratuitous ACK to the network peer thus either ensuring the connection stays active OR causing a dropped connection condition to be recognized This parameter needs to be used in conjunction with Monitor Connection Status Interval parameter found in the Serial Advanced Advanced Settings tab The interval determines how long the IOLAN will wait during inactivity before testing the connection It should be noted that if a network connection is accidentally dropped it can take as long as the specified interval before anyone can reconnect to the serial port Default Disabled The IOLAN will initiate the connection the Tunnel Server Default Disabled A preconfigured host name that is associat
340. s not work with external authentication Field Format You can enter a maximum of 16 alphanumeric characters 143 Serial Port Profiles Remote Password Routing Configure Reg Timeout Configure Reg Retries Terminate Reg Timeout Terminate Reg Retries Configure NAK Retries Complete this field only if you have specified PAP or CHAP security protocols in the Security field and e you wish to dedicate this line to a single remote user and this user will be authenticated by the IOLAN or you are using the IOLAN as a router back to back with another IOLAN Remote password means the following e When PAP is specified this is the password the IOLAN will use to authenticate the remote device e When CHAP is specified this is the secret password known to both ends of the link upon which responses to challenges will be based Remote Password is the opposite of the parameter Password Your IOLAN will only authenticate the remote device when PAP or CHAP is operating Field Format You can enter a maximum of 16 alphanumeric characters Determines the routing mode RIP Routing Information Protocol used on the PPP interface This is the same function as the Framed Routing attribute for RADIUS authenticated users Data Options e None Disables RIP over the PPP interface e Send Sends RIP over the PPP interface e Listen Listens for RIP over the PPP interface Send and Listen Sends RIP and lis
341. s to other serial ports by selecting a serial port and then clicking the Copy button on the Serial Ports Settings window Copy Port 1 Configuration Choose the port s to which you wish to copy port 1 settings e Cancel oi Port 4 Port 5 Port 6 Port 7 Port 8 Port 9 Partin v 101 Serial Port Profiles Resetting a Serial Port When you change a serial port s configuration you can download the configuration file to the IOLAN and then reset a specific serial port s to see how you change affects the serial port s behavior To reset a serial port select Tools Reset Serial Port s Reset Ports Choose the port s to reset El Pot a Port 2 Pot Port 4 Port 5 Port 6 Port 7 Port 8 Part 9 G Select All Clear All Serial Port Profiles Common Tabs 102 Overview There are several functions that are common to more than one profile These functions are Hardware Configure the physical serial line parameters See Hardware Tab Field Descriptions on page 103 Email Alert Configure email alerts for the serial line these can also be configured globally for all lines under the System settings See Email Alert Tab Field Descriptions on page 105 Packet Forwarding Configure data packet parameters See Packet Forwarding Tab Field Descriptions on page 106 SSL TLS Configure SSL TLS encryption options fo
342. ser basis or on a per line basis The Routing parameter associated with a line and each local user determines the exchange of RIP packets between the IOLAN and remotely connected users connected from the serial side For a user authenticated by RADIUS the Framed Routing parameter determines the exchange of RIP packets The administrator has four options for setting the routing and Framed Routing parameters e None Routing information is not exchanged across the link This is the default setting for a line and a locally defined user e Send Routing information is only transmitted to the remote user e Listen Routing information is only received from the remote user e Send and Listen Routing information is transmitted to and received from the remote user The setting for the Line Routing parameter is the default for a connection but the setting for the local User Routing parameter or RADIUS Framed Routing parameter is used if this differs from the Line Routing parameter 91 Advanced 92 Field Descriptions Host Table Route List DNS WINS RIP Dynamic DNS Ethemet Mode None v Authentication Method None O Password O MD5 Configure the appropriate parameters Ethernet Mode Authentication Method Password Confirm Password ID Start Date Start Time End Date Enable disable RIP Routing Information Protocol mode for the Ethernet interface Data Options e None
343. serial port that this user is connecting to e 255 255 255 255 When the User Service is PPP the IOLAN will allow the remote machine to specify its IP address overriding the IP address negotiation value configured in the PPP settings e 255 255 255 255 When the User Service is SLIP the IOLAN will use the Remote IP Address set for the line no negotiation Default 255 255 255 254 If the remote user is on a subnet enter the network s subnet mask For example a subnet mask of 255 255 0 0 Used for User Service PPP sets the IP address of the remote user Enter the address in IPv6 format The first 64 bits of the Interface Field Format Identifier must be zero therefore abcd abcd abcd abcd is the expected format Used for User Service PPP or SLIP specifies the maximum size of packets in bytes being transferred across the link On noisy links it might be preferable to fragment large packets being transferred over the link since there will a be quicker recovery from errors Data Options e PPP MTU will be the maximum size of packets that the IOLAN will negotiate for this port This value is negotiated between the two ends of the link e SLIP MTU will be the maximum size of packets being sent by the IOLAN The User MTU value will override the MTU MRU values set for a Serial Port Range PPP 64 1500 bytes SLIP 256 1006 bytes Default PPP is 1500 bytes SLIP is 256 bytes Determines the routing mode used
344. signing a Temporary IP Address to a New IOLAN You can temporarily assign an IP address to the IOLAN that is connected to your local network segment for the purpose of connecting to it and downloading a configuration file containing a permanent IP address To temporarily assign an IP address to the IOLAN do the following 1 Click the Refresh button The IOLAN will be displayed in the IP Address column as Not Configured 2 Select the new IOLAN and click the Assign IP button The following window is displayed Assign IP Kal Assign IP The Device Server s current IP Address The Device Server s current IP Address Not Configured Not Configured Set anew Device Server IP Address Set a new Device Server IP Address es j KS Have the Device Server automatically get a temporary IP Address Version 3 1 or lower Version 3 2 or higher Type a valid temporary IP address into the address field or in version 3 2 or higher enable the Have the IOLAN automatically get a temporary IP address If you enable the temporary IP address the IOLAN will enable DHCP BOOTP on your IOLAN and attempt to get an IP address from the DHCP BOOTP server this will permanently enable DHCP BOOTP in your IOLAN s configuration until you change it If your network does not have a DHCP BOOTP server the IOLAN will temporarily assign an IP address in the range of 169 254 0 1 169 254 255 255 this IP address is only assigned for the duration of the DeviceManag
345. specified by the remote end will be used in preference to the Remote IP Address set for a Serial Port When Off the Remote IP Address set for the Serial Port will be used Default Disabled Launches the Dynamic DNS window when IP Address Negotiation is enabled which can then update the DNS server with the IP address that is negotiated and accepted for the PPP session See Dynamic DNS Field Descriptions on page 170 for more information IOLAN SDS SCS STS User s Guide Version 3 4 Serial Port Profiles IPv6 Local Interface Identifier IPv6 Remote Interface Identifier The local IPv6 interface identifier of the IOLAN end of the PPP link For routing to work you must enter a local IP address Choose an address that is part of the same network or subnetwork as the remote end Do not use the IOLAN s main IP address in this field if you do so routing will not take place correctly Field Format The first 64 bits of the Interface Identifier must be zero therefore abcd abcd abcd abcd is the expected format The remote IPv6 interface identifier of the remote end of the PPP link Choose an address that is part of the same network or subnetwork as the IOLAN If you enable Negotiate IP Address Automatically the IOLAN will ignore the remote IP address value you enter here and will allow the remote end to specify its IP address If your user is authenticated by RADIUS and the RADIUS parameter Framed Interface ID is set in the RAD
346. specify a UID range and the IOLAN will automatically increment the last digit of the configured IP address Therefore you can specify a UID range of 1 100 and the IOLAN will route Master Modbus messages to all Modbus Slaves with IP addresses of 10 10 10 1 10 10 10 100 Range 1 247 Default 0 zero Specify the configuration of the Modbus Slaves on the network Data Options e Host The IP address is used for the first UID specified in the range The last octet in the IPv4 address is then incriminated for subsequent UID s in that range The Host option is not applicable for IPv6 addresses e Gateway The Modbus Master Gateway will use the same IP address when connecting to all the remote Modbus slaves in the specified UID range Default Host The IP address of the TCP Ethernet Modbus Slave Field Format IPv4 or IPv6 IPv6 format not supported for Destination Host Displays the ending IP address of the TCP Ethernet Modbus Slaves based on the Start IP address and the UID range Specify the protocol that is used between the Modbus Master and Modbus Slave s Data Options TCP or UDP Default TCP The destination port of the remote Modbus TCP Slave that the IOLAN will connect to Range 0 65535 Default 502 161 Serial Port Profiles 162 Modbus Slave Advanced Settings Field Descriptions E Advanced Slave Settings A These settings are global and apply to all serial ports configured as a Modbus Slave Gatewa
347. specify the active and inactive pulse times continuously or for a specified number of pulse counts e You can choose to manually activate deactivate the Digital output and then specify a delay before the output goes from inactive to active or active to inactive You can also specify a failsafe action that can either activate or inactivate the Digital output when the failsafe timer is triggered see Failsafe Timer Functionality on page 227 for more information In an industrial freezer warehouse the IOLAN D4 is used to monitor the freezer doors When one of the industrial freezer doors are left open for more than five minutes the Monitoring Application using the Perle API starts the Digital output sink causing the strobe light on top of the offending freezer to activate Input Digital VO Output Monitoring Device Server Application Input Industrial Freezers 235 Field Descriptions Channel Settings Digital D1 Name I O Input Mode Output Mode Digital Output Settings Type Output Failsafe Action Sink Manual Cancel Configure the following parameters Description Output Mode Type Output Provide a description of the channel making it easier to identify Data Options Maximum 20 characters including spaces When selected the channel will drive the line output The internal jumpers must match the software configuration so if you change this setting to Out
348. t access a host on a local network verify e The network address is correct e The subnet mask is set correctly and reflects the network configuration e The broadcast address is set correctly and reflects the network configuration Cannot access a host on a remote network e Use the show route command to verify that there is a route to the remote host If no gateway is specified verify that a default gateway is specified Ping the default gateway to check if it is working e Consider the situation beyond the gateway for example are intermediate gateways and the remote host available Also check the messages returned by the ping command for example that a particular host or gateway is unreachable Gateways added into the gateway table are ignored by the IOLAN e Have you used BOOTP and entered a single static gateway in the bootptab file entry If yes the other gateways will be ignored Access to host lost after a few minutes e Ifthe route to this host goes through routers make sure those routers are all sending RIP packets across the networks RADIUS Authentication Problems User is waiting up to 60 seconds before login is accepted or denied and Authentication is set to RADIUS User has entered User Name and Password and has pressed Enter e Check RADIUS configuration of primary and secondary authentication accounting hosts specified if you have retry and timeout values greater than the default the IOLAN will be spending tim
349. t of Frame character is ignored Range Hex 0 FF Default 0 When enabled creates a sequence of characters that must be received to create the start of the frame if the SOF1 character is not immediately followed by the SOF 2 character the IOLAN waits for another SOF1 character to start the SOF 1 SOF2 character sequence Range Hex 0 FF Default 0 When enabled the SOF1 or SOF1 SOF2 characters will be transmitted with the frame If not enabled the SOF1 or SOF1 SOF2 characters will be stripped from the transmission Default Disabled 107 Serial Port Profiles 108 EOF1 Character EOF2 Character Trigger Forwarding Rule Specifies the End of Frame character which defines when the frame is ready to be transmitted The actual transmission of the frame is based on the Trigger Forwarding Rule Range Hex 0 FF Default 0 When enabled creates a sequence of characters that must be received to define the end of the frame if the EOF1 character is not immediately followed by the EOF character the IOLAN waits for another EOF character to start the EOF1 EOF2 character sequence which defines when the frame is ready to be transmitted The actual transmission of the frame is based on the Trigger Forwarding Rule Range Hex 0 FF Default 0 Determines what is included in the Frame based on the EOF or EOF1 EOF2 or Packet based on Trigger or Trigger1 Trigger2 Choose one of the following options e Strip Trigger
350. t resides on your LDAP server Port The port that the LDAP host listens to for authentication requests Default 389 Base The domain component dc that is the starting point for the search for user authentication Enable TLS Enables disables the Transport Layer Security TLS with the LDAP host Default Disabled TLS Port Specify the port number that LDAP will use for TLS Default 636 201 Authentication TACACS 202 Overview TACACS is an authentication method that the IOLAN supports that can send back User information see Appendix TACACS on page 322 for more information on the User parameters that can be sent back by TACACS Field Descriptions TACACS Settings Authentication Authorization Primary Host Port Secret C Enable Authorization Accounting C Enable Accounting Configure the following parameters Authentication Authorization Primary Host Authentication Authorization Secondary Host Authentication Authorization Port Authentication Authorization Secret Enable Authorization Enable Accounting The primary TACACS host that is used for authentication Default None The secondary TACACS host that is used for authentication should the primary TACACS host fail to respond Default None The port number that TACACS listens to for authentication requests Default 49 The TACACS shared secret is used to encrypt decrypt TACACS packets in communications
351. t the IP address by typing from the command line using the Command Line Interface CLI For single Ethernet connection models type set server internet lt ipvdaddress gt For dual Ethernet connection SCS models type set server internet ethl lt ipv4address gt Where ipv4address is the IP Address being assigned to the IOLAN Type the following command save If you are going to use another configuration method such as WebManager or DeviceManager unplug a desktop IOLAN or turn Off a rack mount IOLAN On a desktop IOLAN change the DIP switch to Off Serial DIP switch in the up position and connect it to your serial device Plug the IOLAN back in automatically rebooting the IOLAN in the process If you want to complete the configuration using a direct connection see Command Line Interface on page 52 and or Menu on page 53 After you complete configuring the IOLAN unplug the IOLAN If this is a desktop model change the IOLAN DIP switch to Off Serial DIP switch in the up position and connect it to your serial device Plug the IOLAN back in automatically rebooting the IOLAN in the process Getting Started 67 Setting Up the Network Using a Direct Serial Connection to Enable BOOTP DHCP If you are using BOOTP you need to add an entry in the BOOTP server for the IOLAN that associates the MAC address found on the back of the IOLAN and the IP address that you want to assign to the IOLAN After you have made the MAC
352. tains information for all channels Field Descriptions VO Access Failsafe Timer UDP UDP Broadcast V Enable UDP Broadcast of 1 0 Status Broadcast Interval 30 seconds Settings Configure the following parameters Enable UDP Enables disables UDP broadcast of I O channel status data Broadcast of HO Default Disabled Status Broadcast Interval Enter the interval in seconds for UDP broadcasts of I O channel status data Range 1 9999 Default 30 seconds Settings Button Click this button to configure the UDP IP addresses that will receive the I O status information See I O UDP Settings on page 229 for field descriptions for the I O UDP Settings window IOLAN SDS SCS STS User s Guide Version 3 4 Settings VO UDP Settings 1 0 UDP Settings UDP Entry 1 UDP Entry 2 UDP Entry 3 UDP Entry 4 Configure the following parameters UDP Entry When enabled broadcasts I O status data to the specified range of IP addresses Default Disabled Start IP Address The first host IP address in the range of IP addresses for IPV4 or IPV6 that the IOLAN will listen for messages from and or send messages to End IP Address The last host IP address in the range of IP addresses for IPV4 not required for IPV6 that the IOLAN will listen for messages from and or send messages to Port The UDP port that the IOLAN will use to relay messages to servers hosts Default 0 zero Temperature Fu
353. tens for RIP over the PPP interface Default None The maximum time in seconds that LCP Link Control Protocol will wait before it considers a configure request packet to have been lost Range 1 255 Default 3 seconds The maximum number of times a configure request packet will be re sent before the link is terminated Range 0 255 Default 10 seconds The maximum time in seconds that LCP Link Control Protocol will wait before it considers aterminate request packet to have been lost Range 1 255 Default 3 seconds The maximum number of times a terminate request packet will be re sent before the link is terminated Range 0 255 Default 2 seconds The maximum number of times a configure NAK packet will be re sent before the link is terminated Range 0 255 Default 10 seconds 144 IOLAN SDS SCS STS User s Guide Version 3 4 Serial Port Profiles Authentication Timeout Roaming Callback Challenge Interval Address Control Compression Protocol Compression VJ Compression Magic Negotiation IP Address Negotiation Dynamic DNS Button The timeout in minutes during which successful PAP or CHAP authentication must take place when PAP or CHAP are specified If the timer expires before the remote end has been authenticated successfully the link will be terminated Range 1 255 Default 1 minute A user can enter a telephone number that the IOLAN will use to callback him her This feature
354. tep for a new IOLAN Once the IOLAN has been assigned an IP address any of the configuration methods can be used to configure the IOLAN Configures an IP Address Following is a list of methods for setting the IOLAN IP address and a short explanation of when you would want to use that method Easy Config Wizard The Easy Config Wizard is available from the CD ROM included with your IOLAN You can use the Easy Config Wizard to set the IOLAN s IP address and configure serial ports This configuration method would typically be used when e All ports are to have the same configuration Only the most commonly used profiles are required e Straightforward application with no advanced functionality required e Easy Config is installed on a Windows based PC with local network access to the IOLAN DeviceManager Use this method when you can connect the IOLAN to the network and access the IOLAN from a Windows PC The DeviceManager is a Windows based application that can be used for IOLAN configuration and management The DeviceManager can be used to assign an IP address and perform the complete configuration and management of the IOLAN Direct Connection Use this method when you can connect to the IOLAN from a serial terminal or from a computer running terminal emulation software over a serial port Using this method you will need to configure and or manage the IOLAN using either the Menu or CLI DHCP BOOTP Use this method when you have a BOO
355. ters Description Type Range Alarm Settings Button Provide a description of the channel making it easier to identify Data Options Maximum 20 characters including spaces Specify the type of sensor you are using to measure temperature Data Options RTD Thermocouple Default RTD Specify the temperature range that you want to measure Data Options e RTD Pt100 a 385 50 to 150C Pt100 a 385 0 to 100C Pt100 a 385 0 to 200C Pt100 a 385 0 to 400C Pt100 a 385 200 to 200C Pt100 a 392 50 to 150C Pt100 a 392 0 to 100C Pt100 a 392 0 to 200C Pt100 a 392 0 to 400C Pt100 a 392 200 to 200C Pt1000 a 385 40 to 160C NiFe604 a 518 80 to 100C NiFe604 a 518 0 to 100C e Thermocouple B 500 to 1800C E 0 to 1000C J 0 to 760C K 0 to 1370C R 500 to 1750C S 500 to 1750C T 100 to 400C Default RTD is Pt100 a 385 50 to 150C Thermocouple is J 0 to 760C Click the Alarm Settings button to specify the trigger and clear levels for the alarms Notice that the Analog Alarm Settings window has two alarm configuration views a basic alarm view and an advanced alarm view See Alarm Settings on page 243 for field descriptions 242 IOLAN SDS SCS STS User s Guide Version 3 4 Channels Alarm Settings Analog and Temperature input models support an Alarm mechanism in which you can specify up to five severity levels of alarm triggers and clear levels the alarm triggers clear levels can activate in either increasing or d
356. ters take precedence over serial port parameters Field Descriptions User Settings General Services Advanced Sessions Serial Port Access Service BESSE v PPP SLIP Configure the following parameters Service Used in conjunction with the Terminal Profile After the user has successfully been authenticated the specified service is started Data Options DSPrompt Telnet SSH RLogin SLIP PPP TCP Raw SSL Raw Default DSPrompt Host IP When the User Service is set to Telnet RLogin SSH or TCP Clear the target host IP address If no IP address is specified the Host IP value in the Default User configuration will be used Default 0 0 0 0 189 Adding Editing Users TCP Port IPv4 Address IPv4 Subnet Mask IPv6 Interface Indentifier MTU Routing When the User Service is Telnet TCP Clear or SSH this is the target port number The default value will change based on the type of Service selected the most common known port numbers are used as the default values Used for User Service PPP or SLIP sets the IP address of the remote user Enter the address in dot decimal notation as follows e n n n n where n is a number Enter the IP address of your choice This IP address will then be used in preference to the Remote IP Address set for a line The following IP addresses have a special meaning e 255 255 255 254 The IOLAN will use the Remote IP Address set in the PPP settings for the
357. tes this into a telnet break signal which it sends to the host machine e Break Interrupt On some systems such as SunOS XENIX and AIX a break received from the peripheral is not passed to the client properly If the client wishes to make the break act like an interrupt key for example when the stty options ignbrk and brkintr are set Default None Dial In If the console port is remote and will be dialing in via modem or ISDN TA enable this parameter Default Disabled Dial Out If you want the modem to dial a number when the serial port is started enable this parameter Default Disabled Dial Timeout The number of seconds the IOLAN will wait to establish a connection to a remote modem Range 1 99 Default 45 seconds Dial Retry The number of times the IOLAN will attempt to re establish a connection with a remote modem Range 0 99 Default 2 Modem The name of the predefined modem that is used on this line Phone The phone number to use when Dial Out is enabled 116 IOLAN SDS SCS STS User s Guide Version 3 4 Serial Port Profiles TruePort Profile Overview TruePort is especially useful when you want to improve data security as you can enable an SSL TLS connection between the TruePort host port and the IOLAN TruePort is COM Port redirector that is supplied with the IOLAN TruePort can be installed as a client on a Workstation or Server and supports a variety of operating systems It in conjunction w
358. that uses TCP IP to establish connections between printers and workstations on a network The technology was developed originally for BSD UNIX and has since become the de facto cross platform printing protocol A series of commands sent to the modem by a communications program at start up These commands tell a modem how to set itself up in order to communicate easily with another modem Message of the day This is defined by a file whose contents display when users log into the Device Server The broadcasting of messages to a specified group of workstations on a LAN WAN or internet A communication control character sent by the receiving destination indicating that the last message was not received correctly IOLAN SDS SCS STS User s Guide Version 3 4 383 PAP Password Authentication Protocol RADIUS Remote Authentication Dial In Users Services Reverse Connection RIP Routing Information Protocol Roaming Callback RPC Silent Connection SNMP Simple Network Management Protocol Subnet Prefix Bits 384 Standard authentication protocol for PPP connections see CHAP An open standard network security server that communicates with the PAP protocol Connections that originate from a host that go directly to a serial device through the Device Server A protocol that allows gateways and hosts to exchange information about various routes to different networks A method where the client supplies the number
359. the Modbus Gateway profile for serial port 1 2 On the General tab enable the Modbus Slave parameter 3 Still on the General tab specify the UID Range as 6 8 as shown below Serial Port 1 Settings Profile Modbus Gateway General Advanced Hardware Email Alert Packet Forwarding Modbus Gateway Settings Mode Modbus Master Modbus Slave UID Range ee Protocol Modbus RTU Modbus ASCII 4 Click the Advanced Slave Settings button to verify that the default settings are acceptable IOLAN Device Server User s Guide Version 3 4 Configuring PPP Dial On Demand Configuring PPP Dial On Demand The IOLAN can be configured to access remote networks via modems connected to the serial interface of the IOLAN By configuring the IOLAN for the Remote Access PPP profile data that is destined for the remote network will initiate a modem connection to the remote network to route the data to its appropriate destination 172 16 0 0 a Local IP Addr 195 16 20 23 rom E PPP Remote IP Addr 195 16 20 24 ad IOLAN Local Host 204 16 0 0 Example shows N Remote Host 204 16 25 72 If you want to configure a serial port to use PPP dial on demand do the following 1 Create an entry for the modem and its initialization string Serial Advanced Modems tab 2 Setthe serial port to Remote Access PPP 3 In Remote Access PPP select the Advanced tab Enable the Connect opti
360. ther than English and the supplied German and French languages The English language file english txt displays the character length of each line at the beginning of the line If a translated line goes over that character length it will be displayed truncated in the Menu or CLI e Translate line for line do not omit lines if you do not know the translation leave the original untranslated text in place Also you must maintain the same sequential order of lines It is a good practice to translate the file using a text editor that displays line numbers so you can periodically verify that the line sequence has not changed from the original file by comparing it to the original file Keep all translations in quotes otherwise the line will not display properly Each line must end with a carriage return If a line contains only numbers for example 38400 leave that line in place unchanged unless you are using a different alphabet Software Upgrades and Language Files If you receive a software upgrade for the IOLAN the language files supplied on the supplemental diskette CD might also have been updated We will endeavour to provide a list of those changes in another text file on the same supplemental CD If you are already using one of the supplied languages French or German you probably want to update the language file in the IOLAN Until you update the IOLAN with the new language file new text strings will appear in English If you
361. tication can not be used for this user Complete this field only if you have specified PAP or CHAP security protocols in the Security field and you wish to dedicate this line to a single remote user who will be authenticated by the IOLAN or you are using the IOLAN as a router back to back with another IOLAN Password means the following e When PAP is specified this is the password the remote device will use to authenticate the port on this IOLAN e When CHAP is specified this is the secret password known to both ends of the link upon which responses to challenges shall be based Field Format You can enter a maximum of 16 alphanumeric characters Complete this field only if you have specified PAP or CHAP security protocols in the Security field and you wish to dedicate this line to a single remote user who will be authenticated by the IOLAN or you are using the IOLAN as a router back to back with another IOLAN When Dial In or Dial In Dial Out is enabled the Remote User is the name the IOLAN will use to authenticate the port on the remote device Your IOLAN will only authenticate the port on the remote device when PAP or CHAP are operating When connecting together two networks enter a dummy user name for example DS_SALES Note If you want a reasonable level of security the user name and password should not be similar to a user name or password used regularly to login to the IOLAN This option doe
362. time in seconds that LCP Link Control Protocol will wait before it considers a configure request packet to have been lost Range 1 255 Default 3 seconds The maximum number of times a configure request packet will be re sent before the link is terminated Range 0 255 Default 10 seconds The maximum time in seconds that LCP Link Control Protocol will wait before it considers aterminate request packet to have been lost Range 1 255 Default 3 seconds The maximum number of times a terminate request packet will be re sent before the link is terminated Range 0 255 Default 2 seconds The maximum number of times a configure NAK packet will be re sent before the link is terminated Range 0 255 Default 10 seconds This determines whether compression of the PPP Address and Control fields take place on the link For most applications this should be enabled Default Enabled This determines whether compression of the PPP Protocol field takes place on this link Default Enabled When enabled Van Jacobson Compression is used on this link If your user is authenticated by the IOLAN this VJ compression value will be overridden if you have enabled the User Enable VJ Compression parameter If the user is authenticated by RADIUS and the RADIUS parameter Framed Compression is set in the RADIUS file the IOLAN will use the value in the RADIUS file in preference to the value configured here Default Enabled Determin
363. tion must take place If the timer expires before the remote end has been authenticated successfully the link will be terminated e CHAP challenges a client device at regular intervals to validate itself with a username and a response based on a hash of the secret password A timer operates during which successful authentication must take place If the timer expires before the remote end has been authenticated successfully the link will be terminated Default CHAP IOLAN SDS SCS STS User s Guide Version 3 4 Serial Port Profiles User Password Remote User Complete this field only if you have specified PAP or CHAP security protocols in the Authentication field and you wish to dedicate this line to a single remote user who will be authenticated by the IOLAN or e you are using the IOLAN as a router back to back with another IOLAN When Connect is set to Dial Out or both Dial In Dial Out are enabled the User is the name the remote device will use to authenticate a port on this IOLAN The remote device will only authenticate your IOLAN s port when PAP or CHAP are operating You can enter a maximum of sixteen alphanumeric characters for example tracy201 When connecting together two networks enter a dummy user name for example DS_HQ Note If you want a reasonable level of security the user name and password should not be similar to a user name or password used regularly to login to the IOLAN External authen
364. tom application You must also specify the program executable in the Command Line parameter A custom application or plugin can be run on the serial port In this situation the application will start once the serial port is activated and operate solely on the context of that serial port and any network communications related to that serial port You could run a different custom application on each serial port The serial port custom application or plugin is configured by specifying the Custom App Plugin profile for the serial port The system level custom application or plugin will begin execution immediately following the system startup It runs on the context of the whole system and can access network communications as well as any or all serial ports Field Description Custom Application Plugin Settings To install a custom application 1 Download the application files to the IOLAN using Tools gt Advaced gt Custom Files gt Download Custom App to IOLAN 2 Set the command line below Command Line Configure the following parameter Command Line The name of the application that has been already been downloaded to the IOLAN plus any parameters you want to pass to the program For example using sample out raw program this is sample program supplied with the SDK you would type outraw s 0 192 168 2 1 10001 Acct 10001 if you were starting the application on the Server notice the s 0 parameter specifies serial port
365. twork instead of the IOLAN s IP address and port number Default Disabled Users can access serial devices connected to the IOLAN through the network by the specified Internet Address or host name that can be resolved to the Internet Address in a DNS network Data Options IPv4 Address IOLAN SDS SCS STS User s Guide Version 3 4 Serial Port Profiles Advanced Tab Field Descriptions The Console Management Advanced tab configures serial port options that may be reguired by certain applications General Advanced Hardware Email Alet Packet Forwarding Advanced Console Management Settings o T Dial Options Enable TCP Keep Aive E Dai in Enable Message of the Day MOTD C Dial Out Miaa o Dial Timeout 45 seconds Idle Ti 0 E Dial Retry 2 Session Timeout 0 seconds Modem Mj Phone Break Handling None O Local O Remote Break Interrupt Configure the following parameters Authenticate User Enable TCP Keep Alive Enable Message of the Day MOTD Multisessions Idle Timeout Enables disables login password authentication for users connecting from the network Default Disabled Enables a per connection TCP keepalive feature After the configured number of seconds the connection will send a gratuitous ACK to the network peer thus either ensuring the connection stays active OR causing a dropped connection condition to be recognized This parameter needs to be used in conj
366. u can type iolan at the CLI command prompt to access the IOLAN configuration menu you must have User Level Normal or Admin If you choose to use the IOLAN configuration interface you should always configure the IOLAN using the IOLAN interface The IOLAN IOLAN fields do not map directly between the two interfaces If you configure a field in the IOLAN configuration interface to a value that is invalid in the IOLAN interface and then attempt to use the IOLAN interface the invalid field value will show up as all asterisks although the IOLAN will interpret the value as valid Configuration Methods 59 IOLAN Interface Changes to the IOLAN Interface You should be aware that the following IOLAN configuration fields are no longer supported e You no longer have the option of selecting access Authentication Logging Also kill reboot and stats are not available e When you select port the following fields are not available on the Port Setup Menu Administrator PORT SETUP MENU REMOTE ADMIN Hardware Flow ctrl Keys Speed 9600 Flow ctrl None Hot A Intr C Parity None Input Flow Enabled Quit Kill AM Bit 8 Output Flow Enabled Del H Sess N A Stop 1 Echo E Break Disabled IP Addresses Monitor DSR No Srce Mask Monitor DCD No Dst 1 Interface EIA 232 Access User Options Access Local Name abcd 1 Keepalive No UDP Retries N A Terminal type dumb Rlogin T
367. u want to discard your changes press the Esc key to exit a screen at which point you will be prompted with Changes will be lost proceed y n type y to discard your changes or n to return to the screen so you can press Enter to submit your changes 5 If there are a number of predefined options available for a field you can scroll through those items by pressing the Space Bar or you can type 1 lowercase L to get a list of options use the up down arrows to highlight the option you want and then press Enter to select it 54 IOLAN SDS SCS STS User s Guide Version 3 4 DHCP BOOTP DHCP BOOTP Overview Several IOLAN parameters can be configured through a DHCP BOOTP server during the IOLAN bootup This is particularly useful for configuring multiple IOLANs Not all configuration parameters are supported in the DHCP BOOTP configuration see DHCP BOOTP Parameters on page 56 for supported configuration parameters so you will need to use another configuration method such as DeviceManager WebManager or CLI to complete the configuration Unique Features DHCP BOOTP supports the following unique features e DHCP BOOTP can supply the IOLAN s IP address e The DHCP BOOTP server can configure certain server and user configuration parameters when the IOLAN is booted e The DHCP BOOTP server can auto configure the IOLAN with basic setup information IP address subnet prefix bits etc e The DHCP BOOTP server can download a new
368. uested and bits 1 to 7 represents subsequent boolean values If more than 8 boolean registers are requested they are returned in successive bytes 356 IOLAN SDS SCS STS User s Guide Version 3 4 Decoder Error Codes Code Name Description 01 Illegal Function The function code received in the query is not an allowable action for the server or slave 02 Illegal Data The data address received in the query is not an allowable address for Address the server or slave 03 Illegal Data Value A value contained in the query data field is not an allowable value for server or slave 04 Slave Device An unrecoverable error occurred while the server or slave was Failure attempting to perform the requested action Decoder If you are using Port Buffering NFS Encryption you need to run the Decoder utility to view the port buffering logs See the Readme file to install the Decoder utility on any of the following operating systems e Windows 98 NT ME 2000 Server 2003 XP e DOS e Solaris x86 e Solaris Sparc 32 bit 64 bit Linux x86 v2 4 x Utilities 357 Decoder 358 IOLAN SDS SCS STS User s Guide Version 3 4 Accessories Introduction This chapter provides information about peripheral IOLAN options that can be ordered separately from the product Contact your sales representative to find out how to order the products listed in this appendix Installing a Perle PCI Card This sections describes how to
369. unction with Monitor Connection Status Interval parameter found in the Serial Advanced Advanced Settings tab The interval determines how long the IOLAN will wait during inactivity before testing the connection It should be noted that if a network connection is accidentally dropped it can take as long as the specified interval before anyone can reconnect to the serial port Default Disabled Enables disables the display of the message of the day Default Disabled The number of extra network connections available on a serial port available only on 2 port models in addition to the single session that is always available Enabling multisessions will permit multiple users to monitor the same console port Each user monitoring the port can be assigned different privileges to this port Data Range 0 7 multisessions per serial port Default 0 Use this timer to close a connection because of inactivity When the Idle Timeout expires the IOLAN will end the connection Default 0 seconds so the port will never timeout Range 0 4294967 seconds about 49 days 115 Serial Port Profiles Break Handling Specifies how a break is interpreted Data Range e None The IOLAN ignores the break key completely and it is not passed through to the host e Local The IOLAN deals with the break locally If the user is in a session the break key has the same effect as a hot key e Remote When the break key is pressed the IOLAN transla
370. unnels Functionality The IOLAN can be configured as a VPN gateway using the IPsec protocol You can configure the VPN connection using two JOLANS as the local and remote VPN gateways or an IOLAN as the local VPN gateway and a host server running the VPN software as the remote VPN gateway If the VPN tunnel is being configured for an IPv6 network that is going through a router s the router s must have manual IPv6 address entry capability similar to what Windows Vista provides If your VPN server client supports any of the following parameters they must be configured as shown to allow a VPN tunnel between the IOLAN and the VPN server client perfect forward secrecy no protocol ESP mode tunnel not transport opportunistic encryption no aggressive mode no IKE Phase 1 Proposals The following IKE Phase 1 proposals are supported by the IOLAN VPN gateway e Ciphers 3DES AES e Hashes MD5 SHA1 e Diffie Hellman Groups 2 MODP1024 5 MODP1536 14 MODP2048 15 MODP3072 16 MODP4096 17 MODP6144 18 MODP8192 ESP Phase 2 Proposals The following ESP Phase 2 proposals are supported by the IOLAN VPN gateway e Ciphers 3DES AES e Authentication Algorithms MD5 SHA1 SHA2 213 VPN Field Descriptions 214 Name Local IP Address Local Host Network Remote IP Address Remote Host Network Boot IPsec Global Setting Use NAT Traversal NAT T The following buttons and parameter are available
371. uring laboratory scanners etc Retail point of sale equipment bar coding registers etc PCs using terminal emulation or SLIP PPP Modems for remote access and Internet access ISDN adapters for branch remote access and Internet access Alltypes of serial printers The performance and flexibility of the IOLAN allows you to use a wide range of high speed devices in complex application environments The IOLAN products will work in any server environment running TCP UDP IP IOLAN Family Models The IOLAN comes in several different models to meet your network needs DS Offered as a 1 port unit DB25M DB25F RJ45 and DB9M interfaces available this model provides general IOLAN functionality and supports software configurable serial interface protocols EIA 232 422 485 TS tThis model is available with two serial ports RJ45 only and supports EIA 232 only The TS model is similar to the DS model supporting only general IOLAN functionality SDS tThis model is available in both desktop and rack mount configurations Both models support software configurable serial interface protocols EIA 232 422 485 The SDS model has the advanced secure IOLAN feature set in addition to the general IOLAN functionality STS This model comes in one desktop model and several rack mount configurations All models support EIA 232 only The STS model has the advanced secure IOLAN feature set in addition to the general IOLAN functionality SCS tThis
372. urrent you will need a calibration meter that is better than 1 current precision Each channel needs to be calibrated individually Calibrating Temperature Input 292 To calibrate an Analog Temperature input channel read the section that applies to the type of input you are calibrating Note that calibration will be done for the active channel configuration for example if Channel A1 is set to thermocouple you cannot calibrate it for RTD During the calibration process you will be asked to apply the minimum and maximum range value to the channel in either mV or Ohms for example to calibrate for thermocouple J 0 to 760C you will be prompted to first apply 80mV and then 80mV to the channel Also you cannot actively calibrate disabled channels although if you enable the channel and then set it for the type of thermocouple or RTD that has already been calibrated on another channel it will also be calibrated Calibrating Thermocouple When calibrating the IOLAN Analog input for thermocouple you will need a calibration meter that is better than 15 accuracy When you calibrate one channel all thermocouple channels are automatically calibrated for that range if another channel is set for a different range you will need to calibrate that channel separately but all channels that use that range are automatically calibrated IOLAN SDS SCS STS User s Guide Version 3 4 Calibrating VO Calibrating RTD When calibrating the
373. user sessions 193 utility Decoder 357 TruePort 117 355 V virtual modem 149 vmodem overview 149 W WebManager overview 49 IOLAN SDS SCS STS User s Guide Version 3 4 387 Index W 388 IOLAN SDS SCS STS User s Guide Version 3 4
374. ut information Pinout Pinout EIA 485 EIA 485 10 pin 8 pin EIA 232 EIA 422 Full Duplex Half Duplex 1 Power In Power In Power In Power In 2 in 1 DCD 3 out 2 RTS TxD TxD DATA 4 in 3 DSR 5 out 4 TxD TxD TxD DATA 6 in 5 RxD RxD RxD 7 6 GND GND GND GND 8 in 7 CTS RxD RxD 9 out 8 DTR 10 Power out Power out Power out Power out The power in pin Pin 1 can be 9 30V DC The 2 port IOLAN has power in on Port 2 only The 4 port IOLAN has power in on Port 4 only Pinouts and Cabling Diagrams 333 Serial Pinouts RJ45 SCS48C SCS32C SCS16C SCS8C This section defines the pinouts for the RJ45 connection for the SCS48C SCS32C SCS16C SCSSC models only The Admin port and the serial ports have different pinouts as shown in the table The following table provides pinout information Pinout EIA 232 EIA 232 8 pin Admin Port Serial Ports 1 DCD in RTS out 2 RTS out DTR out 3 DSR in TxD out 4 TxD out GND 5 RxD in GND 6 GND RxD in 7 CTS in DSR in 8 DTR out CTS in DB9 Male Serial Only This section defines the pinouts for the DB9 male connection used on the 1 port IOLAN that is serial only not I O 334 The following table provides pinout information Pinout EIA 422 485 EIA 485 9 pin EIA 232 Full Duplex Half Duplex 1 in DCD 2 in RxD RxD 3 out TxD TxD TxD RxD 4 out DTR 5 GND GND GND 6 in DSR RxD 7 RTS 8 in
375. ve Signal Width This is how long the channel will be active during the pulse mode in increments of 100ms Valid values are 1 9999 The default is 1 100 ms MB REG HR DO SENSOR PULSE COUNT The number of times the channel output will pulse Each count consists of an active inactive seguence The default is 1 cycle 249 Modbus VO Access 250 MB REG HR AI CLEAR ALARM LATCH Used to reset a latched alarm state A write of any value will clear the alarm latch for the specific Analog input MB_REG_HR_AI_CLEAR_MAX Used to reset the Analog input maximum value reached A write of any value will reset the maximum MB REG HR AI CLEAR MIN Used to reset the Analog input minimum value reached A write of any value will reset the minimum This section contains descriptions of UO input registers MB REG IR CURR ENG The current value of an Analog or Temperature input converted to appropriate units For Analog this will be in voltage or current depending on the configuration For the Temperature this value will be in Celsius or Fahrenheit depending on configuration MB REG IR MIN ENG The minimum converted value ever reached on this input since the IOLAN was re started or a manual clear was issued MB REG IR MAX ENG The maximum converted value ever reached on this input since the IOLAN was re started or a manual clear was issued MB REG IR CURR RAW The current raw value received from the Analog to Digital converter This is a hex
376. version of firmware when the IOLAN is rebooted e The DHCP BOOTP server can download a full configuration file when the IOLAN is rebooted Connecting to the IOLAN Using DHCP BOOTP The IOLAN will automatically request an IP address from the DCHP BOOTP server when the Obtain IP address automatically using DHCP BOOTP parameter is enabled To enable the Obtain IP address automatically using DHCP BOOTP parameter follow the directions in Using a Direct Serial Connection to Enable BOOTP DHCP on page 68 Using DHCP BOOTP To use DHCP BOOTP edit the bootp file with IOLAN configuration parameters You can use DHCP BOOTP to perform the following actions on a single or multiple IOLANs on bootup e auto configure with minimal information for example only an IP address e auto configure with basic setup information IP address subnet prefix bits etc e download a new version of firmware e download a full configuration file DHCP BOOTP is particularly useful for multiple installations you can do all the IOLANs configuration in one DHCP BOOTP file rather than configure each IOLAN manually Another advantage of DHCP BOOTP is that you can connect the IOLAN to the network turn on its power and let autoconfiguration take place All the configuration is carried out for you during the DHCP BOOTP process Configuration Methods 55 DHCP BOOTP DHCP BOOTP Parameters The following parameters can be set in the DHCP BOOTP bootp file 56 SW_
377. vice_server portlogs Determines if the data sent to the NFS host is sent encrypted or in the clear across the LAN NOTE When NFS encryption is enabled the Decoder utility software is required to be installed on the NFS host for decrypting the data to a readable format The Decoder utility software can be found on the installation CD ROM and on the www perle com website Default Disabled When enabled buffered data is sent to the syslog host to be viewed the host s monitor Default Disabled Enable disable time stamping of the serial port buffer data Default Disabled When enabled key strokes that are sent from the network host to the serial device on the IOLAN s serial port are buffered Default Disabled 179 Advanced Advanced Advanced Serial Settings Tab Overview Advanced serial port settings apply to all serial ports Field Descriptions Advanced Settings Modems TruePort Baud Rate Advanced Serial Settings EI Settings apply to all serial ports C Process Break Signals Serial Port Menu String Session Escape String C Flush Data Before Closing Serial Port C Deny Multiple Network Connections menu lt 026 gt s Power Management Menu String lt 016 gt Monitor Connection Status Interval 180 seconds Configure the following parameters Process Break Signals Flush Data Before Closing Serial Port Deny Multiple Network Connections 1
378. view and edit SNMP variables Select the security level for the Read Writer user This must match the configuration set up in the SNMP manager Data Options e None No security is used e Auth User authentication is used e Auth Priv User authentication and privacy encryption settings are used Default None l Specify the authentication algorithm that will be used for the read write user Data Options MD5 SHA Default MD5 Type in the read write user s authentication password Retype the user s authentication password Specify the read write user s privacy algorithm encryption Data Options DES AES Default DES Type in the read write user s privacy password Retype the privacy password V3 Read Only User Specified user can only view SNMP variables V3 Read Only Security Level Select the security level for the Read Only user This must match the configuration set up in the SNMP manager Data Options e None No security is used e Auth User authentication is used e Auth Priv User authentication and privacy encryption settings are used Default None 273 Management Time 274 V3 Read Only Auth Specify the authentication algorithm that will be used for the read only user Algorithm Data Options MDS SHA Default MD5 V3 Read Only Auth Type in the read only user s authentication password Password V3 Read Only Retype the user s authentication password Confirm P
379. vironment Intended Audience This guide is for administrators who will be configuring the IOLAN Some prerequisite knowledge is needed to understand the concepts and examples in this guide e Ifyou are using an external authentication application s working knowledge of the authentication application s e Knowledge of TFTP the transfer protocol the IOLAN uses Documentation The following documentation is included on the IOLAN installation CD IOLAN 1 Port Quick Start Guide IOLAN 2 4 Port Quick Start Guide IOLAN Rack Mount Quick Start Guide IOLAN VO Quick Start Guide IOLAN SDS SCS STS User s Guide IOLAN SDS SCS STS Command Line Reference Guide TruePort User s Guide TruePort Installation and Configuration Guide for Windows NT Online Help in the DeviceManager automatically installed with the DeviceManager application Link to knowledge base IOLAN SDS SCS STS User s Guide Version 3 4 25 Typeface Conventions Typeface Conventions Most text is presented in the typeface used in this paragraph Other typefaces are used to help you identify certain types of information The other typefaces are Typeface Example Usage At the C prompt type add host This typeface is used for code examples and system generated output It can represent a line you type in or a piece of your code or an example of output Set the value to TRUE The typeface used for TRUE is also used when referring to an actu
380. want syslog information sent Field Descriptions Syslog Level Send More Debug Info Notice Warning Error Critical Alert L gt Emergency Send Less Primary Host None L Configure the following parameters Primary Host Secondary Host Level The first preconfigured host that the IOLAN will attempt to send system log messages to messages will be displayed on the host s monitor Default None If the IOLAN cannot communicate with the primary host then the IOLAN will attempt to send system log messages to this preconfigured host messages will be displayed on the host s monitor Default None Choose the event level that triggers a syslog entry Data Options Emergency Alert Critical Error Warning Notice Info Debug Default Emergency 271 Management Management SNMP Overview If you are using SNMP to manage configure the IOLAN or to view statistics or traps you must set up a User in SNMP version 3 or aCommunity in SNMP version 1 2 to allow your SNMP manager to connect to the IOLAN this can be done in the DeviceManager WebManager CLI or Menu You must then load the perle sds MIB found on the CD ROM packaged with the IOLAN file into your SNMP manager before you connect to the IOLAN Field Descriptions SNMP Contact Information Contact Location Communities Version 1 and Version 2 Community Intemet Address Permissions None
381. ware the Power Ready LED continues to flash red View the IOLAN reboot through the Console port for information on how to correct the problem Fatal Error Boot When the IOLAN cycles through a boot and a fatal error occurs the Power Ready LED stays a solid red IOLAN SDS SCS STS User s Guide Version 3 4 373 Communication Issues Communication Issues General communication checks and practices are as follows e Are your cables connected and correctly configured If you are using EIA 232 see EIA 232 Cabling Diagrams on page 336 to verify that your cables are correctly configured e Ping your host If you can ping but packet loss is reported ping another host device on the same network This will tell you whether the problem is specific to the host device or general to the network e After entering or changing IP information for your IOLAN reboot the IOLAN does not apply when using BOOTP or DHCP Once the IOLAN has rebooted other network devices should be able to communicate with it ping telnet etc Also protocols such as ARP and proxy ARP will work properly e Use the show routes command command line only or view the Routes statistics Is there a route to the host e If the WebManager or DeviceManager cannot communicate with the IOLAN verify that the Server Services HTTP and or HTTPS are enabled for WebManager and DeviceManagerD is enabled for DeviceManager If you are using only HTTPS the connection URL must start
382. ximum 64 characters asterisk works as a wildcard 218 IOLAN SDS SCS STS User s Guide Version 3 4 Services Services Overview Services are either daemon or client processes that run on the IOLAN You can disable any of the services for security reasons Functionality If you disable any of the daemons it can affect how the IOLAN can be used or accessed For example if you disable WebManager HTTPS and HTTP services you will not be able to access the IOLAN with the WebManager If you disable the DeviceManager service the DeviceManager will not be able to connect to the IOLAN If you do not want to allow users to Telnet to the IOLAN you can disable the Telnet Server service therefore disabling daemons can also be used as an added security method for accessing the IOLAN By default all daemon and client applications are enabled except IPsec and running on the IOLAN Field Descriptions Network Services V Telnet Server listening on TCP port 23 V TruePort Full Mode listening on UDP port 668 M Syslog Client sends on UDP port 514 V Modbus default listening on UDP TCP port 502 V SNMP listening on UDP port 161 V DeviceManager listening on UDP port 33812 and sending on UDP port 33813 V WebManager HTTP listening on TCP port 80 V WebManager HTTPS listening on TCP port 443 V SSH Server listening on TCP port 22 V SNTP Client listening on UDP port 123 V Dynamic Routing RIP l
383. y Slave Gateway Settings TCP UDP Port Next Request Delay 50 milliseconds C Enable Serial Modbus Broadcasts M Request Queuing UID Address Mode Embedded Remapped C Enable SSL TLS using global settings Security gt SSL TLS Configure the following parameters TCP UDP Port The network port number that the Slave Gateway will listen on for both TCP and UDP messages Default 502 Next Request Delay A delay in milliseconds to allow serial slave s to re enable receivers before issuing next Modbus Master request Range 0 1000 Default 50 ms Enable Serial When enabled a UID of 0 zero indicates that the message will be broadcast to Modbus Broadcasts all Modbus Slaves Default Disabled Request Queuing When enabled allows multiple simultaneous messages to be queued and processed in order of reception Default Enabled Embedded When this option is selected the address of the slave Modbus device is embedded in the message header Default Enabled Remapped Used for single device port operation Older Modbus devices may not include a UID in their transmission header When this option is selected you can specify the UID that will be inserted into the message header for the Modbus slave device This feature supersedes the Broadcast feature Default Disabled Remap UID Specify the UID that will be inserted into the message header for the Slave Modbus serial device Range 1 247 Default 1
384. y Contact If you are using a dry contact for your Digital input for channel D1 connect one wire to D1 and the other wire to COM The power source is supplied by the COM common connector A ZS OU a Z OD BA Ei EN gt Power Source IOLAN SDS SCS STS User s Guide Version 3 4 349 Wiring VO Diagrams Digital Output Sink For a Digital output sink ground configuration for channel D1 follow the diagram below Battery 1 Device Digital Output Source For a Digital output source voltage configuration for channel D1 follow the diagram below Battery Device 350 IOLAN SDS SCS STS User s Guide Version 3 4 Wiring VO Diagrams Analog Input Make sure the Analog jumpers support the software setting see Analog Input Module on page 347 for jumper settings Current To connect channel Al with a 2 wire shielded cable connect the positive wire to Al the negative wire to Al and optionally the shield to GND toi u a 4 A vi Q AN zz 2 DE 2 38 I I VW shield If you have the positive negative wires reversed the output will always read 0 zero Voltage To connect to Channel Al with a 2 wire shielded cable connect the positive wire to Al the negative wire to Al and optionally the shield to GND
385. you are now ready to ping to the IOLAN Here is a UNIX example of the sequence to use arp s 192 168 209 8 00 80 d4 00 33 4e ping 192 168 209 8 From the ping command issued in step 2 the IOLAN will pickup and use the IP address entered into the ARP table in step 1 You are now ready to configure the IOLAN See Chapter 3 Configuration Methods on page 43 for information on the different IOLAN configuration methods For an IPv6 Network The IOLAN has a factory default link local IPv6 address that takes the following format IOLAN MAC Address 00 80 D4 AB CD EF Link Local Address fe80 0280 D4ff feAB CDEF The IOLAN will also listen for IPv6 router advertisements to learn a global address You do not need to configure an IPv4 address for the IOLAN residing in an IPv6 network You are now ready to configure the IOLAN See Chapter 3 Configuration Methods on page 43 for information on the different IOLAN configuration methods Getting Started 69 Setting Up the Serial Port s Setting Up the Serial Port s 70 The DeviceManager and WebManager have the following serial port profiles that will simplify serial port setup Choose Serial Port Profile Profile Selection e The Terminal profile allows network access from a terminal connected to the IOLAN s serial port This profile is J Console Management used to access pre defined hosts on the network from the terminal TruePort OTCP Sockets O UDP Sockets Connect O Pri
386. you can power on off individual plugs Field Descriptions Power Plug Control Serial Port 1 Model My Power Bar Name RPS820 Version v1 43s RPS Plug Plug Name Status on of Cycte The following buttons are available On Button Turns the selected plug on Off Button Turns the selected plug off Cycle Button Turns the selected plug off and then on OK Button Closes the window IOLAN SDS SCS STS User s Guide Version 3 4 Serial Port Power Control Serial Port Power Control Overview The Serial Port Power Control window allows you to manage the power plugs that have been associated with the serial devices connected to the IOLAN Field Descriptions Serial Port Device Power Control Manage the serial port device that is being powered by a Remote Power Switch Serial Port Serial Port Name RPS ES D Plugs On Off Cycle The following buttons are available On Button Turns the selected plug on Off Button Turns the selected plug off Cycle Button Turns the selected plug off and then on Power Plug Status Displays a window that provides the plug status for every plug associated with Button the serial port Power Plug Status This Power Plug Status window displays the status of all the plugs associated with a serial port Power Plug Status Serial Port 1 Serial Name My Power Bar Model RPS820 RPS Plug Plug Name Status Click OK to close this window 285 VO C
387. ype of encryption that will be used for data that is transferred between the DynDNS org server and the IOLAN See Cipher Suite Field Descriptions on page 95 for more information IOLAN SDS SCS STS User s Guide Version 3 4 Advanced Validate Peer Enables disables peer validation between the DynDNS org server and the Certificate IOLAN This may be desirable since the DynDNS user name and password are sent from the IOLAN to the DynDNS server when the IP address needs to be updated and when an account refresh is performed Account refreshes are done periodically to ensure that DynDNS accounts do not auto delete should the IP address change infreguently This parameter will only take effect if HTTPS is selected as the connection method Default Disabled Validation Criteria Launches the peer validation criteria window so you can specify the Button information used to validate the connection between the DynDNS org server and the IOLAN See Validation Criteria Field Descriptions on page 97 for more information Cipher Suite Field Descriptions The SSL TLS cipher suite is used to encrypt data between the IOLAN and the client You can specify up to five cipher groups Cipher Suite Encryption Min Key Size Max Key Size Key Exchange HMAC Any 40 256 Any Any Delete DK Cancel The following buttons are available Add Button Adds a cipher to the cipher list Edit Button Edits a cipher in the cipher list

IOLAN SDS/SCS/STS User's Guide

Contents

Download Pdf Manuals

Related Search

Related Contents